[vc_row][vc_column][vc_single_image image=”6470″ img_size=”full”][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row css=”.vc_custom_1403688711058{padding-top: 50px !important;padding-bottom: 50px !important;}”][vc_column width=”1/4″][iconbox title=”Reach Larger Mass” icon=”fa fa-handshake-o” style=”top_icon_large” icon_color=”#3a393d” text_align=”center” target=”_blank” frame=”non_framed”]

Reach up to hundreds of millions of your potential customers with the help of  our targeted influencer marketing.

[/iconbox][/vc_column][vc_column width=”1/4″][iconbox title=”Target Your Audience” icon=”fa fa-handshake-o” style=”top_icon_large” icon_color=”#3a393d” text_align=”center” target=”_blank” frame=”non_framed”]

Your campaign engagement is tracked through all channels, giving you real-time access to crucial data and stats.

[/iconbox][/vc_column][vc_column width=”1/4″][iconbox title=”Partner With Leading Influencers” icon=”fa fa-handshake-o” style=”top_icon_large” icon_color=”#3a393d” text_align=”center” target=”_blank” frame=”non_framed”]

Our network presents you Advocates, influencers & micro-influencers to make sure there’s something for every brand.

[/iconbox][/vc_column][vc_column width=”1/4″][iconbox title=”Track Results & Statistics” icon=”fa fa-handshake-o” style=”top_icon_large” icon_color=”#3a393d” text_align=”center” target=”_blank” frame=”non_framed”]

Your campaign engagement is tracked through all channels, this gives you real-time access to crucial data and stats.

[/iconbox][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row parallax=”no” css=”.vc_custom_1403778937812{border-top-width: 1px !important;padding-top: 50px !important;padding-bottom: 50px !important;border-color: #d9dddf !important;}”][vc_column width=”1/2″ css=”.vc_custom_1403693981938{background-position: 0 0 !important;background-repeat: no-repeat !important;}”][vc_single_image image=”6243″ img_size=”full” alignment=”right” css_animation=”left-to-right”][/vc_column][vc_column width=”1/2″][separator headline=”h3″ style=”left” width_style=”short” title=”How it Works”][vc_column_text css_animation=”right-to-left”]The process of influencer Network in a Nutshell are

[list icon=”check” iconcolor=”#43b4f9″]

  • Brands search and selects ideal influencers & partners
  • Brand communicates directly & efficiently with the Influencers
  • Brands & Influencers agree and brand run the campaign easily
  • Influencers create content and share it
  • Audience engages with this content
  • Real time results are tracked & provides access to data & Stats

[/list][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column width=”1/2″][vc_column_text]

Brands & Marketing Agencies

Reach your audience through proven influencers to increase your brand exposure. Create campaigns, measure their success, optimise and repeat. Agencies are welcome too.

Sign-up your brand>>

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width=”1/2″][vc_column_text]

Influencers & Bloggers

A simple way to create branded content to push through your blog, vlog, and social media platforms, and get paid for it. Get paid for posting. Discover our solution!

Become an Influencer>>

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row parallax=”no” css=”.vc_custom_1403781009964{border-top-width: 1px !important;border-bottom-width: 1px !important;padding-top: 50px !important;padding-bottom: 65px !important;border-color: #d9dddf !important;}”][vc_column][separator headline=”h3″ style=”center” width_style=”short” margin=”25″ title=”MAIN FEATURES”][vc_column_text css=”.vc_custom_1538741188268{margin-bottom: 50px !important;}”]

Why? Brands Influencers. Why Choose OneStopAdvert Social Media Influencer Marketplace?

[/vc_column_text][vc_row_inner css=”.vc_custom_1403705122356{margin-bottom: 60px !important;}”][vc_column_inner width=”1/4″][iconbox title=”Influencers” icon=”fa fa-globe” style=”aside_rounded_icon” icon_color=”#ffffff” icon_bg_color=”#0f0f0f” icon_bor_color=”#070707″ iconbox_bg_color=”#fcfcfc” text_align=”left” url=”http://www.onestopadvert.com/ads/signup/influencer” target=”_self” frame=”non_framed”]Find out how influence will help you grow and connect with leading brands and agencies. Register Now[/iconbox][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width=”1/4″][iconbox title=”Brands” icon=”fa fa-pencil-square-o” style=”aside_rounded_icon” icon_color=”#ffffff” icon_bg_color=”#d944ea” icon_bor_color=”#d944ea” text_align=”left” url=”http://www.onestopadvert.com/ads/signup/brand” target=”_self” frame=”non_framed”]Find influencers to work with and run an influence campaign all on your own. Sign up here.[/iconbox][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width=”1/4″][iconbox title=”Agencies” icon=”fa fa-newspaper-o” style=”aside_rounded_icon” icon_color=”#f1f4e6″ icon_bg_color=”#31d8b1″ icon_bor_color=”#31d8b1″ text_align=”left” url=”#” target=”_self” frame=”non_framed”]We have the tools to make managing and running influencer campaigns easy for your team[/iconbox][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width=”1/4″][iconbox title=”DIRECT & EFFICIENT COMMUNICATION” icon=”fa fa-comment-o” style=”aside_rounded_icon” icon_color=”#ffffff” icon_bg_color=”#2d993a” icon_bor_color=”#2d993a” text_align=”left” url=”#” target=”_blank” frame=”non_framed”]Brands communicate directly with their chosen influencers for organised campaign management.[/iconbox][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner css=”.vc_custom_1403705122356{margin-bottom: 60px !important;}”][vc_column_inner width=”1/4″][iconbox title=”SEARCH IDEAL PARTNERS” icon=”fa fa-search” style=”aside_rounded_icon” icon_color=”#f4f4f4″ icon_bg_color=”#d32323″ icon_bor_color=”#dd3333″ text_align=”left” url=”#” target=”_blank” frame=”non_framed”]Search influencers that are a part of the niche you want to target, by location, industry, Keyword, Age..[/iconbox][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width=”1/4″][iconbox title=”RUN CAMPAIGN EASILY” icon=”fa fa-bullhorn” style=”aside_rounded_icon” icon_color=”#f1f4e6″ icon_bg_color=”#dd9933″ icon_bor_color=”#dd9933″ text_align=”left” url=”#” target=”_blank” frame=”non_framed”]Smarter & simpler process to signup, engage multiple influencers, payment & manage campaign[/iconbox][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width=”1/4″][iconbox title=”REAL TIME ACCESS TO DATA” icon=”fa fa-bar-chart” style=”aside_rounded_icon” icon_color=”#eaf8ff” icon_bg_color=”#1e73be” icon_bor_color=”#0367bf” text_align=”left” url=”#” target=”_blank” frame=”non_framed”]Your campaign engagement is tracked on all channels, giving real-time access to crucial data & stats.[/iconbox][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width=”1/4″][iconbox title=”PROFESSIONAL SUPPORT” icon=”fa fa-briefcase” style=”aside_rounded_icon” icon_color=”#000000″ icon_bg_color=”#eeee22″ icon_bor_color=”#ffffff” text_align=”left” url=”#” target=”_blank” frame=”non_framed”]We offer support service to customers across multiple channels to make the process seamless[/iconbox][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][separator headline=”h3″ style=”center” width_style=”short” margin=”25″ title=”EXECUTIVE SERVICES”][vc_column_text css=”.vc_custom_1538739557344{margin-bottom: 50px !important;}”]

VIP Service for Brands & Advertising Agencies.

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width=”2/3″][vc_column_text][dropcap style=”default”]O[/dropcap] OneStopAdvert influencer network is a simple, yet robust system available for brands+advertising agencies to engage influencers for various services in a very simple platform. Unfortunately, business can be very overwhelming & adding Social Media Channel to it might be impossible. Hence, some Brands prefers to engage a seasoned professional to manage the entire brand activation end to end. We offer such services to interested clients, to manage their campaigns and to let them focus on core business.

This service is the perfect solution for brands, agencies, and fast growing startups who want to do more with custom Branded Content and need a full service team. For a small management fee, our team of experts handle everything including, setting strategies and custom packages for content and media, curating custom talent lists, and managing execution, deliverables and amplification of hundreds of branded images and videos at a time to drive meaningful results.

[row][span4][list icon=”check-2″ iconcolor=”#43b4f9″]

  • Influencer Outreach
  • Social Media Management
  • Content Creation

[/list][/span4][span4][list icon=”check-2″ iconcolor=”#43b4f9″]

  • Photo Creation
  • Backlink Building
  • Sponsored Articles

[/list][/span4][span4][list icon=”check-2″ iconcolor=”#43b4f9″]

  • A brand starts a campaign
  • We seek right influencers
  • Targeted influencers post

[/list][/span4][/row][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width=”1/3″][toggle title=”AWESOME SHORTCODES” icon=”fa-tasks” style=”style1″ open=”true”]Brands selects influencers & build[/toggle][toggle title=”AWESOME SHORTCODES” icon=”fa-tasks” style=”style1″ open=”true”]Influencers create content and share it[/toggle][toggle title=”AWESOME SHORTCODES” icon=”fa-tasks” style=”style1″ open=”true”]audience engages with this content[/toggle][toggle title=”AWESOME SHORTCODES” icon=”fa-tasks” style=”style1″ open=”true”]results are tracked and collected[/toggle][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column width=”1/3″][separator headline=”h3″ style=”center” width_style=”short” margin=”25″ title=”ACCOUNT SETUP”][vc_column_text]

  • Brand. Start a Campaign, Join Now!
  • Influencer. Get paid for posting
  • Login
  • Create account

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width=”1/3″][separator headline=”h3″ style=”center” width_style=”short” margin=”25″ title=”CORE NETWORKS”][vc_column_text]

  • Instagram
  • Facebook
  • Twitter
  • Social Media Blog

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width=”1/3″][separator headline=”h3″ style=”center” width_style=”short” margin=”25″ title=”FAVORITE LINKS”][vc_column_text]

  • Case Studies
  • Blog
  • Glossary
  • Press

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row parallax=”no” css=”.vc_custom_1403779225344{margin-bottom: 0px !important;border-top-width: 1px !important;padding-top: 65px !important;padding-bottom: 45px !important;border-color: #d9dddf !important;}”][vc_column][separator headline=”h3″ style=”center” width_style=”short” margin=”25″ title=”WHAT PEOPLE SAY ABOUT US”][vc_column_text css=”.vc_custom_1541303983440{margin-bottom: 40px !important;}”]

Here’s a list of some of our clients’ testimonials. From small business solutions to large multinational companies.

[/vc_column_text][testimonial type=”bordered-with-thumb” num=”3″ disp_as_list=”no”][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row css=”.vc_custom_1403696108003{margin-bottom: 0px !important;background-color: #43b4f9 !important;}”][vc_column][calltoaction button=”yes” buttonlabel=”SUBSCRIBE NOW” link=”http://www.onestopadvert.com/ads/signup/brand” buttoncolor=”white” buttonsize=”medium” buttonstyle=”simple” button_position=”right” target_blank=”yes” text_position=”left” text_color=”#ffffff”]


Engage your audience, empower your brand exposure and grow your revenue with influencer marketing.[/calltoaction][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Home about guidelines/resource
• Why? Brands Influencers
• Case Studies
• Blog
• Contact
• Sitemap
• Join Now!
• Login
• Create account
• Signup your brand
• Free demo
• Press
• Start a Campaign
• Frequently Asked Questions (FAQs)
• Why OneStopAdvert Influencer Network? Search Ideal Partners , Direct & Efficient Communication , Run Campaign Easily , Real Time Access to Data & Stats
• OneStopAdvert Influencer Network in a Nutshell. 1 Brands selects influencers & build 2 Influencers create content and share it 3 audience engages with this content 4 results are tracked and collected (more about influencer network)
• Influencer list brand – membership , influencer list , service , why OneStopAdvert Influencer Network
• Services – Influencer Outreach , social media management , content creation , photo creation , backlink building , sponsored articles
• OneStopAdvert influencer network directory – Target your audience, reach larger mass , partner with leading influencers
• Core networks: Instagram , Facebook , Twitter , Social Media Blog
• Influencer Marketing Glossary
• Services
• Terms & Conditions

From Start-ups to brand names, helping businesses grow is our purpose. Read our customer stories to see how we’ve helped: HP, UBA, STANBIC IBTC, INTERSWITCH

Need Help?
To speak with one of our advertisement experts, please call (+234) 080-9502-9999, contact@onestopadvert.com
Create account/Sign Up

Family & Sponsored Links/Partner Sites

Signup Newsletter Submit
Social network/stay in touch
Follow us on google plus
Newsletter signup Submit

We have serviced more than 30,000 customers
Here’s what customers say about why they entrust their advertising to us

Tailor customer picture sitting sideways at his tailoring shop with products on background Customers pharmacist with drugs in background Professor picture with books in background Lawyer picture with legal textbooks in background
Name, position and company name Name, position and company name Name, position and company name Name, position and company name
Quote of client testimonial liking our service Quote of client testimonial liking our service Quote of client testimonial liking our service Quote of client testimonial liking our service

Click to approve cookies/accept cookies
By using this site, you agree we can set and use cookies for more details of these cookes and how to disable it, see our cookies policy on our terms an conditions page. I AGREE


Used by the best

OneStopAdvert as it appears in NTA, AIT, CHANNELS, CNN, BBC

OneStopAdvert has been spotted on these fine websites and more
Lindaikeji CNN Bellanaija Forbes

Our clients are making headlines. We’re proud! You may have see them in.

OneStopAdvert as it appears in

Trusted by some of the worlds leading companies and organizations

Find out why UBA, STANBI IBTC BANK, INTERSWITCH hired us to design their website or handle their advert campaign
As featured in NTA CNN BBC ITV The Nation Newspaper Punch Newspaper

Need advise? Call us today call (+234) 080-9502-9999, contact@onestopadvert.com

Sales & Support
We are here 24/7 to assist you (+234) 080-9502-9999, contact@onestopadvert.com

We can help.
Want to learn more about OneStopAdvert Services?
call us on (+234) 080-9502-9999,

OneStopAdvert Brand Ambassadors

How to become an effective social media influencer
How to become our brand ambassador

Service providers
Graphics designer , brocher designer , custome designer

Pricing, payment options, guide to start-ups, merchant account services, news & events, career , our customers , developer , contact, blog
RESOURCES. Shopping cart order tracking, transaction monitor

Schedule your demo – enter your email, request demo/submit

“We see micro-influencers get an average of two-to-five
More organic engagements per
Instagram post,
Compared to those with more
Than 100,000 followers”

“81% of marketers said influencer
Marketing was effective”

“Influencers with fewer than 1,000 followers
See like rates of 8 percent…
More than four times better
Than influencers with more than 1 Million followers.”

Get paid
to post
on any social media account!
Find out more

Influencers Assemble daily
at OneStopAdvert Influencer
Marketplace to promote
Brands – Engage them Now

We have access to micro influencers in every niche
Our unique algorithm identifies the perfect influencers for a campaign
Our Influencers will contact you with innovative offers once you subscribe

“Micro-influencers” content often performs
Better than macro-influencers’ posts.

People with less than 1000 followers have a “like” rate of about 8% whereas people with 1,000 to 10,000 followers have a “like” rate of about 4%.”

Brand/Advertiser Signup

The Marketly Study
The marketly study, cited by digiday, found that users with fewer than 1,000 followers received an average of 8.03 “likes” and 0.56 comments per post. Those who had between 1,000 and 10,000 followers garnered an average of 4.04 “likes” and 0.27 comments.

It’s a no-brainger
On the surface, influencer marketing seems a no-brainer for firms. It makes sense that they use influencer people to extol the virtues of their brand. One problem businesses have is to find, however, is working out who are the true influencers online.


Need help with Social Media?
We offer an array of different services related to digital marketing to help
You compete (and win) in the competitive digital marketing landscape-from
Content creation to campaign management.
Find out more

To find out more about influencer marketing and least news take a sneak peek at our blog.
You have nothing to lose, only knowledge to earn.!
Learn More

Maximize the Impact of Your Influencer Marketing program
OneStopAdvert end-to-end influencer marketing platform enables superior influencers discovery, quick outreach, efficient campaign management, and data-rich campaign analysis.

The most sophisticated influencer marketing platform
A host of advanced data, technology and intelligence powers all our tools.

Rethink influencer discover
Discover, qualify, and collaborate with real and relevant influencers and content creators.

Essential for SMEs and individual business that wants to ramp up influencer marketing. Can Reach up to 50,000 quality, niche audiences in your target market. Build your brand across Facebook, Instagram, Youtube, Twitter, blog among other platforms through quality influencers trusted and respected by their followers.

1 Campaign
3 Post publishing on up to 3 social media influencer accounts
1,000-50,000 Audience reached per post

Reach quality niche audiences with powerful tools. Build your brand and get up to 10 posts to up to 300,000 target audience in a month. It is simple to setup an efficient that gets to your target when you post it through their trusted micro influencers in a tone they like on Facebook, Instagram, Youtube, Twitter, blog among others.

1 Campaign
2 Posts publishing on up to 2 Social media influencer account
50,001-150,000 Audience reached per post

Robust plan to effectively manage your corporate image with influencer marketing. Easily build corporate advertisements and get up to 16 unique posts reaching about 2,000,000 audience per month across Blogs, Micro Blogs, Facebook, Instagram, Youtube, Twitter etc of your targeted audience.

1 Campaign
4 Posts Publishing on up to 4 social media influencer account
150,001-500,000 Audience reached per post

Build your campaign with 4 top influencers. They will create custom contents about your brand, product or services on their highly respected social media channel (such as Facebook, Instagram, Youtube, Twitter, blog) that reaches about N4,000,000 quality engaged followers in your target niche with reusable contents.

1 Campaign
4 Posts on up to 4 Social Media Influencer account
500,001-1,000,000 Audience reached per post

Enterprise plan for brands, ads agencies and companies to setup a robust campaign that connect with professional brand ambassadors, influencers and creators. They will create rich, unique rich text, graphics, audio & video contents and share with their engaged audience you are targeting on Facebook, Instagram, Youtube, Twitter, blog among others to achieve your set objectives.

3 Campaigns
12 Post publishing on the influencers social media accounts
1,000,001-100,000,000 Audience reached per post

Need to get your content out to hundreds of thousands of audiences instantly? Subscribe to engage a single tier one professional Tier 1 influencers for your campaign to post your content once on their page and instantly reach at least 100,000 verified, quality and engaged large Audience on their social media channel (Facebook, Instagram, Youtube, Twitter, blog among others) which can be tracked on your dashboard.

1 Campaign
1 Post publishing on 1 social media influencer account
500,001-1,000,000 Audience reached

Brands, Advertising agencies & Corporate Organizations that needs more than branded contents but require a full-service team; can engage our experts to handle everything from setting strategies, content, media curating custom talent lists, managing execution, deliverables & amplification of branded contents across multiple channels at a time to drive desired results.
You will choose your influencer, campaign and posts to meet your custom need and budget.
Contact us Now
(+234) 080.9502.9999

Essential for SMEs and individual business that wants to ramp up influencer marketing. Can Reach up to 50,000 quality, niche audiences in your target market. Build your brand across Facebook, Instagram, Youtube, Twitter, blog among other platforms through quality influencers trusted and respected by their followers.

1 Campaign
3 Post publishing on up to 3 social media influencer accounts
1,000-50,000 Audience reached per post

Reach quality niche audiences with powerful tools. Build your brand and get up to 10 posts to up to 300,000 target audience in a month. It is simple to setup an efficient that gets to your target when you post it through their trusted micro influencers in a tone they like on Facebook, Instagram, Youtube, Twitter, blog among others.

1 Campaign
2 Posts publishing on up to 2 Social media influencer account
50,001-150,000 Audience reached per post

Robust plan to effectively manage your corporate image with influencer marketing. Easily build corporate advertisements and get up to 16 unique posts reaching about 2,000,000 audience per month across Blogs, Micro Blogs, Facebook, Instagram, Youtube, Twitter etc of your targeted audience.

1 Campaign
4 Posts Publishing on up to 4 social media influencer account
150,001-500,000 Audience reached per post

Build your campaign with 4 top influencers. They will create custom contents about your brand, product or services on their highly respected social media channel (such as Facebook, Instagram, Youtube, Twitter, blog) that reaches about N4,000,000 quality engaged followers in your target niche with reusable contents.

1 Campaign
4 Posts on up to 4 Social Media Influencer account
500,001-1,000,000 Audience reached per post

Enterprise plan for brands, ads agencies and companies to setup a robust campaign that connect with professional brand ambassadors, influencers and creators. They will create rich, unique rich text, graphics, audio & video contents and share with their engaged audience you are targeting on Facebook, Instagram, Youtube, Twitter, blog among others to achieve your set objectives.

3 Campaigns
12 Post publishing on the influencers social media accounts
1,000,001-100,000,000 Audience reached per post

Need to get your content out to hundreds of thousands of audiences instantly? Subscribe to engage a single tier one professional Tier 1 influencers for your campaign to post your content once on their page and instantly reach at least 100,000 verified, quality and engaged large Audience on their social media channel (Facebook, Instagram, Youtube, Twitter, blog among others) which can be tracked on your dashboard.

1 Campaign
1 Post publishing on 1 social media influencer account
500,001-1,000,000 Audience reached

Brands, Advertising agencies & Corporate Organizations that needs more than branded contents but require a full-service team; can engage our experts to handle everything from setting strategies, content, media curating custom talent lists, managing execution, deliverables & amplification of branded contents across multiple channels at a time to drive desired results.
You will choose your influencer, campaign and posts to meet your custom need and budget.
Contact us Now
(+234) 080.9502.9999

1,000 – 5,000

HOW IT WORKS – Influencers
1. Influencers visit OneStopAdvert.com to sign up free as a influencer
2. Add applicable social media platform(s)
3. Admin will review that platform, note the volume of followers, engagement and other parameters, then set amount chargeable per post (click here to see our average post price guide), the influencer cannot receive more than set amount as maximum for each publishing done
4. Brands will send in their proposal for Influencer to review and accept/reject
5. For accepted campaigns, the influencer will post and send url of where its posted for the Brand to Validate.
6. Brand will confirm and acknowledge it’s posted
7. Fund will be available for withdrawal to Influencers supplied payment detail (Bank Account, Paypal ID, Bitcoin and other channels)

HOW IT WORKS – Brands/Advertiser
1. Brand/Advertiser visit OneStopAdvert.com to register buy preferred plan for a month, click here to order a plan.
2. After Subscribing and Making Payment for a plan, the Brand will be eligible to post set maximum number of campaigns; used by a single or spread across chosen maximum number of influencers. For 1 influencer posting for all the campaign or tell each of them the maximum number of posting by each influencer.
3. Admin will review the new campaign approve it for publishing. The campaign become visible to all eligible influencers.
(Meanwhile, the ineligible Influencers can also see the campaign by switching a search filter, but if they click on it, they will see which of the parameters of the campaign doesn’t correspond to their platform profiling)
4. Influencers will receive proposal that matches their niche that popup from the brand, prefilled with the original content provided by the brand.
5. The influencers that want will signify interest to the proposal, by editing or making a custom proposal to use it to send a request.
6. If the brand is not okay with the proposed version, He/She will re-edit and send for the influencer to publish.
7. Once the influencer publish, he’ll copy the url and paste here, to indicate that it’s done. (system will verify this first).
8. The brand will be notified to check too, and if okay with it, the supposed wage will be available to the influencer for withdrawal on their dashboard

How Influencers get started with OneStopAdvert
Hello influencer!
OneStopAdvert is a simple platform to use. We strive to make it as simple as possible to use the platform with our definitive guide. This is intended to make it further easier for Brands to discover and connect with the Influencers seamlessly.

Use our FIND CAMPAIGN search menu to discover brands you will love to promote and develop valuable brand partnerships with.
Connect to the brands you want by sending your proposal to them, then wait for them to accept/reject. Brands can connect with you themselves too.

Discover Brands
Once you are connected to brands, you will start being invited to work on their campaigns. Navigate our Campaigns page with the following guidelines:

Campaign Influencer Dashboard
When a campaign is sent to you, you will be able to view the full details. If you feel the campaign is relevant to you and your audiences, accept and get ready to develop some exciting content. You may choose to reject a campaign for any reason too.

This menu is where all the new campaigns sent by brand details will be visible for influencer to accept edit or reject.

Once you are connected to brands, you will start being invited to work on their campaigns. Navigate our Campaigns page with the following guidelines:

Upcoming Campaigns – All campaigns that the Brands you follow have published.
My Campaigns – All campaigns that you are invited to work on or have worked on.

Active Campaigns – All campaigns you are working on and are active right now.

Campaign Details
Once a campaign has been agreed upon, start creating your content based on the instructions clearly outlined by the brand. Once start date arrives, start sharing the content you’ve created for the campaign.
Always keep in line with the brand instructions; remember you are to adhere to the agreement you accepted to promote the campaign. Always use the link that is provided to you in your content. Embed it whenever you can and drive your audience to it. Any clicks that shortened link generates will be tracked by OneStopAdvert and you will receive payments associated with that campaign.
We encourage you to be authentic and honest in your posts and keep to your brand reputation as an influencer. Your audience loves your authenticity. If you feel that your audience may respond badly to perceived product placement, go ahead and clearly disclose that the post is sponsored. Up to you; you know your audience best!

Each campaign are paid for per campaign and your fee will be the full amount less the fee due to the platform which will be displayed on the dashboard.

Brands may decide to make changes to campaigns you are involved in, and you will be notified of any changes, however we want to you know what changes these could be;

Whilst the campaign is running, and once it has ended, keep an eye on your data and what clicks you were responsible for.

The Complete Guide: Influencer Marketing
Influencer marketing is nothing new but to get maximum advantage from influencer marketing, you have to know about it in-depth. You may wish to recall the Celebrity Studded Nigerian Nollywood Banky W and Adesuwa Etomi beautiful traditional marriage ceremony; where many family and friends attended the wedding event. One of the guests to the wedding was Ebuka Obi-Uchendo a Writer, TV Host, Lawyer and Compere; was among the guest that wore agbada. Ebuka Agbada dressing trend so much on social media that he stole the day and led to the Agbada design becoming the new trend setter. The tailor Ugo Monye got his social media followers growing by thousands because of the AgbadaX sewn for Ebuka and this led to a lot of business opportunities for him form all over the world. This also led to the #agbadachallenge that recently trended on social media. This is a perfect example of the power of influencer marketing.
We are more likely to buy a product if it is recommended by a friend than by an advert. Influencer marketing opens plenty of opportunities for brands to increase the reach of their content and build relationships with consumers directly.

In this post, you will learn how to get started with influencer marketing and how to build relationships with influencers.

Let’s start.

Who is an Influencer?
WOM (word of mouth) spreads faster in social media than a fire in a dry field. Influencers are people who are active on social media; they are whom people trust. Mainly, influencers act as a mutual connection which connects your brand to the targeted users. So, an endorsement from an influencer will boost your reach and will also drive traffic to your site. They are capable of exposing your brand to their followers, who number in thousands, and within a minute you might start getting impressions.

Why does your brand require Influencers?
Consumers trust recommendations from a third-party source than the brand itself. You don’t trust a person in a party who talks about himself or convinces you to be his friend. However, you will trust a guy if your friend vouches for him. So, basically an influencer is a mutual friend who connects your brand with targeted users.

When you connect with an influencer, not only does he bring his entire network of followers, but also sways the loyalty of their audience to a particular brand. An influencer can easily drive traffic to their site, increase your social media reach and sell your product directly through their recommendation.

As traditional outbound marketing gets out of fashion, influencer marketing is becoming an easy way to attract clients. Most of the modern day consumers are blind to billboards and deaf to commercials. They are independent and want to research a brand on their own while making their own decisions.

How do influencers do inbound marketing? Well, they generate content about your brand, they also recommend your brand to their followers, participating in conversations surrounding your brand. Thus, getting an influencer on your side before a competitor does is an important strategy for successful content marketing.

How to identify an influencer for your brand?
Context: An influencer differs for every brand because they need to be an appropriate fit. This is an important factor when you are looking for a right influencer. For example: Laura Ikeji is known as one of the most influential social media users and has millions of followers but will her Instagram post about your software bring any conversion? Definitely, no because girls are not interested in software. Context is the key.
Reach: We want that influencers to have a reach so that they can share the content in a manner that it can be heard. If you are selling online clothes, shoes and bags for women, then a mention from Laura Ikeji wouldn’t be bad after all.
Actionability: This is an influencer’s capability to cause action using their audience. This characteristic comes obviously when you target an audience which is in context with your brand.

Where to find your ideal influencer?
Social Media Monitoring
Social media monitoring allows the user to find influencers who talk about the niche you have outlined. For example, someone is posting about yoga aggressively but has not mentioned your website. So, it would be nice to engage with them and expose your brand.
Research Hashtags
Identify those hashtags which your influencers are using. Once you are able to find influencers which seem to be a good fit for your brand, you should organize them in Twitter list, so you can use them effectively.
Google Alerts:
You can set alerts for keywords to know people who are writing about the topics in your niche.
Social mention
Social mention allows you to advertise your company’s name and to find mentions on various outlets such as Twitter, Facebook, and YouTube to name a few.
OneStopAdvert Influencer Marketplace
The above-mentioned ways are traditional methods. You can also easily find influencers with the help of OneStopAdvert: social media influencer marketplace. In OneStopAdvert you will get search functionality; use the search bar to find influencers which are related to your niche.
You can get to know about influencer’s social reach. You will know more than their engagement and will have an access to deep insights. Check out more features.

How to build relationship with influencers?
The next step after identifying influencers is to start building relationship with them. Below are some ways through which you can build relationships with influencers.

Thank Them
Send them a quick thank you via an email. Just make sure to communicate our gratitude in a simple manner.

Think long term
Building a long-term relationship means investing your time, interest and attention of the other person. Communication is key so don’t just contact to them when you need some work.

Use your networks and share their content when required and help them build audiences and trust with you.

Over to You
Thanks for reading; I would love to continue this conversation in the comment section. If you have any tips on building relationships with influencers? Having trouble in finding influencers, you can sign up with OneStopAdvert.com and discover influencers.

OneStopAdvert Influencer Marketplace FAQs
What is OneStopAdvert?
For influencers, OneStopAdvert is a free, public, online profile and media kit platform. Think of it like Social Media Marketplace designed for influencers and social media experts. Just like every professional need a presence on Social Media, every professional influencer should have a profile on OneStopAdvert.
For Brands, Advertising Agencies and Businesses, OneStopAdvert is a complete toolkit to run an influencer marketing campaign. You can discover influencers, recruit them, work with them and track the content they produce.

Why should I be on OneStopAdvert?
OneStopAdvert is the best place for influencers to showcase themselves and their work to brands and businesses across the globe, it offers many mechanisms to help influencers promote themselves.
Influencers can share their OneStopAdvert profile with any brand, agency, talent manager, photographer or other influencer using their public and personalized link. Our online digital media kits are dynamic so social media statistics and engagement rates are always up to date. You can also put a lot more information into a digital media kit than you could in a standard media kit saved as a PDF or PPT.

How do I sign up?
Claiming your profile is easy, you can click here to signup as an influencer or here as a brand. From there, follow the instructions to complete your profile. The whole process shouldn’t take more than 3 minutes.

How do I select my account type?
The account type you select will affect how your profile is displayed on OneStopAdvert. We have 2 different account types; influencer and brand.

How do I get my profile featured?
With so many members, we only feature the very best profiles. The best profiles are not only the ones of big influencers with huge reach. When considering whether to feature a profile we consider the following: complete bio, location, categories, do they have at least 6 pieces of featured content with reputable brands and businesses, their background image and if they have published rate information. Please email contact@OneStopAdvert.com if you’d like us to review your profile and consider it.

How do I update my social media stats?
The total reach metric that you see is a sum of all your followers on all networks you have authorized with OneStopAdvert. The engagement rate is for Instagram only and is calculated based off likes and comments on posts from the last 45 days. If any of your follower counts look wrong, we recommend signing out of your OneStopAdvert account, logging back in and then waiting for 24 hours for follower and reach counts to update. If after doing this the problem persists, please email contact@OneStopAdvert.com with your username.

Can I change or cancel my plan later?
Absolutely! You can upgrade or cancel.

How will you bill me?
Currently we offer monthly billing. You will be billed on the same or closest day of the month as the day you started your current membership.

Why OneStopAdvert.com?
OneStopAdvert.com is a unique influencer marketing marketing website that allows you to create beautiful public digital media kits, communicate with other members, and apply directly to brands you’d like to work with. If you’re serious about being an influencer, you will want to have a presence on OneStopAdvert.com.

How is my engagement rate calculated?
Engagement rates are calculated from Instagram posts only and are based on the average likes and comments on posts from the last 45 days.

I can’t see my engagement rate?
From time to time you may have to tell Instagram to renew your account authorization with us. To do this simply:
Sign out of OneStopAdvert
Sign into OneStopAdvert again
You may have to wait 24 hours for statistics to update

How do I enter my location?
To enter your location you’ll need to include; City, State and Country.

How do I apply to businesses?
To apply to work with a business, you must have your location set, an email address and at least 1 piece of featured content. Some businesses will add additional filters such as follower count, gender, location and engagement rate to their campaigns. You will be able to see that criteria before you apply. Visit OneStopAdvert.com to see all the businesses that are currently accepting applications from influencers for their campaigns.

How does OneStopAdvert work for a business?
OneStopAdvert offers two main services to businesses: 1) Use the extensive OneStopAdvert search capabilities to discover and connect directly with influencers. You can search based off categories, reach, location and reach out directly to influencers from OneStopAdvert. 2) Have influencers apply to work with you on a campaign. If you are a business and currently looking for influencers to collaborate with, claim your OneStopAdvert business page, complete your account and set up a campaign and you can begin receiving applications from influencers.

What is OneStopAdvert Influencer?
OneStopAdvert Influencer provides a platform for brands and influencers to collaborate in many exciting and mutually beneficial ways. This is aided by advanced algorithms that enable discovery, and a simple dashboard that tracks all influencers and campaigns in a single space!

What is Influencer Marketing?
Influencer Marketing, in the most simple sense, is when you get someone with a recognized expertise or influence in a particular field to talk about you or your brand, so that people who trust their word are inclined to form a positive opinion about you (or your product). Remember that cool person in your college with a huge fan following? To make a mark for yourself in the new environment, all you had to do was get this guy to ‘refer’ to you as cool, and everyone would be flocking to have you as their friend! Naturally, in this form of marketing, the focus is on targeting these key influential individuals, rather than your entire target audience.

How does Influencer Marketing work?
There are two ways in which you could get the social influencers to talk about your brand – either pay for it, or earn it. While paid marketing is relatively easy and should be taken up on an ad-hoc basis such as a seasonal campaign or a product launch, it is the earned influencer marketing where the real equity lies for the brand. Earned influencer marketing happens when influencers promote content about you for their own personal social growth, and is usually a result of having long-standing and meaningful relationships with influencers.

How does OneStopAdvert Influencer help my brand execute Influencer Marketing?
OneStopAdvert Influencer combines the power of a sophisticated search-engine, a robust ranking algorithm, and intuitive chat messenger into one platform. This enables brands like yours to search, qualify, and reach out to the most relevant influencers. Brands that can cut through the content clutter to truly leverage influencer marketing will be the ones that create loyal, ever-expanding, micro-communities of their most relevant and vocal influencers. And OneStopAdvert Influencer helps brands do exactly this.

I have an agency/team that does Influencer Marketing for my brand. Why do I need OneStopAdvert Influencer?
The world of online social influencers is very dynamic and complex. Millions of people every day are growing and exerting their influence in categories from Local food to Travelling to Nigeria, from Football to Aso Ebi Wedding, from fashion to fast food and so on. As such, it is difficult to manually search, compare, and qualify the best influencers for your brand, and grow your influencer community on an everyday basis. That is exactly where OneStopAdvert Influencer comes into play. OneStopAdvert Influencer puts a method to this complexity and helps agencies and brands alike to do influencer marketing and relationship management in a smarter, more consistent, and organic manner.

How does OneStopAdvert Influencer scoring work?
OneStopAdvert Influencer scoring tries to mimic real-world influence as closely as possible. For this, several quantitative and qualitative factors are taken into account for each profile per platform. A separate percentile score is calculated to indicate the relative influence an individual has on each social media platform. A category expertise score is calculated to demonstrate what topics they are influential in. These and other scores feed into an overall influence score for each influencer.

What social media platforms does OneStopAdvert Influencer support?
OneStopAdvert Influencer currently works across 9 platforms – Instagram, Facebook, Twitter, Snapchat, Youtube, Pinterest, Musical.ly, LinkedIn, Blog .

What is the strength of OneStopAdvert Influencer database?
OneStopAdvert Influencer boasts of more than 100,000 indexed, global social profiles in its database. The search engine scans and indexes almost 4,000 profiles every day. We have segmented influencers over more than 15 categories! The keyword search also functions with more than 100,000 keywords and phrases.

How do I create an account on OneStopAdvert Influencer?
It’s simple! Click here to signup as a brand or here as an influencer

How much does it cost?
Check out our paid plans here. If you want to customize a plan for your specific needs and objectives, please contact our product specialist.

If I have more questions, where can I find the answers?
We are available 24X7. email us at contact@onestopadvert.com with your enquiries and we will get back to you as soon as possible.

How long it takes to receive your payment after your content has been accepted by the brand?
Please be sure to fill in your Payment Information in your admin panel.
Depending on the country you live in you will having different payout options. For example in Nigeria, you can receive payments via Bank Deposit, Cheque, Wire Transfer, Bitcoin, PerfectMoney among others. Other countries have additional benefit of receiving their payment via Paypal, Western Union Money Transfer, International Account transfer among others. Please note that each payout method comes with different fees, (or no fees).

What Are the available payout methods?
Payments are processed at the end of each business day, Monday through Friday. We reserve the first 48 hours after you’ve been approved to process your payment. After this time frame, your payment is released to the method you selected. Weekends and holidays are not included in operation days for payouts.
• Bank Deposit
• Cheque
• Wire Transfer
• Bitcoin
• PerfectMoney
• Paypal
• Western Union Money Transfer

What is the transaction fee and how much is the minimum payment threshold?
There is a transaction fee in Nigeria and there is no minimum payment threshold.
Payments typically take 1-21 business days to arrive in your Bank account after your content has been approved and missing links have been replaced after approval.

Do you deduct tax?
We will deduct relevant taxes and remit to the Federal Inland Revenue Service of Nigeria. If you need details about tax, we do not give any tax advice, we advise you consult a tax professional for advice.

How Much Does It Cost to Use OneStopAdvert?
At OneStopAdvert Influencer it is our mission to directly connect influencers/creators with brands/agencies by keeping things as simple as possible while also delivering the most value for both brands and influencers. With that in mind, it is completely free to sign up and post campaigns or send proposals on OneStopAdvert Influencer! No contracts, monthly charges or long-term commitments. OneStopAdvert Influencer only charges when a brand hires an influencer, it’s that simple.

How Do Expiry Dates Work?
As a Creator you can choose an expiration date for any proposal you send a brand for a campaign. To add an expiration date simply fill out your Campaign Proposal as you normally would and then locate the step that says Expiry Date. Click that to select the date that your proposal will no longer be valid to the brand.

What Happens When my Proposal Expires?
Once your proposal expires we will send you an email notification allowing you to update it or leave it expired. The brand will also see that your proposal has been moved into their Expired folder and must then invite you back to the campaign if they want to work with you. This gives you the opportunity to update your offering, price and delivery date.
Setting a proposal expiration date is entirely optional, however if you don’t set a date then a brand can hire you days, or even months after your proposal has been sent.

How Do I Report an Issue with A Brand or Influencer?
Sometimes issues occur and needs an independent person to media and handle situations that arise between influencers and a brand.
If as an influencer you ever feel that you are being asked to do something outside of OneStopAdvert Term of Service such as take an affiliate deal you have several options for reporting this to OneStopAdvert.

On the right-hand side of your dashboard, you will see Contact Support button where you can report issue. Simply click that button and enter the issue you’d like to report. Both Influencers and Brands have this option in every Dashboard. Issues are then sent to our support team and will be dealt with accordingly.
The last way to report any issue is to email contact@OneStopAdvert.com directly. We are more than happy to help and answer any questions you may have.

OneStopAdvert Influencer charges a 10% fee when hiring an influencer. For example, if you hire a YouTuber for N100, the actual charge upon the completed campaign will be N 10.

OneStopAdvert Influencer charges 10% upon completion and brand approval of your content. For example, if you bill N 100 for a campaign, OneStopAdvert Influencer will pay you N 90 once your submitted content has been approved by the brand. This does not include any PayPal or credit card processing fees.

When a brand hires a influencer funds are automatically held in escrow with OneStopAdvert Influencer and is only released once the content has been submitted and approved by the brand. This protects both parties involved as we can be sure that creators get paid for the work they do and brands get the content they expect.

Why isn’t My YouTube Subscriber Count Showing on OneStopAdvert?
If you are no longer seeing your subscriber count listed on your OneStopAdvert profile, please make sure that you have not hidden your subscriber count on YouTube. Our system relies on fetching that number from YouTube and if it is hidden we will display zero. Simply un-hide this number and you should start seeing your subscriber count on your OneStopAdvert profile shortly after.

Accepted File Formats and Size Restrictions For Content Uploads
For social media channels other than YouTube you will need to upload content to the OneStopAdvert dashboard for brand approval. Below is a list of the file formats and max size allowed for uploading to OneStopAdvert.

• MP4
• MOV (Quicktime)

Please note for YouTube content there is nothing to upload as you only need to provide an Unlisted Link to your content.

Guidelines & Disclosure of Paid Product Endorsements
General overview of Guidelines and Disclosure process
Adhering to legal Guidelines is an extremely important part of doing any paid sponsorship post. That said, legal regulatory guidelines can be confusing. Here are some best practices and guidelines we have prepared to assist you.

General Guidelines for Business
Be clear and upfront with your audience. Never try and hide the fact that a video was sponsored. The more upfront and clear you can be the better. Our Guidelines for Brands and Guidelines for Creators include suggested disclosures that we recommend that you use.
Video Sponsorships: If you are posting a video you must state to your audience if you were paid by a company to talk about their product. You can do this at the beginning of your video, make a url or description.
Text Sponsorships: When posting on channels such as Twitter, Facebook or Instagram be sure to tags such as #ad, #sponsored, or #promotion on the post. Consider if the disclosure will be visible to the consumer without scrolling down, including on mobile devices.
Under the guidelines, all content that creators and brands collaborate on to produce through OneStopAdvert’s platform requires disclosure. The more clear and transparent you can be, the better. Assuring that a disclosure is present is your responsibility. Please review our articles for more details on this process.
This article is not meant to be all-inclusive and we may update our suggestions and guidelines from time to time. We also urge you to periodically visit regulatory requirements in your state or country.

Creator Best Practices
Because OneStopAdvert content are branded contents funded by brands, it is considered “commercial speech” (essentially, an advertisement). Content that is considered commercial speech cannot invoke the same “fair use” defenses as non-commercial speech. As an Influencer/Creator, this means you should be extra mindful about how you feature people, copyrighted works, locations, logos, trademarks, and other intellectual property owned by third parties in your work. You must also comply with all consumer protection requirements, nd disclose the relationship between your content and the sponsoring brand.
While OneStopAdvert cannot provide you legal advice, the below common issues and best practices may help you create safe OneStopAdvert content. Content that doesn’t follow relevant media platform copyright policies, regulatory agencies disclosure requirements, or other obligations under your agreement, will not be approved and will not be authorized for upload, jeopardizing payment. As part of the production process, OneStopAdvert may ask you questions about the legal status of third party materials and people featured in your content, so it’s important that you work with your own legal counsel to resolve issues before you shoot.

Please review the below guidelines to avoid common copyright and third party rights pitfalls.

To protect yourself and the sponsoring brand, Creators should produce original videos without any third party materials (unless specified by the sponsoring brand). Any people or third party materials — including music, photos, logos/trademarks or names — incorporated into content created for OneStopAdvert must have the proper rights and licenses granted.

Legal disclosures. You must adhere to the Federal Republic of Nigeria requirements around disclosure. OneStopAdvert will not approve videos that do not clearly meet them. Please refer to the OneStopAdvert Influencer FAQ for more information.
Permission for People. The general rule is that a person (famous or not!) who is recognizable in a shot requires a written release for you to use their image/likeness. If you’re not sure if you need a release or not, the best bet is to get one. This includes visible faces in the background/in crowds and people on the street. You may be required to blur the faces of people who have not signed a release. Also, do not feature the personally identifiable information of anyone without written permission (e.g. their name, email, address, phone number, screen name, customized avatar, etc.)
Minors are not a minor concern. Minors (under the age of 18) must always sign a release TOGETHER with their parent or legal guardian. You must have a release for every minor appearing in your content.
Music sounds complicated—because it is. Just because you paid for a music download doesn’t mean you can use it however you want. Any music or sound effects in your final cut must be specifically licensed for that use – no matter how incidental or how prominent, no matter how short or how long. This includes rights to both the recording and the written composition. Using original music? Remember that “original” means you – and only you – wrote, performed, and recorded the music. If you recorded your own version of an existing song (i.e. a cover song), remixed or sampled existing musical compositions and/or musical sound recordings, you still need to clear all rights and have licenses in place. Heard a certain song used in other Social Media videos? That doesn’t mean the song is fair game. You must still obtain the proper licenses to use it in your work. There are music libraries you can access, but even if something is royalty free, it still may require a license. Remember that OneStopAdvert videos are “commercial,” so make sure that when you do get permission it is for commercial use of the song.
If you don’t have a valid music library license, or license individual songs, you are free to use any of the music tracks in the Social Media Channel (such as YouTube Audio Library) for your OneStopAdvert content.
Materials and video. Any material that appears in your video which may be copyright or trademark protected – including, photography, posters, logos, video games, computer screenshots or other images that show trademarked or copyrighted material, music compositions, or third party video footage – likely requires a release or license from the original creator. This includes images of celebrities you may find online. A photograph you may want to use usually has two rights to be cleared: the photographer who took it, and the person/artwork/brand contained in the image itself. Not all photographers have the right to grant a license to the person’s image in their photography. Often the best route is to seek a stock image source that includes a license free and clear of any restrictions or additional clearance requirements.
A friend is letting you use some of his footage for your video? Remember – everything contained in their video clip also must be fully cleared.
Logos, packaging and clothing. Don’t allow anyone appearing in your video to wear clothing with trademarks, logos or recognizable characters like cartoon/movie characters or sports team logos. Also, unless specifically approved, make sure none of your footage includes logos on any products appearing in the shot, like beverages, cosmetics, food packaging, computers, phones or any other equipment. When in doubt, turn the package around, and pick a plain blue shirt instead of that one with a logo on it! You should also avoid verbally mentioning another brand or brand slogan unless specifically requested by the sponsoring brand.
Locations. If you shoot in a third party location such as a retail store or public park, you must have permission from the legal owner of the property. Remember, everything included at that location – individual people, product logos, artwork, music playing over loudspeakers or heard from a car radio, etc. – ALSO must be fully cleared. Since you have much less control over the environment, shooting in a third party location can often be more trouble than it’s worth. Keep in mind that some iconic locations/buildings may be landmarked and require permission for inclusion in your video (e.g. the Hollywood sign, the Chrysler Building). Please research required permissions for your locations before shooting!
Parody and Fair Use/Fair Dealing. We highly suggest you do not rely on parody or other fair use exceptions to using copyrighted materials. These are frequently misunderstood areas of the law, and if you intend to rely on these exceptions instead of getting necessary licenses/approvals, we may require you to seek your own legal counsel for guidance. If you get the proper licenses, or even better, develop your own original content, the fewer problems you will have.
Community Guidelines and Ad Policies. Remember that all your content must be in compliance with relevant social media channel policies. Take another look to remind yourself of what type of content isn’t allowed on each of the Website!
We look forward to seeing your content!

Disclosures for OneStopAdvert Videos
Verbal Disclosure must be said within the first 30 seconds of the video.
Please use one of the below phrases:
• “This video was sponsored by [BRAND].”
• “Thanks to [BRAND] for sponsoring this video.”
• “This is an ad for [BRAND].”
Written Disclosure must be within the first three lines of video description text above the fold, and before any other links to the product or product codes provided by the brand.
Please use one of the below phrases:
• “This post was sponsored by [BRAND].”
• “Thanks to [BRAND] for sponsoring this video.”
• “This is an ad for [BRAND].”
• “Check out my new sponsored video about [BRAND]!”

[Optional] On-Screen Disclosure must be a burned-in text overlay, appearing long enough to be read, and in a font and color that stands out against the background.

Please use one of the below phrases:
• “This video was sponsored by [BRAND].”
• “Thanks to [BRAND] for sponsoring this video.”
• “This is an ad for [BRAND].”
Social Media Disclosure must be included when the video is posted on any other social channels, at the beginning of the description.

Please use one of the below phrases:
• “This post was sponsored by [BRAND].”
• “Thanks to [BRAND] for sponsoring this video.”
• “This is an ad for [BRAND].”

Following the description, please include one of the following hashtags:
• #ad
• #sponsored
• #promotion

You’ve received a project cancelation message. Now what?
Your project is canceled, and the sponsor has been refunded.
You may have received an email from support about a project being canceled once or twice, and pretty much left it at that. While we hate to see a sponsorship halfway completed, we refund brands at their request at any stage in the project. Here’s what you need to know when you receive a cancelation message.

3 Strikes, Yikes!
You’ve received 3 cancelation emails from OneStopAdvert within 6 months. What this means is on the 4th cancelation message, you will receive a final warning for account usages. The 5th cancelation message constitutes to a permanent ban to your OneStopAdvert account.

Most brands have a schedule they align with when hiring influencers/creators. If an influencer/creator has an outstanding number of refunds/cancelation, this takes away opportunities for other creators that are willing to meet time and schedule requirements. In addition, delaying the brand’s marketing campaign.

If refunds were due to both parties agreeing to leave, this does not count towards this policy. We review each refund accordingly by case.

For more information, feel free to reach out to contact@OneStopAdvert.com.

Top 10 International Content Marketing Trends For 2018
Nowadays, most of the brands have adopted the content marketing. Each one of them has begun with their blog while taking the advantage of content scenario. But the problem arises when the brands don’t get the desired ROI, they leave content marketing totally. A good option is to get to know your customers. Whatever the topic may be, guessing the future is always a hard task, but you can always plan ahead, which will give you a kick-start.

In digital marketing, it works like this only. It is always a nice idea to get ahead from your competition. This article will provide you with content marketing strategies.

Infographics, GIFs & Memes Will Become More Mainstream in Marketing
Memes, GIFs & infographics have dominated all the social media channels for the past couple of years & it is not like that they would stop. Everyone loves humour & if you can have a little bit of wittiness in your content marketing, then it would increase interaction & a superior engagement. Infographics on the other hand is a clever way of content marketing, so if you will have a visual form of information or some data that are relevant to what you want to present is a nice way to send a message. It’s been working over the years; and worth giving it a shot.

Mobile Marketing Will Continue to Rise
Everyone has a mobile phone (smartphone to be more precise). It means a simple thing makes your website mobile friendly. Follow this advice to avoid problems in near future. Users have internet in their pocket, so it is better to take advantage of this technology.
You will have to make sure that it is available to each & everyone, irrespective of the device. It is simple to follow & can easily make a cutting-edge difference.
Ensure your advertisement are mobile compatible, your website is responsive on Phone, Tablet and PC and constantly evolve in tandem with technological requirements.

Content Marketing Will be All About Effectiveness
Content marketing is a challenging task; it is all about finding a proper link between value & ROI. The market for content marketing will increase so will the ways for finding a right solution. The trend always changes from year to year for content marketing & the effectiveness would be understood as we learn more about content marketing.

Artificial Intelligence & Virtual Reality Will Become More Dominant
Virtual reality content is an interesting way brands can drive customers to future with the use of technology.

This point can be proved with the accomplishment of Pokemon Go in 2016 & how the users are ready to accept, which means that you should experiment with new types of content. Google is also focusing on artificial intelligence which is a good pointer for the companies in the coming future.

Personalization Will be Key to Conversions
By sharing their personal information, audiences expect some better treatment from you. So, if you look at the stat by Usabilla: 56% of the customers are likely to buy when they are treated with a personalized experience. It is easy to personalize the experience of the user based on their geographic location, devices they use, searched keywords, age & many other options.
Customize your email newsletters, product recommendations on e-commerce website & also your content in blog. Always address customer by name to give them a sense of belonging. This can be at the beginning of every email or even at the header of the email title to encourage customer to open and read every email you sent

Influencer Marketing Will Reach its Tipping Point
Since social media have arrived in the digital marketing, there are many brands which that has connected with key individuals to create more business. If a public figure regularly promotes your brand on social media (it sounds good, everyone would love this strategy). It also proved very effective for many companies across the globe over the years. You can signup for OneStopAdvert influencer marketing to have firsthand experience about Social Media Influencer Marketing.

Social Media Audience Will Demand More Content

There is always the need for content, but demand has increased & marketers have to produce more content to cope with the consumption.
It doesn’t mean that the quantity will overtake the quality. It is important to create content, but it should always be aligned with the ROI & marketing goals.

Video Will Remain the King of Content
Over the years, video has its share of content & if we think about years ahead, the future is looking bright. Every digital market expert will tell you that video marketing will be on the rise; it makes sense to take advantage of a technique which is working well.
They say that “never change a winning formula” & this quote is related to video marketing.

And Storytelling Will be the Queen
Good storytelling is better than a case study. This highlights that audiences are beginning to get exhausted from the idea of the content. Simply having a blog won’t do; you will have to engage your audiences through a story.

You will see that in years to come, influencer marketing will dominate the advertising landscape. It is social, powerful, tempting & most of all it works.
We try to share content marketing contents that can be adopted by brands and advertising agencies, we encourage you to select and pick any one of them to try it out. Meanwhile are there some impressive content marketing worth mentioning we omitted, please tell us in the comment box below.

Beginners guide to Identify Each Industry Influencers and Why you Should
Influencer marketing has a huge potential to deliver lasting results for many companies, but only if it’s approached with caution. We aim to explain and why every business and politicians should adopt influencer marketing as their key marketing strategy.

Influencer marketing is on the rise and we see it dominating the digital landscape in Nigeria and across the globe in a couple of years. The endorsement partnership between Davido and Infinix will not have gone viral without the use of media as the media was the driving for that broadcasted Davido’s (Influencer) endorsement of Infinix.

When a celebrity enter a shop to buy something and snap with a product then post on the social media, the business start to experience huge sales, especially from people in the industry that needs it regularly.
Brands and advertising agencies all over the world search manually on the social media for industry professionals with huge fan base on their social network such as Instagram, Facebook etc to post about the product, tag them; which amazingly usually lead to high followers, higher sales, more downloads/subscription among others.
Initially, in the beginning, an influencer was measured by how many followers and fans he or she had. The problem with this was that companies and “influencers” could buy fake followers. Some individuals who made themselves out to be influencers by buying fake followers took advantage of the opportunity by charging too much for their endorsements.
The unreliability of measuring an influencer’s value based on number of followers alone shifted the focus to engagement. Brands began looking for influencers who not only had a large fan base, but also had followers that were actively engaged. Companies shifted their focus of finding influencers on multiple social media networks such as Facebook, Twitter, YouTube and Instagram, Snapchat among others.
Companies soon found out that while influencers had many fans and followers who were also engaged, the content the influencer produced wasn’t an appropriate match for what the brand was going for and the loyalty of the influencer couldn’t be counted on.
The content an influencer put out soon became the most important element brands came to look for when hiring an influencer for their products.
With the rise in the use of social networks and smartphones, companies saw the need to shift their marketing from being salesy and only about the company and its products to being all about the audience and consumer.
Companies needed influencers who were loyal to the brand and who encapsulated their ideal audience. This will ensure that the messaging and content produced will be in line with the company’s voice and appropriate to the audience they are trying to reach.
With the loyalty, costs, and the great opportunity for a wrong fit between an influencer and a brand, it is worthy to ask why marketers even bother with influencer marketing and instead of just stick to paid advertising? The answer reiterated the importance of good content.
In today’s online marketing, content has be the priority as it puts the needs and interests of the audience and customer first. While paid ads may be cheaper and is less risky than influencer marketing, it’s less powerful and effective. When others see an actual person using and endorsing a product, they are more likely to try the product out for themselves.

What Makes the Perfect Influencer?
The perfect influencer could be defined as someone who has engaged followers, a certain amount of loyalty, and an affinity toward your brand. This person will also produce content that is in alignment with the company’s voice as well as the interests and beliefs of the ideal audience and consumer.
We can break down these elements of the perfect influencer into a simple model where the ideal influencer is in the middle, encapsulating the following aspects: Audience, Content, Activity, Loyalty, Engagement and Reach.

Where to Find The Perfect Influencer?
There are a few tools you can use uses to find the right influencers, which include OneStopAdvert Influencer, Demographic Pro and Social Edge. But the most important point was that many of a company’s top influencers are right under their noses, in individuals who are already customers. All a company needs to do is comb through their email lists. People who are already customers will have a loyalty to the brand, be familiar with the products, and speak effectively to the company’s target audience.
OneStopAdvert Influencer is working on an advanced solution that will enable brands enter the business business’s email list and looks for customers who are loyal and active. The names associated to the emails can then be entered into OneStopAdvert Influencer analysis software. The company will then be notified of which of their customers will most likely be the best influencers of the brand. Customers that subscribe to newsletter or joined our social media network will be notified once launched.

The Future of Influencer Marketing
The era of influencer marketing is at its peak. The mega influencer market is becoming saturated as there is so much content, likes, and followers. While the number of large, nationally and internationally recognized influencers will decline, the void will be filled with the growth of micro influencers. Micro influencers will be local and be largely unknown to the public. These influencers will not only be more localized in their reach, but they will be more specific in the kind of businesses they will work with. They will have a niche.

Why Businesses Use Social Media Influencers
“92% of Consumers Trust Peer Recommendations Over Advertising”.
It’s a staggering fact that peer recommendation is overtaking traditional media and clearly outlines just how important social media influencers are becoming in today’s market. Influencers build brand affinity, and with the recent changes brought about by Facebook and other social networks, we are likely to see more companies partnering with social media influencers in order to advance ahead of the competition.

What is an influencer?
Influencers are individuals who have the power to impact purchase decisions of others because of their (real or perceived) authority, knowledge, position, or relationship. In consumer spending, members of a peer group or reference group act as influencers.

Different types of influencer you might consider using?
Micro-influencers hold around 500 to 10,000 followers. The drive for one post is around 25% – 50% as they’re able to connect with the audience one on one.

Macro-influencers – This group of influencers has around 5% to 25% engagement per post and their following ranges from 10,000 – 1 million followers. They have a strong connection with a certain spectrum like fashion, travel, business, lifestyle and so on. Although the engagement rate is lower than what micro-influencers get, macro-influencers can reach up to 10 times more people.

Mega-influencers – These influencers could be a social media celebrity (for example: lauraikeji, Instagram Influencer) or a celebrity with a social media account. They have over 1 million followers but only receive around 2% – 5% engagement. If you want to work with a celebrity influencer, you really need to ask yourself if this is the right way for your brand.

Influencers or Brand Advocates? What’s Better for your Brand?
Social media has undoubtably become a platform for businesses to drive awareness of their brand and to drive sales. Social media promotion comes in all shapes in sizes– from a Smart Water ad in your instagram feed to Hamburger Helper dropping a rap mixtape that goes viral. , to a celebrity retweeting a LuluLemon product, to your friend tweeting “I love Chipotle”. All of these types of promotion have their advantages, but I want to focus on the last two: A celebrity retweeting a Lululemon product or your friend tweeting “I love chipotle”. They are examples of social media influencers and brand advocates.

An influencer is the one who intends to impose his opinion about a brand or service to larger sect of audience. A Social media influencer is a person who has a large or very engaged following on some type of social media platform. These influencers can be Taylor Swift, a fashion blogger, a youtuber, or a Bill Nye the Science Guy parody account. Basically anyone who can drive impressions on social media is considered an influencer.
The power of influencers is undeniable, in many different areas of the internet. They tend to be the people who really make something go viral. Good content tends to go unnoticed until someone with a large following shares it. One big example of influencers was with ‘Kony 2012’. Although the results of this campaign were questionable, the campaign targeted major celebrities which they called “culturemakers” to get the word out.

SMI’s in Business
Brands often use influencers to drive awareness or sales to their products. For example, Nike goods might pay famous athletes such as Ronaldo to promote them on their accounts, or Ralph Lauren might pay a fashion blogger to review one of their products on Instagram. These types of promotions are cool and generates a lot of awareness based on the influencer’s following. The next question is- do they drive sales?

Before we answer that- let’s look at Brand Advocates. A brand advocate is a person who is passionate about a brand and actively chooses to get the word out about the brand. A brand advocate is your friend Emeka that you follow who tweets “I Love Indomie #thecompleteone” and Retweets Indomie #thecompleteone’s special offers on twitter. John even Dm’s you asking if you want to join him for lunch at #thecompleteone launched in October 2018 after Don Jazzy and Indomie social media drama. The difference between the advocate and the influencer is that the advocate is more passionate about the product and doesn’t have their own agenda behind promoting the brand. Brands often keep close track of customers like Emeka on social media and engage with them through commenting, tweeting, etc. I used to intern for a company who monitored all activity on social media for Target, and they would respond to both good and bad posts.

What’s Better for your Brand? Influencers or Advocates?
Both are better for your brand. While Influencers tend to create more awareness, advocates tend to drive a larger percentage of sales for brands.

Meanwhile, it is important to consider consumer trust, motivation and incentive to the influencer. Fewer consumers tend to trust influencers while more trust brand advocates. Also, influencers are not motivated because they have a true passion for the product, and typically need some type of incentive to post about your brand. On the flip side however, an influencer with 100k Instagram followers is lot more exposure than an advocate with 200 followers. How many sales can 200 followers really drive? How many sales can 200k followers really drive? The answers are not completely clear, but it is good to know the difference between the types of promotion.
So what do you think? What’s better for your brand? Social media Influencers or Brand Advocates?

Tips for working with influencers
• Be very clear on your objective
• Know your audience. Understand and identify the factors that have an impact on your target audience
• Determine which influencer platforms will reach your target audience
• Find your influencers, onestopadvert.com influencer channel can present you options.
• Choose your influencers wisely.
• Set expectations up front.
• Do your research. Spend time following potential influencers
• Make sure the influencer is relevant and aligned to your business
• Get creative with collaboration. In fact, give influencers creative control because they know their audience better.
• Have a crisis plan – once your business is aligned to an influencers voice, any change in the tone of their output may also be linked back to your brand
• Respect influencers’ judgment
• Have actionable goals for influencer campaigns
• Social media influencers can have a significant impact on your social engagement and reach. However, the key is to select the right type of influencer that aligns with your business strategy. If you’re interested in the prospects of working with a social media influencer search for them at onestopadvert.com or email us at contact@onestopadvert.com. We will love to hear from you!

Tips for Working with Social Media Influencers
Here is how to best work with social media influencers to market and sell your goods and services.
Influencer marketing is quickly becoming one of the most efficient and effective ways for businesses to reach potential buyers of their goods and services. By focusing marketing activities around key individuals known to wield influence among a target customer market, brands can often deliver a more “authentic” message that is more palatable to “real” people than classic advertisements. As such, influencer marketing can significantly increase brand awareness and help grow sales, and usually costs dramatically less than classic advertising.
Influencers lend incredibly effective credibility to a brand, which increases the premium customers will pay. That level of quick authenticity with such a lucrative outcome can take years to build through traditional marketing.
But, for many entrepreneurs and business executives, influencer marketing relationships are a new concept, and many do not yet understand how to leverage this new channel for maximum benefit.
Below are the best ways you can collaborate with influencers to give your brand the boost it needs:
Give influencers creative control.
Social media influencers did not just coincidentally build large, engaged followings; they know what their audiences want, and are experts on their followers’ needs. “Paying an influencer to simply share your content won’t lead to the result you desire. Give creative license to the influencer so that he or she can introduce your brand authentically. If you want something specific, suggest, but do not be surprised if the influencer says no.”

Engage influencers who love what you have to offer
Influencers generally will not promote products in which they do not believe – and if they do, they will not promote those items convincingly. “Look for influencers who match your brand’s values, who influence your target market, and who will promote your product with passion. The more influencers love your product, the easier it will be for them to promote it. Infact, it’s better for your influencers to feel as though, even if they weren’t getting paid, they would love the product and use it all the time. That is when you know you are getting top-quality content.”

Create a mutually beneficial relationship.
Influencers often receive many pitches: “Just because influencers already have a following does not mean that they have everything that they want, it is strongly advised to make the relationship mutually beneficial by giving them credibility, financial reward, invitations to events at which they can network, products, and more.” When there is something in the deal for both of you, influencers will work much harder to create something great.

Look for dedicated audience engagement.
Brands have plenty of choices when it comes to picking an influencer, but the choice is not always about numbers. You will usually do better choosing an influencer with a smaller reach but a dedicated audience than pitching to an influencer with a huge reach of casually-connected fans who have a similarly casual connection to the influencer’s content, So choose carefully. Social media influencer marketplace like onestopadvert.com produce lists of influencers for particular market segments based on actual social media engagement metrics.

Utilize influencers as reporters for your brand.
Sending influencers to sponsored events is a common strategy, as Influencers can act like ‘reporters’ for new product rollouts and events, spreading word about the new offerings on social media, with photos and videos. While people know that influencers are usually compensated, they know that influencers won’t normally push products in which they don’t believe, so people trust influencers far more than they do classic advertisements.

Sponsor influencer-run contests and giveaways
Competition has proven to be engaging and last longer in the mind of the contestants and others who see the adz. Brands can garner a lot of attention by sponsoring exciting contests and prize giveaways which its influencers mediate.

Build connections
There is a ton of competition amongst brands to get their products onto the social media of the top influencers in their fields, influencers have choices among many great products, and will typically promote offerings of people and businesses that they know. Make connections that will help you find the relationships that you want. Go to conferences, make phone calls, send some emails, and engage with influencers on their platforms. Share their content. But, of course, first and foremost, make the connections.”

Respect influencers’ judgment
Influencers became influencers because people listen to them. They are usually creators and business owners in their businesses, they know their audience. Give them the respect they deserve, and the tools they need to do their best work in service of your brand. In addition, demanding results that an influencer considers unreasonable will not help anyone.

Do not confine your search for influencers to celebrities.
Though it may be tempting to pitch your brand only to influencers who have achieved “classic fame” and millions of followers on social media, it can often be more effective to align with influencers who are less well known in general, but well-respected in your target market. Often such influencers can deliver better results on a cost-benefit basis, and sometimes, they will deliver better results than a much more expensive celebrity endorsement. People often trust non-celebrity influencers more than they do famous stars.

Have actionable goals for influencer campaigns
Spreading the word about your product or brand is wonderful, and an influencer can help you do that quickly and effectively. However, a smart campaign with an actionable goal will create more engagement for your brand and drum up excitement. Be it a user-generated content contest, a sharing campaign, or a contest, make your campaign something memorable by engaging your influencer as the contest ringmaster.”

What Can A Brand See Viewing My OneStopAdvert Profile?
Breakdown of the stats and demographics a brand can see while viewing your account on OneStopAdvert.
After allowing OneStopAdvert access to your YouTube account upon account creation we pull in the following stats to share with brands.

• Subscriber Count
• Average Number of Views
• Audience Location
• Audience Age
• Total Views
• Total Videos
• Most Recent 8 Videos
• % of Male / Female
Here is a screenshot of what a brand sees when viewing your profile.
We take your privacy seriously. OneStopAdvert does not have access to any of your messages and cannot make any changes to your account. All information that we have available is directly from the public YouTube API.

Tips for Influencers to get their Sponsorship Proposals Accepted by Brands/Advertisers
We try to make it very easy for Influencers, Bloggers and Creators to find and connect with brands on amazing paid sponsorships. Once you’ve signed up you will expect the perfect opportunity for your niche channel to send sponsorship proposal. The next step is that Brands/Advertisers will start sending you request telling you about their product or service and expecting you to tell them about how you can promote their product and what content you will share on your channel. At this point you will have to write the brand a proposal that will earn you the deal for every request you get. While there is no perfect formula for getting a brand to accept your proposal, we are here to increase the odds by giving you some best practices for writing a proposal that stands out and is ultimately selected.
Do Your Homework
Simply copying and pasting the same proposal for each campaign doesn’t work on OneStopAdvert and the brands will see right through it! The proposals that tend to get the highest acceptance rates are ones that are not only original but also demonstrate a genuine interest in the brand, product or service.
Take the time to learn something about the brand and make sure to customize your proposal to fit their campaign needs. Also, outline why you want to work with them or what peaked your interest. Reassure them that you can complete and submit content for their review by the desired deadline outlined in their campaign. Very often, brands align campaigns with new product launches or upcoming promotions so knowing that you are committed to delivering content on time can help establish professionalism and trust right from the beginning.
Be Genuine
Be genuine, channel your inner passion and wow them with your character and personal connection to the brand or product. It’s also important to note that you don’t have to write a novel to hit all these points — keep it short and sweet! There is no exact science to getting your proposal approved and we’ve seen several brands go back to their proposal lists weeks and months later and select Social Media Influencers (Instagrammer, YouTubers etc) for the second round of their campaign, so be positive and always look for ways to improve your proposals. There are five things a brand will look for when reading a sponsorship proposal and researching the talent. Listed in order of importance. 1. Quality of content, 2. Relevance to the brand, 3. Personality of the Influencer, 3. Comments and engagement with their audience, 5. Traffic and following of the channel.
Your content is the foot in the door so make sure it truly reflects you and your channel. If it doesn’t the brand will quickly find out when they research your channel. Don’t waste your time and more importantly don’t waste the brands time. Think quality over quantity when choosing what campaigns to apply to.
It’s All About Fit
After you’ve shown that you took the time to learn about the brand and expressed a genuine passion, it’s time to zero in on why you and your channel are a great fit. Here it’s important for you to think about your channel’s vertical, they type of content you produce, your audience breakdown, and whether there is a natural link between the brand’s voice and your voice. What do you have in common? Why will your audience care about this brand?
If the connection is not obvious at first glance, then ensure to spell it out for the brand. For instance, if the brand is a fitness apparel company looking to connect with fitness gurus, and if you are a fashion creator with a passion for health and fitness, let the brand know this as it will help them make the connection.
Sponsorship Proposal Logistics
Your sponsorship proposal should not have any spelling errors. You want the proposal to be neat, organized, and professional. Typos are not professional. Many people have questions about length, a paragraph is plenty. You don’t want it to be too long, the people reading these proposals are busy and don’t have too much time to read through pages for every application.
Sponsorship Proposal Content
Let’s get to the good stuff, the content of your proposal. This should be about a paragraph, short and sweet. Such as: 1. Brief intro, 2. State why you should be on the campaign, 3. Mention how you plan to incorporate the product/brand into your text, image or video, 4. End with a “Thank you”
Your proposal should give reason why is good for the campaign. State what you will use for the requested campaign to give the brand idea of how you will be using the product. We suggest further communication and brainstorming and ends with a thank you. Be straight to the point and your proposal will be successful.
Paint A Picture
The most successful proposals almost always include an incredible idea or plan for how the brand will be featured. So, ensure to take your proposal a step further and paint a picture on what an engaging content might look like for the brand. Brands love to hear your creative ideas for incorporating their products into your content and taking the guesswork out of a proposal often leads to increasing your chances of getting hired.
Remember, when a brand decides to work with an influencer/creator for the first time, it’s a bit of a leap of faith. They are trusting you with their product and vision in hopes that you will love their product just as much as they do, so make it as easy as possible for them to envision what their campaign would look like if they select you.
Be Sure Your Proposal Matched Your Video
When you write your proposal do not suggest something you don’t intend to put in your video. If you explain a scenario in which your content would be perfect for the product, stick to it. If the brand approves you that means they like they idea and that is what they can expect from your video. So, make sure to follow through on any promises you make in your sponsorship proposals.
Communication and Payment
We have simplified the channels of communication, you can send message to brands via inbox messaging or instant chat if the brand is online. Don’t share your contacts (such as Phone Number, Email address etc). Many people are not quite sure what it is exactly that OneStopAdvert.com sees and what the brand will see. There is no need to provide a link to your channel, OneStopAdvert.com does that for you. When Brands are logged in to their account, they will see the Influencer details. So, when you draft the sponsorship proposal your channel is automatically linked to the draft and shown to them. All payments are to be done through our system, then we will release to you, less transaction and portal fees, which gives assurance to both parties.

OneStopAdvert is a platform for Influencers, Brands, Marketers, Talent Managers and Advertisers and Ads agencies To Connect.
OneStopAdvert is the First Nigerian Social Media Influencer Marketplace and among the leading global platform where influencers, brands and agencies connect. We launched with the idea that influencers needed a platform designed just for them. A place where they could show off the amazing work they do every day and use that portfolio to find their next opportunity.
Since then we’ve expanded our vision to include everyone who contributes to the growth of the influencer community. Many brands now use OneStopAdvert to highlight previous collaborations as well as ongoing influencer relationships. Talent management, digital marketing and PR agencies use OneStopAdvert to find influencers for their clients or themselves. Photographers and content creators use us to connect and find others to collaborate with.
As influencer marketing continues to evolve at breakneck speed, we hope you find OneStopAdvert a useful place to learn, connect and execute amazing collaborations no matter which part of the community you come from.

OneStopAdvert works with world class partners to bring you the most valuable data, integrations and opportunities in the influencer marketing space.

We have partnered with ediarosms.com to help with SMS notification and communication with influencers and brands, this makes it easier and faster to notify them of urgent news, payment status, VIP Influencer Marketing campaigns among others.

We have partnered with ediaro.com to help develop the OneStopAdvert.com solution that manages the upgrades of our Influencer Software. The solution manages the registration, search engine, integration to external social media networks, integration of multiple payment gateways, web hosting on a dedicated server among other features that makes up Influencer Marketing campaigns.

The Influencer Marketing Platform for Talent and Digital Marketing Agencies
Whether you manage talent and influencers for a living or you help clients run influencer marketing campaigns, OneStopAdvert gives you and your team a complete platform to become influencer marketing professionals. We have a large database of authorized influencer profiles, tools to build digital media kits and run full influencer marketing campaigns, and an active market of opportunities for everyone. We also have the unique ability for your teams to work together to manage your clients.

Run A Complete Influencer Marketing Campaign for your Business
OneStopAdvert gives you a complete platform to run your influencer marketing campaign from start to finish. We have a large repository database of authorized influencer profiles and complimentary tools to help you reach out or accept applications and the ability to run reports on your influencers’ content performance, OneStopAdvert has your back at every step. Get by signing up today.

Your Bio Page
A influencer bio page is the essentials about your company/business so they can quickly decide if your brand and products are a good fit for their audience. Add your social media channels, product photos, and all the brands/influencers you have worked with in the past. Business Pages are public, so you can share them on your social channels to find potential influencers.

Take a Class
If you’re not ready yet, register for our training session on how to run an influencer marketing campaign. With OneStopAdvert you’ll be harnessing the power of influencers marketing in no time at all.

OneStopAdvert is an influencer marketing platform that gives you the tools to monetize the audience you worked so hard to build. Used by many influencers and brands, OneStopAdvert provides you everything you need to take your influence to the next level. And best of all, it’s free!

Overview of OneStopAdvert guidelines for Brands & Influencers and how to follow them.
Adhering to the regulatory authorities Guidelines is a very important part of being an influencer/creator and of creating branded content. Influencers/ Creators and brands must make clear to their audiences that there is a relationship between them and the brands they are promoting. You should never hide that you are working with a brand or being sponsored to feature a product. You should also never say that you purchased a product with your own money when it was sent to you by a brand. Hiding sponsorships won’t make your branded content more authentic or organic, it will likely have the opposite effect in the event your audience finds out. More importantly, having proper verbal, visual and written disclosures for branded content is required by us! These guidelines are intended to help you do just that.
We require that all paid sponsorships be clearly and conspicuously disclosed. In other words, if a brand is paying you to mention, feature or review a product through OneStopAdvert, you are required by to be clear and transparent about that sponsorship and the fact that you are working with the brand.
At OneStopAdvert, we take disclosures very seriously. We also understand that the guidelines can be confusing, so we’ve put together some best practices.

To avoid misleading your audience, we recommend that disclosures be:
• In clear and unambiguous language;
• As close as possible to the ads to which they relate;
• In a font and color that’s easy to read;
• In a shade that stands out against the background;
• For video image disclosures, at the beginning of the video and on the screen long enough to be noticed, read, and understood; and
• For audio disclosures, read at a cadence that is easy for consumers to follow and in words that consumers will understand.
When it comes to videos, we recommend that you provide a verbal disclosure right at the very beginning of the video or within the first 15 seconds of mentioning the brand/product/service that you are endorsing. Verbal disclosures are the preferred way to clearly and conspicuously describe a creator’s relationship to a brand in videos.

We recommend being upfront and using clear statements. That can be a bit challenging since our rule has some preferences about wording. As a result, we’ve come up with some suggestions to use. For example:

• “This video was sponsored by [Brand Name]”
• “I worked with [Brand Name] to make this video”
• “[Brand Name] paid me to make this video”
• “Hey guys, this is an ad for [Brand Name]”
The statements should be tailored to the specific situation. So, for example, if a brand pays for only part of a creator’s content, you might say:

• “[Brand Name] paid for this part of the video”
• “I worked with [Brand Name] to make this part of the video”
• If a company is sponsoring content for multiple brands, you can say:
• I worked with [Brand Name 1] and [Brand Name 2] to make this video”
The following two possible disclosures would also be enough as long as it is clear from the overall video that consumers will understand which products are sponsored:

• “I worked with [Company Name] to tell you about some of their great products”
• “I worked with [Company Name] on this video so I can tell you about some of their great brands”
We recommend using a disclosure similar to the suggestions above whenever you are working with a brand to develop content.

VIP Platform disclosure review Process
On the VIP platform, we take one additional step. Before sharing your content with a brand for final approval, we will look for a disclosure like the ones above. Using one of the suggested disclosures will facilitate review on our end; varying disclosures may involve delay, and we can’t guarantee approval. If a video disclosure is missing or inadequate, we will require re-editing to incorporate a clear and conspicuous disclosure before passing it to the brand. A clear and conspicuous disclosure is one that consumers can’t miss.

In addition to including a verbal disclosure, we recommend that you disclose the sponsorship clearly in the description text above the fold so that your audience can easily see it. We recommend that you place the disclosure in the video description field as close to the product/brand link as possible and within the first three lines of the description field.
If the brand provides you with tracking links and coupon codes to include in the description field, we recommend placing the disclosure before the brand links and any other information. Keep in mind that merely including a link or mentioning sponsorship in the description is likely not enough to meet the rules if it is not accompanied by a verbal disclosure.
If you want to add an additional disclosure that is visible on-screen, we recommend adding a permanent burned-in text overlay disclosure. Ensure that the on-screen disclosure appears on screen long enough to be visible and understandable and ensure that it is in a font and color that stands out against the background. We don’t recommend using annotations as annotations are not visible on mobile devices.

The disclosure rules requirements not only apply to YouTube video sponsorships but also to other sponsored social media content, such as Twitter, Facebook, Instagram, Blog posts among others. Each creator is responsible for making proper disclosures when creating content for these social media channels as well. We recommend making the disclosure clear and conspicuous at the beginning of the post using the word “AD” or “Sponsored.” Abbreviations of the word “sponsored” are not appropriate.

On platforms such as Twitter and Instagram, when using tags such as #ad, #sponsored, or #promotion, we recommend that you not only place them at the beginning of the post but also separate them from other tags so that the rules on disclosure is clearly identifiable and distinguishable from other tags. Disclosures shouldn’t be buried in the middle of a posting or at the end. You should consider how it will appear on mobile devices without scrolling down.

Even if the campaign that you were hired for is for YouTube only, in the event that you decide to share any brand links or repurpose the content associated with the campaign on other social media channels, we recommend that you include a proper legal and disclosure at the beginning of the post.

Some platforms in which you are contributing content may make other tools available to help you understand legal requirements or incorporate disclosures in videos and other materials. Their information and tools may be updated from time to time, so you should check their websites periodically for more information.

If a brand asks for you to either not include a disclosure or to remove your disclosure once you submitted your video for review, please notify the brand that the law mandates that all paid endorsements be clearly and conspicuously disclosed. Inform the brand that you are required by law to comply with the guidelines. If the brand insists, notify contact@OneStopAdvert.com for help.
Failure to include a disclosure is not only a violation of rules, but a violation of our VIP Platform policies. If you produce content that otherwise meets brand requirements but fails to include a recommended disclosure, we will not approve the content and will not release payment. We may also suspend or even terminate your account and make you ineligible to participate in future OneStopAdvert campaigns.

As guidelines often change please be sure to visit relevant regulatory agencies website/office for the most up to date information.

Why Brands should join OneStopAdvert?
Self-managed influencer marketing platform
Create a custom campaign with a budget that works for you in a few easy clicks. Select your preferred influencers and get started!

Large influencer network
We give you access to a large pool of talented influencers. Discover new talents, audiences and content-creation skills. Join forces and thrive!

Simple and straightforward
Whether you’re a niche or a major brand, an agency or an advertiser, our tool is user-friendly and guaranteed not to disappoint.

Data tracking
Get access to real-time insights and data while the campaign is running. We track campaign engagement and success on all platforms and channels. After all, data unlocks opportunities!
Why Setup an Account on OneStopAdvert?
Creating an account on OneStopAdvert is free. But we want to explain to you why you want to set-up your OneStopAdvert account.
OneStopAdvert is the solution that we wanted for ourselves. Influencer marketing has become essential for marketing teams and individuals to understand. Your customers are following, quite attentively, individuals, publishers, and bloggers who create content shares via blogs/vlogs/social media. We call them influencers because they influence and inspire their audiences who turn out to be your customers.
So the OneStopAdvert team began to appreciate that Influencer Marketing is essential but we needed an efficient way to implement it and to scale at it. We needed a tool that helps us do this, works for all team sizes and budgets, and is ‘agency-ready’. And, it must also not require a PhD to use.
Enter OneStopAdvert. An influencer marketing platform. Our platform gives you, brands, the tools that you need to search for and discover the right influencer partners, create campaigns, and build a direct connection to an engaged audience. Let our influencers be your story tellers.
Connecting brands to influencers and keeping it all organized is a feat in itself. With OneStopAdvert, we make it easy.

Why Influencers should you join OneStopAdvert?
Through our large pool of brands and campaigns, you have access to new and exciting opportunities for content ideas.

You are using your talent to help brands grow their influence. We give you a fair and transparent way of monetizing the branded content you create and publish.

Communication is everything
We finally give you a reason to stop using dropbox links, emails, and various excel sheet! Instead you now have one organised system to contact and build relationships with the brands you are working with. Finally tracking engagement per-campaign and per-brand is straightforward.

Data tracking
We give you access to insightful data throughout and post-campaign. You can understand whether the type of content you create and how you share it is successful.

Creating an account on OneStopAdvert requires no commitment from your end other than smashing content. Let’s explain.
You’ve been called an influencer, an affiliate, a blogger, a social media personality or maybe even a publisher. It doesn’t matter – whatever it is you create content.
You create content that you share to your very attentive and attuned audience. They follow you through your highly ranked blog, your social media profiles that are frequently visited, a curated email list, your popular YouTube channel among other channels. You know how to create content and you know what content keeps your audience entertained. You know where your audience lives and, you know what they love.
You need new, fresh content to give your audience, and you want to build meaningful brand partnerships, as well as monetizing your work. OneStopAdvert understand this. OneStopAdvert allows you to potentially turn your social media stardom into your very own business.
OneStopAdvert allows you to potentially turn your social media or blog stardom into your own business. You are an influencer to your audience.
We help you build relationships with brands, who are all hungry for one thing – attention. With your engaged audience, you can give it to them, and get paid for it.
It’s the most transparent model out there, and it’s just what you need to monetize content and grow your influence.

3 Ways Brands Can Take Advantage of Instagram Story Features
Instagram recently celebrated its two-year anniversary of Instagram Stories. In those two years, they’ve added a countless number of story updates – including GIF stickers, Instagram Music, polls and emoji sliders. While everyone is trying to keep up with the latest tools, it’s easy for readers to simply miss your posts. But not all hope is lost! There are still some innovative ways to take advantage of these story features and make your content stand out.
1. Use Instagram Story Stickers to Engage with Your Followers.
Tools like the poll sticker, emoji slider, and questions sticker allow your followers to directly interact with your Instagram story. With the poll sticker and the emoji slider – both of which have been around for a few months – you can ask a customized question and your followers can vote on your customized answers .

For example, Benefit Cosmetics used the poll sticker to get a sense of what the audience wanted to see in their stories. Another story included an emoji slider that encouraged the audience to vote on how they felt about a new product.

The questions sticker, a newer addition recently, is open-ended and a bit more personal. With this feature, you give your followers a chance to ask you any question. You can answer the questions publicly and feature them in your story, or you can answer them privately by direct-messaging the inquirer. The sticker can also be used to ask your followers a question they can answer freely.

2. Run a Contest (But Contestants Must Use the Reposting Tool).
Instagram giveaways and contests have been popular for years – and for good reason. As a participant, you have the potential to win amazing prizes in exchange for a few effortless clicks. As a brand, you have the ability to grow your fanbase by establishing requirements such as follows, likes, and comments. I know the idea of running an Instagram contest hardly seems original. But one new update is a gamechanger. With the new reposting option, Instagram has made it possible to share feed posts and other users’ stories with your own story in two simple moves. Making a story-repost a rule for entering your contest may create high engagement since Instagram has streamlined the process. For instance, a Boutique has already taken advantage of this feature by publicizing their giveaway on their story. This may encourage more participants to take part in your contest, and in turn, your brand may grab the attention of more people.

3. Work with an Influencer for an Instagram Story Takeover.
Straying away from the typical #sponsored feed posts, an Instagram story takeover allows the influencer to post from your brand’s account. It’s a mutually beneficial relationship! It presents an opportunity for both your brand and the collaborating influencer to get exposure to two different audiences. To run a successful takeover, find an influencer who already feels connected to your brand. As Chloe mentioned in her recent #AskAnInfluencer blog, this is key to creating authentic partnerships. Takeovers work because the audience sees your content presented in a new way. To increase traffic, make sure beforehand to promote the takeover on every possible channel. Have the influencer share day-in-the-life videos, skincare routines, Q&A’s, or behind-the-scenes looks. The influencer can then use their creativity to use hashtags, play around with face filters, and tag people in the story. Most importantly, end the influencer takeover with a call-to-action, whether that be to click a link in your bio or to “Swipe Up.” After the takeover, you can add the entire thread to your story highlights and feature it on your brand’s profile.

Take a look at how Brook & York collaborated with @taymbrown to show off a variety of their jewelry pieces. You can now rewatch the takeover on Brook & York’s highlights. It’s easy to focus on feed posts to build your brand, but it may be time to shift gears. Instagram stories are a great way to connect and resonate with your followers on a day-to-day basis. So take advantage of story features. Don’t be afraid to be a little more candid and show off your brand’s personality!

Reasons Why Brands/Advertisers Should Work with Social Media Influencers
Brands and Influencers that are not working with influencers are missing out on all of these things! A honest question from someone not used to this type of advertising channel will ask for the reasons why should I work with influencers.

Many local, national and international brands here at OneStopAdvert have found that they may have to work with social media influencers, but they can’t just convincingly itemize why. This can be because they don’t understand the concept. Some have seen the power of influencer marketing, others are because ‘everyone else is doing it,’ they know it’s a happening thing but when faced with the big question of why, should I join the bandwagon? Of course, we’re not going to leave you hanging – we’ve got the answers right here, with many reasons why you should work with influencers.

They generate sales
It’s a no-brainer; influencers generate sales, and that’s why so many brands are jumping on the influencer marketing bandwagon. From the minute an influencer talks about your product or service, sales generation starts. Depending on the influencer’s channel and the length of the campaign, sales will be generated immediately, in bursts or over several weeks.

They build relationships
Influencers build relationships between their followers and your brand. Without that mutual connection, or middle man if you will, it’s a lot harder to start building that relationship.

They’re excellent value for money
When compared to traditional advertising and PR activity, collaborating with influencers generates excellent value for money when your aim is to connect with a target market. In most cases, influencer collaborations generate a return on your original investment (especially when working with micro-influencers) meaning your making profit on the campaign quickly.

They can start the conversation
Before influencers can build a relationship between your brand and their followers, they must first start the conversation. Nobody likes it when people talk about themselves, so take the humble and flattering approach and have someone else do it for you (of course, only if they truly believe in your brand). Hello influencers!

They drive traffic
Driving traffic to your website, online store and social media channels is super important because it demonstrates consumers moving through the sales funnel and engaging with the brand. Influencer collaborations can drive more traffic to your website so you can convert more leads.

They create content
Influencers are the kings and queens of content creation, pumping out piece after piece of high-quality, engaging content. Essentially, they’re content machines. This is great news for brands because a), influencers are very good at it, and b), it means they can (and do) create user-generated content about your brand that can then be used on your own platforms. Remember that you don’t own the content when you work with an influencer and cannot use, share, edit or publish without permission and approval.

They build brand awareness
Influencers are the link between a brand and its market awareness, it’s that simple! While influencers do generate leads and sales as well, the brand awareness they build is unrivalled in traditional PR strategies (we’re talking about you, bland press release). Exposure and brand awareness is so important in today’s saturated retail and eCommerce space, so the more brand awareness you can achieve, the better.

They are a trusted voice
Did you know that consumers are more likely to trust the opinion of their peers than the brand itself, so partnering with an influencer to communicate your brand message has success written all over it. Step aside traditional branded advertising; the trusted voice of the influencer is now in vogue.

They have authority and influence
84% of consumers make a purchase after reading about a product or service on a blog – that’s almost 9 in 10 people! Influencers aren’t called influencers for nothing.

They convert leads
If you think of ‘leads’ as your potential customers, influencers are crucial to converting leads in the sales funnel. From the moment a consumer sees your product on an influencer’s page, they’re thinking about the product and what it would look like in their life. Now that the product is top of mind, it’s much easier to convert the lead into a paying customer.

They’re expert communicators
Influencers live and breath in the digital space so, as they’ve built their empire, they’ve developed a knack for digital communication. Therefore, they’re excellent at communicating a brand’s vision and message in a way that their followers will engage and connect.

They are engaged
Their whole job relies on how engaged their followers are and how much reach they receive, so there’s no denying that influencers are engaged, and like to encourage engagement on their platforms. Why is this important to brands? The number of engaged followers is much more important than the total number of followers because it shows how many people are actually interacting with the influencer when they talk about the brand and it is a better indicator of reach and impressions.

They are creative
There are millions of influencers across Facebook, Instagram, SnapChat, LinkedIn, Twitter, Youtube, Pinterest and blogs, so in order to stand out from the crowd influencers need to be creative in all stages of content development. To produce large volumes of unique content, you need to be creative, so it’s a hat they wear day in and day out.

They know their audience
When you work with an influencer who has a pretty good idea of who their audience is, you can understand who your collaboration will reach. Whether it be fashion-forward women, stay-at-home-Mums or creative business folk, the influencer will have a great insight into their followers and how to best engage with them.

They are information providers
Whether the campaign is about introducing a new brand, retargeting an old product, distributing information about a sale or dispersing purchase incentives (discount codes, deals), influencers are great information providers when you want to get a message out to the masses quickly.

They have a fresh perspective
The beauty of working with influencers is that they have their own ideas, perspective and experience, so they can put a new flair on your marketing strategy and uncover a fresh angle.

They grow your social following
Always include a request to tag your brand in all influencer collaborations so that your social media platforms receive some love because of the campaign. It might happen slowly, but it’s certainly worth it.

They give brands access to their target market
Influencers have a very targeted following of people in the same demographic, which brands can tap into if they are savvy with their prospecting and outreach. Our advice? Work with influencers in your niche as they will no doubt have a loyal following of consumers interested in the topic, which is essentially your target market.

They are transparent
One of the great things about influencers is that they’re quite transparent and genuine, so they will sometimes include a disclaimer if they were gifted a product, or paid to promote a product. They’re also authentic when it comes to working with brands and are known to decline an opportunity that is not the right fit. This is good news because it means you’ll only be working with influencers that really support your vision.

They distribute content
While influencers are predominately content creators themselves, they can (and do) also distribute other content on their channels. If you wrote a great onsite blog post or created an instructional video, share it with some relevant influencers and ask whether they’d be interested in sharing it with their followers, ultimately widening the reach of your content.

They think outside the box
You know how we were saying influencers are creative? Well, they also have this ability to think outside of the box and shake things up. Give them a general brief of the campaign and your goals, and then give them creative control to put the content together. The result? Probably something that blows your mind.

They become brand advocates
Working with influencers on one-off campaigns is great for raising brand awareness and generating interest, but it’s when they become long-term brand advocates that you truly start to see the value in their work.

They improve your SEO
Just as influencers drive traffic to your website, online store and social media channels also help to improve your SEO and backlink profile. While social shares are not directly linked to Google’s ranking algorithm, blog links pointing to your website are extremely beneficial.

They craft appeal
Have you ever seen a celebrity, blogger or influencer wearing a gorgeous dress and thought ‘I like that, I want that.’ Then have you purchased it, based on their recommendation after seeing it on their platform? Enough said.

So, why aren’t you working with influencers?
So now that you know why you should be working with influencers, click here to subscribe now and start collaborating with influencers that are a good fit for your brand.

How to Draft Professional Outreach Email to Influencers and get desired Response
Influencer outreach is a make-or-break step in your efforts towards content marketing for successful, high engaging influencer campaigns.

Ask an Influencer: Why Aren’t Influencers Responding to My Emails?
Brands need to send a proposal to influencers about their campaign. This is quite simple but over the years it is discovered that Influencers don’t respond to some emails or there are a lot of back and forth before the detail is sealed.
Some Brands ask influencers to buy into a service that “guarantees” followers, and others are asking me to try a new product in exchange for a post on my feed. Many times, such emails are ignored. This sounds rude and harsh but, but you have to understand. For many influencers, creating content is our full-time job. They have to be strategic about the brands they work with, so their feeds don’t become an overwhelming gallery of product placements.
OneStopAdvert understands how disheartening this can be when an influencer that matches your perfect requirement doesn’t respond to your collaboration proposal. To help you get the attention of potential influencers – and to get them to read your proposal emails – we have asked professional influencers and we will break down the biggest reasons why influencers might be ignoring you. In addition, we will offer you few examples of amazing and not-so-great emails we’ve received from brands.

Top 3 Reasons Your Email Proposals are not Working:
1. Lack of personalization

First things first, please address the influencer by first name. Please don’t just say “Hello.” Some of the brands they automatically ignore are ones that don’t even personalize their emails. For instance, If you’re a payment brand asking me to promote your new app, it’s apparent you haven’t spent much time looking at my Instagram to understand that I usually talk about Outdoor Adverts, Social Media Influencer, and Indoor Ads products that we love. It will save us time down the road if you reach out with relevant products with a bit of personalization.
2. Signs of automation we get it, you are busy and can’t craft each email individually. We are not new to email automation programs. However, if you are going to use a tool like this to send out mass invites, make sure that everything looks professional before sending it off. The worst case is when we are addressed as “{{First_Name}}” – that shows true automation at its finest which is discouraging.
3. Lack of details about your collaboration If a brand emails us and by the time we are done reading their email, we still have no idea what they are asking for, we are most likely not going to spend the time responding. Please don’t ask to join your affiliate program or ask to provide a service if you haven’t given me information about your brand and product. Another noted that I am not a huge fan of when brands start a conversation off by offering a lot of money before talking about any of the fun collaboration ideas. This automatically makes the conversation seem like a business transaction rather than the start of a long-term relationship. Outline your thought-out collaboration idea and then let us know if it is something we would be interested in!

How to send an email the right way
Check out the sample email below. I’ll point out what I love about it.
The brand says, “Hi Yetunde or Dear Emeka.” While it is simple, you’d be surprised by the number of brands that don’t take the time to do this. This brand already has my attention!
Hi Emeka works way better than the confusion of adding prefixes or surnames – the more the variables, the more the chances of messing up. And a first impression will end up as the last ever impression, if communication does not go forward!

The brand mentions who they are and why they think I would be a good match for their campaign. They mention that my “colorful and fun content” will be really great for their campaign idea. They have done their research.

To avoid being mistaken for spam, back up your email with information about who you are and what brand you represent. Write to the influencers from an email domain that incorporates elements of the personal as well as the professional. An email from ‘Kikelomo, CEO – ediaro.com” is an example of good email marketing, and is less likely to get filtered as spam!
You should ideally also have links to the brand website and social media handles for the influencer to check out, as well as samples of previous influencer campaigns that you have worked on. It helps potential influencers gain a feel of your brand.

The brand gives me a brief overview of their campaign ideas, timeline, and the deliverables they are looking for. They also let me know that they are free to chat me up on OneStopAdvert.com Instant Messenger to talk more about the collaboration. You can guess I responded to this email! Even if I wasn’t interested in working with this brand, I would respond telling them why.
Let your influencer know why they are important to your brand and to your campaign. What about them or their work makes you believe they are the perfect for? Tell them in the first paragraph of your email itself. Give influencers no reason to hit delete and move on!

Moving forward, here are three tips to increase your response rate with influencers
Make your outreach proposal brief personal! Address an influencer by their first name and let them know why you’re reaching out to them specifically.

Make sure there is a call to action at the end of the email. What do you want the influencer to send you? Insights, media kit, rates, or more ideas on what their ideal collaboration would be? Is there a date you need to know if they have opted into the campaign or not? Add it in!
I hope this helps score your next collaboration with an influencer! If you really think the influencer just doesn’t have the time to respond back to you, make sure you send them a follow-up email after about 48 hours. This will make sure that influencer will respond right away if they are interested in collaborating.

Provide details about the campaign overview, timeline, and deliverables you are looking for. This not only helps cut back on the back and forth, but the influencer can then get back to you with a response, and without a ton of questions!

Don’t be vague about the requirements of the influencer campaign. What is it that you really need the influencer to do? 3 Instagram posts, 1 live video and a series of tweets? Would the influencer have to go to a specific location or use a certain prop in their photos? Let them know in the second paragraph of your email.
Here’s a good example of a campaign brief sent to an influencer:

“Hi Fatimah,

Hope you’re doing well!

As discussed with you, ediaro.com is launching a new Shoes soon and wants to promote the same. The Shoe URL will be sent to you. The Shoe is to be returned back once the images are confirmed.

It will be great if you could click 5-6 images so that client can choose the best 2 and confirm about the same. Images will be confirmed from the client side before you go live with them. The deliverables are as follows:

2 Instagram posts
Note: The branding of the Shoe should be visible enough. The Images could be like a flat lay image wherein Shoe is laid with Clothing essentials,
or A picture clicked while you were wearing the Shoe,
or any creative concept you can come up with the Shoe in the picture.
The Commercial decided for 2 Instagram posts is $abc.

Do share your complete Residential address so that we can send you the Shoe ASAP.”

When your influencer shows interest in being a part of your campaign but has not yet committed, get back to them ASAP. Fill in the blanks, put their doubts to bed and be clear with your explanation of the campaign brief.

To be responsive, draft email templates and keep them ready so you can access it at the click of a finger. When influencers respond to the campaign request, promptly reply to seal the association! Do not waste time thinking of how to respond. Instead, have a series of personal, customised email templates ready with the information the influencer needs, to say yes.

And that’s it. When communicating with influencers, remember they live busy lifestyles and work selectively with brands. Keep your communication crisp but informative. Clear out expectations. Remind your influencers of all the ways they will be rewarded if they are part of this campaign. And then sit back and wait while the responses come pouring in!

PRESS RELEASE – Official Launching of OneStopAdvert Influencer Marketplace
OneStopAdvert.com is pleased to introduce the First Nigeria Social Media Influencer Marketplace in a bid to disrupt the influencer marketing landscape. We are a proudly Nigerian, truly international Company enabling Brands engaging influencers globally with our one-stop platform for brands on the hunt for relevant influencers, OneStopAdvert is not only an influencer discovery platform, but also a community management platform that enables influencer outreach and collaboration.
OneStopAdvert Social Media Influencer Marketplace is a Creative Social Media community built through data and analytics with focus on unique, scalable, authentic content creation. We offer marketers opportunity to build large scale communities of influencers to produce the content needed to power every marketing channel.
According to recent statistics by Influencer Orchestration Network (ION), 70 percent of teenage YouTube subscribers trust influencer opinions over traditional celebrities and 71 percent of consumers are more likely to make a purchase based on a social media reference. Influencer marketing has long evolved from a can have to a must have and it is only going north from here.
Social media is more effective than ever in driving consumer decisions, because consumers are willing to look beyond ads, and make purchase decisions after reading reviews, recommendations, and what real-life experts have to say about it.

Why Influencer Marketing?
There are some fundamental reasons that makes influencer critical to every business’ digital strategy in the 21st Century:
1. Social media and mobile are now the new kingmakers for brands. Traditional media outlets like TV and print continue to decline at geometric progression, not just in terms of viewership but also their impact on the cultural discussion and consumer preferences. Infact, you can the number of time you watch Tv in a day, but you check your phone and social media uncountable times daily. Amazingly, brands have not evolved their own approach towards content and branding to account for this shift.
2. On social media, the people that matters are not necessarily celebrities, but “regular” people: influencers, tastemakers, creatives and your friends. Over 55% of purchasing decisions are driven by social media and influencers provide a natural, engaging discussion for every audience on what to buy, what to wear and what to do.
But influencer marketing is hard to get right, and most brands haven’t invested in building the right processes to do it successfully. The reason is because most brands and agencies see influencer marketing as transactional: I give you money, you give me a post to engage your audience. While this is fair, that transactional nature creates the same inauthenticity and issues as found in traditional advertising and misses the entire point of working with influencers in the first place.
What we identified early in the most successful influencer-driven brands and why we built our platform the way we did – is that there is a competitive advantage in building your influencer program into a true community. This means building long-term relationships with influencers, giving brands and creators the flexibility to collaborate in any way they see fit, and focusing on developing the tools to manage communities of hundreds, if not thousands, of influencers at any given time.

Influencers as Creative Communities.
Consumer attention span is at an all-time low. To break through on any digital or social medium today, brands need to reach each consumer with the right piece of content, from the right messenger, at the right time. But while this level of personalization could be the holy grail for every marketer, it’s also impossible for most because almost no one has access to the volume and diversity of creative assets needed to deliver custom content on a daily, weekly or monthly basis. This has led to a recent shift in what “influencer marketing” means to sophisticated marketing teams.
In addition to getting influencers to post on their own social media channels, the most successful brands today leverage these communities to generate the large volumes of image and video content needed to personalize every customer touchpoint: from paid media, to website content, to email marketing, SMS Marketing and more. Building Brands from the Bottom Up
Experience has thought us that success no longer requires top-down control of your brand. It’s impossible to rely on a single creative agency or in-house team to generate the volume or diversity of custom content required to keep up. Rather, the fastest growing consumer companies are building bottom-up communities of influencers, customers and content creators to tell their own personalized stories that define these brands. Traditional influencer marketing only scratches the surface of what our platform can do.
As marketing becomes more sophisticated and consumer attention becomes increasingly split across channels, being able to deliver customized, authentic storytelling across every audience segment is a necessity. Here at OneStopAdvert, we’re excited to provide every business the platform to build their own successful creative community while empowering the next generation of content creators to realize the full value of their talents and abilities.

OneStopAdvert Unique Features
The understanding of the true potential of influencer marketing is still limited. Overtime, we have witnessed more and more brands coming to us that they are interested in collaborating with influencers. One thing we noticed is that many of them are still very tied to their own marketing objectives. This makes Brands are still a long way from looking at influencers as long-term, authentic, real-world friends of the brand. We can see why brands struggle with influencer marketing – absence of a standard measure of online social influence, reliance on celebrities and inability to discover relevant real-world influencers, multiple communication layers between brands and influencers, and so on.

OneStopAdvert addresses these challenges effectively by adopting a data-driven, Artificial intelligence led approach. In a nutshell, OneStopAdvert comprises of growing global influencers, segregated to relevant topic categories that is growing constantly, across top social media platforms (Facebook, Instagram, Twitter, YouTube, blogs, Snapchat, among others. The platform provides an advanced search engine to discover the most relevant influencers, a sophisticated influence analysis algorithm that helps to compare and qualify influencers, and a smart messenger to enable hassle-free conversations between brands and influencers.

How OneStopAdvert system work.
OneStopAdvert’s smart and complex ranking algorithm uses multiple quantitative and qualitative factors to assess social content and interactions and calculates a social influence score for each profile across the social media channels. It uses these scores to calculate an overall influence score for each influencer. Besides this, a social footprint analysis for each influencer is calculated. At the end, it provides the report of each influencer profile, impact, insight and engagement of each post made on the social media platform for the Brand to have value for their money.
The platform also provides a topic/category expertise score for each influencer, and demographic information on the audience of each influencer, making it easier for brands to get a sense of which influencer’s content and expertise best aligns with their objectives and audience.

Another unique feature is the OneStopAdvert Messenger, a chat application that lets brands communicate directly with influencers. Not only does this feature facilitate outreach, it also simplifies processes for their clients when dealing with a large cohort of influencers on a day-to-day basis.
OneStopAdvert aims at enabling an ecosystem where brands can create their own community of micro-influencers who already have an affinity for the brand, engage and interact with them in mutually beneficial ways, and continually grow their community by adding more such micro-influencers.
OneStopAdvert is available globally, support Multiple Language (English, Arabic, French and many others), multiple currencies (Naira, United States Dollar, Great Britain Pounds and Euro) and multiple Payment and withdrawal options (Bank Transfer, Card, PayPal, Bitcoin (BTC), PerfectMoney (PM) among others)
To join us as a Brand or influencer, www.onestopadvert.com/ads , but if you are an influencer and want to get paid for posting what you like posting to your clients for free

OneStopAdvert “Social Media Campaign Tracker” to help companies measure up
OneStopAdvert Social Media Campaign Tracker helps brands measure the earned media performance. This product help measures the effectiveness and feedback of a brand’s social media campaign by monitoring social media platforms for earned media content for specific keywords and hashtags. It also enables marketers to discover top social influencers creating content that carries a mention of their brands and understand the total social reach and engagement generated via these earned media content pieces.
When asked about the social media platforms that OneStopAdvert tracks platform is working with Twitter and Instagram because almost everyone is there. The other major feature of OneStopAdvert is YouTube as we also track the videos and content there. We also work with blogs. If a blog reviews product from a brand, we track that. We also monitor Facebook page likes if any page mentions brand names. We don’t track individual profiles because of Facebook protection.

OneStopAdvert Launches an Influencer Marketplace Platform
OneStopAdvert, a proudly Nigerian truly International Marketing Agency is pleased to launch OneStopAdvert Influencer Marketplace. This platform is the first of its kind in Nigeria, the system provides a robust influencer discovery, outreach, and community building platform, providing an end-to-end influencer marketing solution. This was launched after intensive research with the aim of revolutionizing the influencer marketing space.
OneStopAdvert is a data-driven platform that combines a powerful influencer discovery engine, with a highly statistical and sophisticated influence scoring algorithm, supported by a seamless instant messenger, and deep-data analytics. We have many social media influencers, multiple categories, can analyze and store social intelligence data seamlessly.

With influencer marketing gaining more momentum in Nigeria, OneStopAdvert has redefined how marketers, entrepreneurs and brands execute influencer marketing campaigns. Apart from its ability to execute highly effective, ROI-driven influencer marketing programs, OneStopAdvert is also equipped technologically to assist clients to leverage customer advocacy by allowing them to engage with real-world influences and brand advocates. OneStopAdvert offers multiple subscription plans to suit everyone from SMEs to big multinationals.
Nigerians have noticed that social media is more effective than ever in driving consumer decisions, because consumers are willing to look beyond ads, and make purchase decisions after reading reviews, recommendations, and what real-life experts have to say about it, separate from what the brand posts about themselves. We noticed that brands struggle with influencer marketing in Nigeria because of – absence of a standard measure of online social influence, reliance on celebrities and inability to discover relevant real-world influencers, multiple communication layers (e.g. Sharing word and excel files, dropbox, emails etc) between brands and influencers, and so on.
This poised us to design our platform in a way that combine these three attributes – a comprehensive influencer search engine, a robust algorithm that could accurately measure online influence, and a direct communication channel between brands and influencers – into one platform, which creates tremendous utility for brands.

Proven Strategies to become a Top Social Media Influencer
What do you need to become a social media influencer? A unique voice, deeply engaging content and a niche that makes your content unique to you. Throw in a bunch of followers that grow consistently, and you’ve nailed it.
Easy, right?
Not quite.
With the active population on Instagram and Facebook both crossing the 1 billion mark, it takes more than ‘great content’ to turn into a social media influencer whose voice is respected and whose following is so genuine, brands employ them to become advocates or ambassadors for the brand.
To help you achieve influencer status, here are some phenomenal tips to help you become a top influencer yourself!

Visibility matters
Be present on every platform possible and do something consistently. Work with a social media plan that you create for yourself. From Instagram Posts to Twitter chats from Google Plus among other broadcasts to in-person social media conferences, there is no better way to become a social media influencer, in addition to becoming a content creator and creating your own community, than by interacting with others, learning their needs, and helping them. With great influence comes great responsibility.

Create a unique brand aesthetic…
Delicious feeds make for successful influencers. And maintain it! Aesthetic is so important in the age of social media, especially for platforms like Instagram and Snapchat that are so visual. And if you’re selling physical products on Instagram, you need to be using a creative and consistent brand aesthetic. A vibrant brand aesthetic is core strategy for things like selling apparel.

Take It Offline
Social media is meant to be social, so you should dedicate time to meeting your community members and fellow influencers in real life. These in-person relationships can flourish beautifully online. The more time you can spend connecting offline, the more connected and engaged you will be online. Don’t just join Instagram pods, build and nurture real friendships with people in your online community and attend events where you can meet new people.

Go Live
If you are unable to host events regularly or maintain an on-ground presence, going Live really helps. Instagram and Facebook have brought people closer together than ever with the Live features, which even sends out notifications to friends and followers whenever you go Live. This feature is great for announcements and event engagements.

Focus on the idea, not the product
People who believe content marketing is simply writing about their products or services and pointing out how great their product or service is – will be geting monotonous overtime. Also, that path will not lead to you becoming a social media influencer. Instead, provide useful industry-related content 80-90% of the time, where the discussion features thought leadership and innovative ideas over actual products and services. Let the promo content be a minority.

Your individual opinion matters
There’s a topic or theme that is being discussed, but what do you have to say about it? What about your existence makes the content unique? According to a survey conducted by Augure, 79% of respondents said a social media influencer must be able to concisely express their opinions and create reactions when discussing a particular topic. Don’t be afraid to voice your opinions, even if that opinion may not be the most popular one.

Listen to relevant conversations on social media
Being a social media influencer means staying on top of all the news and happenings relevant to your industry. You can use tools like Social Mention to track all industry-related social media conversations. Know and follow what is being said on social media. Know what the information means. Form a concrete, well thought out opinion and express it your way!

Optimize your content for high-profile keywords
If you want to become a social media influencer for real, your favourite alphabets in the English language must become S – E – O. Use tools like Moz to discover search words relevant to your industry. Ranking for industry-related keywords is not only important for driving traffic, but for building your influence. If you rank highly for coveted industry terms, it will boost your reputation as a leader in your field.

Connect with other influencers
People tend to associate us and our reputation with the company we keep. So connecting with other influencers not only boosts your reputation as “someone to watch,” it potentially opens you up to new opportunities and relationships you would never have otherwise had.
Go ahead and work, work relentlessly to turn your thoughts and ideas into work that the world can see and appreciate. If you work consistently enough, you will be well on your way to becoming an acclaimed and much appreciated social media influencer!

Finding the Best Hyperlocal Influencers for Your Small Business
The next most effective strategy for influencer marketing is here.

Who are hyperlocal influencers?
Hyperlocal influencers are those who post their opinions and reviews on a plethora of forums — bloggers, Instagram engagers and the Twitterati make up what are today popularly called “hyperlocal influencers”.
They are users who have gained a high following on social media due to the traction their content receives. These hyperlocal influencers end up endorsing brands through creative advertising and can influence buying patterns. In a fast-moving in a country like India where positive feedback and reviews do influence buying habits to a large extent, hyperlocal influencers can be especially effective as they become known names and faces within their own communities.

Why does hyperlocal marketing work?
Hyperlocal social marketing allows brands to communicate to a group of individuals with similar interests in a specific community or neighborhood. Providing agents with opportunities to connect with customers on a more personal level further demonstrates that they care about them and the local community.

Your business made happy by happy hyperlocal influencers
Hyperlocal influencer marketing works wonders because it allows for a core group of individuals who are most likely to use the brand, to become loyal to the brand. There is an interesting correlation between the rise of hyperlocal marketing and the influencer marketing industry, where early adopting brands with big budgets activated large level influencers to reach a national or global audience. Recently, with the democratization of attention and influence, there has been a shift toward using the hyperlocal Micro Influencer.
Engaging in micro communities allows brands of all sizes to target and activate their local customers to use word of mouth marketing within their personal network (just like the good old days). These communities also produce higher engagement rates, making them more efficient.

How can hyperlocal influencer marketing be leveraged successfully?
Through reviewers and other specific customer feedback
Brands and platforms that allow for reviews or other specific customer feedback should definitely keep an eye out on who’s saying what about you. Brand loyalists can easily be turned into hyperlocal influencers by bringing them into the funnel of your brand, through a comprehensive process that can yield you gold if you follow it!

Through regular followers
Approach individuals who have been constantly and consistently engaging with your brand. They are either regular customers or avid followers of your work on social media. These hyperlocal influencers can then go on to convert the people within the vicinity – who are your most important target audience – into loyal customers, too!
Through local bloggers
It can be tricky to get the right traction from a blog, especially when there are so many un-optimised, unvisited blogs out there. However, if you do notice a local individual or group blog performing exceptionally well and are inclined towards the same field as your business and are getting enough attention online – go for it.

Through local sponsorships and associations
Commemorate the important moments of your company through local associations. Tie up with either local organisations or budding local celebrities for endorsements and collaborations, and do not stop there! Keep them in the loop with every offer you have or campaign you run; and turn them influencers!
Technology is already making it easy to target individuals hyperlocally on social media. Social Times reports that nearly 60% of marketers plan to increase influencer marketing budgets. If you target audiences on a more hyperlocal level activate them using micro influencers, you are bound to get increased engagement on your spends! Go ahead and start building your brand with a great bunch of hyperlocal influencers.

Easy Ways to Turn Reviewers into Top Brand Advocates
In the influencer marketing sphere, intelligent shortcuts taken towards acquiring influencers really helps towards brand building and ultimately, sales. Taking reviewers and turning them into brand advocates is one of such shortcuts you should not be missing out on right now. If you are counting on reviews on ecommerce websites, forums, social events among others, to build a community, an audience base or both – read on.

Identify potential influencers amongst reviewers
Watch over your reviewers like a hawk guarding her flock and identify the list of repeaters. By this we mean the people who simply cannot resist their fingers from tapping reviews for almost every product or service that they use on your platform. Once you have identified your list of potential influencers, you will need a tool to pick from the lot.
Scans through profile of your customers/reviewer’s social media profiles to give you a clear measure of their social footprint and their presence on various social media channels. It also gives you numbers on their engagement and following, helping you decide whether to onboard a reviewer as an influencer.

Hook potential influencers on to your platform.
A kind response to a review goes a long way and have them returning. Unless very strong feelings have been developed towards a product, item or service, people need incentives to review. This can come in the form of rewards to the reviewers, or making the platform engrossing and interesting for reviewers, or both.

Give reviews their importance
Reviews can be instrumental in guiding a user’s decision. According to a survey by BrightLocal, 88 percent of consumers trust online reviews as much as a personal recommendation—which is astounding, considering most online reviews are posted by total strangers. The same survey found that only 12 percent of the population did not regularly read reviews for consumer products. With this being the case, it helps to have the site designed in such a way that the reviews section is easily accessible and visually pleasing.

Aim to make reviews truly social
Unless special measures are taken, reviews can live and die on your website without ever seeing the light of day and generating leads. What would incentivize a user to make the reviews truly social and take them to a platform that will give them more eyeballs?

a) Gamify the act of reviewing
Amazon gives importance to the top reviews; this works in the brand’s favour as well as in the reviewer’s!
Make it rewarding for users to review on your platform. In other words, the platform must natively encourage the very act of reviewing. One way of doing this could be showcasing most viewed reviews on top. Another could be giving levels to various kinds of reviewers, based on the frequency and popularity of their reviews. Observing reviewer’s behaviors to such cues also helps determine who amongst the reviewers can be converted into a brand advocate eventually.

b) Rewarding reviewers with goodies
Reviewers have it in them to automatically review the things that come their way. When the festive season is on its way or the opportunity for a sale presents itself, reward your consistent reviewers. Thank them for their support by sending in a bunch of goodies. You can send a bag with items or services that you have seen these individuals order or use most frequently. This way you can start dividing your reviewers into brand advocates of a certain type and start building your database, too!

Stay in touch
Carefully bring top and consistent reviewers into the funnel to turn them into brand advocates for your brand. Respond to their reviews and encourage them to be regular with their feedback. Give them privileges like discount vouchers and gift cards – little gestures to say thank you. And stay in touch through emailers or maybe even notifications on your website, to give your brand advocates something to look forward to.

Reviews, by adding content about your product or services, contributes to searchability of your site and boosts your ranking. You can turn this into your advantage by following these steps and using your platform itself, along with a consistent reward system, to easily transform reviewers into brand advocates.

7 Innovative Ways to Incentivise Influencers
Content marketing has gotten more creative over the decades. The onset of influencer marketing proved to be a gamechanger for the way brands interacted with their target audience. But there’s always the question of compensating the influencers for their work; for making sure they receive a deal they are happy to work for, and that they continue endorsing and not vilifying your brand. Monetary compensation is one way, but not all brands or campaigns can always afford or wish to pay money And you know what? You really do not have to take the money route to compensate influencers every time.
But then, how do you engage with your influencers? What deals can you strike to convince them to promote your brand without monetary incentives?

Influencers know first
Launching a new lipstick range? Releasing a new mountaineering package to the Zuma? Just released a unique men’s grooming product? Let your influencers know first! Make them a part of the brand inner circle and give them some bragging rights as well. This is also a great way to build brand loyalty.

Grow your influencer’s following
Crossposting is a great way to announce collaboration with influencers and works as an incentive for them, too. Mentioning and tagging influencer’s accounts when you use their photos or adding a good word if you retweet or repost them is a great incentive. Growing their channels grows yours in a wonderful loop that is not vicious at all.

Level up with influencer goodie bags
Is your product Coconut oils? Give them an entire 5-flavour pack. Better yet, accompany it with a trip to a spa that uses your oils. The idea is going big with the gifting, more so than you would with giveaway winners or other guests. And make sure the goodies you give them are valuable and worth it. If you give well enough, it could be something that your influencers post about on social media out of sheer love for the product.

Send influencers to the stars
Give your influencers the celebrity treatment they deserve by giving them extraordinary experiences. If you are an FMCG brand, you could gift your influencers backstage passes to their favourite concert. If you are a travel company, gift them a luxurious weekend with the stay paid for. As a company, it always matters how you make your influencers feel – and this will leave them feeling very good.

Give your influencers the top discounts
Another place where knowing your influencer comes in handy. Note the products and services used commonly by your influencers and get them offers and discounts on the same. Such incentives help influencers automatically build and retain brand loyalty.

Work in collaboration with influencers
Your social media influencers are most often than not creative and intelligent people, so you can work with them instead of making them work for you. A great incentive used by fashion brands especially are products that feature the influencer, or co-planned and co-designed shoots, or other artistic campaigns that showcases the skills of the influencer with the product or services of the brand.

Give visibility to influencers
Take this point to quite literally mean ‘visibility’. Many influencers would jump at the idea of being a part of events, or of product placements shoots done creatively. Allow them to be seen openly associating with your brand.
If you are working with social media influencers, play the long term game. Work out arrangements that can retain your influencers and give them enough to want to say every single time you wish to work with them!

How PR Firms are getting Influencer Marketing wrong
Digital technology has disrupted the conventional media practices, particularly those related to brand awareness, public response and corporate communications. Despite this development, PR industry has been rather slow to respond to the changing marketing and social interaction landscape. There’s a big lead that they can take out of the book which marketers and customer service teams have been using to excel.
What is it marketers out there really need to know? Incredible news for you would be, the gradual move to content marketing produces three times the lead generated by outbound marketing and tends to cost 62% less than the later.
Nonetheless, numerous PR and advertising agencies misconstrue how to adequately perform in the new digital space and connect with influencers. It’s not only these agencies but also their prospective clients who continue to execute operations under this misconception. The most effective approach, gathered from years of direct involvement, isn’t to market and pitch to influencers, but rather to fabricate connections and foster engagement with them.
The best way to engage with influencers is to create an organic relationship wherein you built a meaningful relationship without expecting anything in return. Considering the pain points of influencers would provide and aid demonstrating value and good faith that is equally essential in building long-term business relationships.
Wondering whether you’re really getting the meaning of influencer outreach and engagement RIGHT? To begin with, influencer engagement and reach typically caters to the following practices:

Distinguishing among the larger pool, influential people to be targeted and who among them would be the ones with whom you could think of developing long-term business relationships;

Taking a step forward in the larger market place and fulfilling your goal of developing social connections;

Taking an advantage of the prior developed relationships, imparting your brand value story in a way that it draws interest of the influencer.
Are you a PR or marketing firm struggling to conduct influencer outreach and engagement correctly? Well here are some of the reasons you NEED to know what it is you’re doing wrong.
Emphasis should be laid on reaching out to small businesses as customers and assisting these individuals directly by introducing them to digital platform, thereby giving them an opportunity to connect with influencers. This would elevate them a step further into the digital space, discouraging them from relying on the traditional PR and promotion practices.
Pitching to media with a hope to receive pitches doesn’t work in the influencer-marketing domain because under this digital platform emphasis is laid on engaging with individuals who aren’t professionals in the field of media. They are specialists in their field, advisors, consultants, and random individuals who have interest in a particular domain. They’re named “influencers” because have certain qualities and are less inclined towards the traditional advertising practices.
Their inspiration of being on an online platform is the sole reason to connect with their peers and share their learning with the larger assemblage. This shouldn’t be mistaken with financial compensation, thereby objecting their credibility. Overtime, the audience had bestowed their trust over influencers because This makes the existence of influencers even more significant.
What is it you should be doing to ensure efforts in influencer outreach and engagement goes in the correct direction?

1. Know what Influencer Engagement process is about
The entire process of influencer engagement is NOT marketing but creating networks and building relationships overtime. Marketers must genuinely learn to respect influencer’s interest and provide value without expecting anything in return. Your prior aim of initiating conversations shouldn’t be driving business-centric results but initiating conversations for the sake of knowing whether your business offerings really interests the influencer. If the influencer takes no interest in your business, it doesn’t make sense to force him/her to pitch for your product. Targeting a wrong influencer might drown all your efforts. Now that is not what you’d expected or had been waiting for! Therefore, you need to make a wise move.

2. STOP! Look back and review whether you’ve built long-term associations with influencers
A genuine connection through social networking drives business-growth and offers organizations with numerous opportunities. This would allow brands to grow by developing long-term links and associations with influencers. Consumers no longer want to hear about product offerings from the brand itself but from individuals who would give first-hand reviews about the same. So, being an agency- what should be your ends goal? Primarily, spending ample amount of time in locating and building relationships with the right individuals. This would serve as a basis for amplifying the voices of bloggers, active social media enthusiasts and loyal customers.

3. Work continuously to identify the correct influencers
You could begin by exploring diverse social analytical tools that could majorly assist you in tapping influencers. One of such tools you can explore is OneStopAdvert Social Influencer Marketplace. It provides multiple features from refining and optimizing influencer search with smart filters, to prioritizing and sorting influencers for higher reach, engagement; out-reach to a specific audience, and many more.
Having a platform like this allows brands to classify and select the perspective pool of influencers you should target. The process of hunting influencers is a cakewalk on OneStopAdvert. It majorly cuts down on the efforts and time spent in finding the relevant group of influencers and instead leaves you with ample time to develop good relations with them.
What’s more, when you follow the right process, you won’t have to request much help all the time– it would just be advertised with minimal efforts.
If there’s any additional practice you feel marketing and PR Firms should be doing in the influencer-marketing domain, feel free to share it in the comment section below. We would love to hear your views.

Professional Influencer Marketing Myths Still Alive demystified
If you haven’t stepped into the pool of influencer marketing, now would be an ideal opportunity to get your feet wet. Influencer marketing is a platform that has gained immense popularity over time. It allows companies to increase their brand awareness drastically, drives transformations and rapidly uplifts sales compared to the prevailing marketing strategies. To begin with, when it comes to taking advices: The thought of which brand or person governs your mind? Most people have answered this question by stating they prefer taking an advice from a “friend” or generally rely on word-of-mouth from their colleagues.
Furthermore, considering the broad expansion and transparency of web, the meaning of “friend” is enlarging by incorporating influencers. Influencers have a great extent of authority over an assemblage. According to an article on The Ultimate List of Influencer Marketing Statistics 49% of the audience agree with the fact that they rely on recommendations from influencers prior to making a purchase decision. Isn’t that a great opportunity for a brand to achieve a competitive edge? However, influencer marketing isn’t an “easy go” for any brand. As a brand, you need to make sure you follow an appropriate strategy and initiate correct actions for connecting with the targeted audience.
There is abundance of information available on guiding you about the practices and procedures you could adopt for executing your strategies regarding influencer marketing, but you need to give a thought over – “Is all of it really accurate?” OR “To what extent is the information accurate?” Before you give a thought of connecting with influencers it is important to confront yourself with the prevailing myths that still happen to remain alive in the industry. Following are some of the greatest influencer-marketing myths that continue to exist with respect to the influencer-marketing domain:
1. Influencer Marketing is backed by huge monetary value
It isn’t only the millennials and boomers that show traits of instant gratification but every individual nowadays, irrespective of their age crave for spontaneous results. However, in the domain of marketing one cannot accomplish the desired outcomes immediately. Marketers, across the globe incur an increased amount of investment in paid media but- “Does paid media always give you the desired results?” No one can deny the fact that there is a paid approach of working with influencers, but it is a myth that you inevitably have to pay influencers.
Influencer marketing is stereotyped as a platform that requires huge financial investment. Marketers not only from SME’s but also from Multinational Corporations are reluctant to invest in this sphere because they presume that the value derived would be less than the value invested whereas, it works the opposite way. If you are eyeing on celebrities and influencers with big names, it is obvious you would have to shell out considerable amounts. But if you work with organic influencers, you wouldn’t have to incur huge costs for publicizing your message. In the end, all that matters are the audience and the reach. While group of onlookers and reach are essential, it is actions (after you’ve reached out) of the targeted individuals that pay the bills.

2. It is mandatory to give influencers financial compensation
Cost is certainly a variable you need to consider for gearing up your marketing strategies, but it isn’t as high as you think. There are influencers who don’t require financial compensation for promoting your product or brand. Compensation has always been a standout amongst all the debatable topics with respect to influencer marketing. It is the need of the hour for marketers to understand that money is not the most imperative part for most influencers. It is significant to understand what influencers means by when they are referring to compensation.
The word “compensation” might have a distinctive meaning for diverse set of influencers. While, some demand monetary benefits others might acknowledge intangible benefits. In an article written by Russ Martin on “The Perks of being an Influencer” he mentions how the presence on social media helped Casie Stewart transform into an influencer who later was offered a position in the agency world as a director of the social media in a Torronto based agency named “Community”. Hence, monetary compensation isn’t always the best reward given to an influencer.

3. An influencer should have as many followers as possible
While carrying forward your search to look-in for the right influencer, it isn’t necessarily critical to focus on the number of followers he/she has but on the fact that the interest of the followers an influencer has matches with your targeted assemblage. For example- for a fashion blogger it makes no sense to promote a brand like Samsung or Sony. The primary focus for a brand should be to hunt down such followers that have a voice in your industry and on whom your group of targeted audience happens to bestow trust.
Influence is not just having as many followers as possible. “Then how is it one should define Influence?” Influence = Audience Reach (# of followers) x Brand Affinity (expertise and credibility) x Strength of Relationship with Followers
In the book “The Power to Change Anything”, Kerry Patterson mentions that every individual wants to be influential. Irrespective of whether you are a manager, leader, entrepreneur, parent or just another individual as long as you’re focusing on making a difference, you are an influencer. Influencers are generally people having in-depth knowledge with respect to a specific field/area of interest and this is what serves as the basis of developing relationships with followers.

4. It is impossible to measure the ROI (Return on Investment) of Influencer Marketing
Characterizing achievement and measuring success is by far the greatest difficulties confronted by marketers specifically regarding influencers. What needs to be highlighted here is that measuring the ROI (Return on Investment) isn’t as troublesome as marketers presume it to be. You could simply begin by inculcating the right measures, metrics and by characterizing your objectives. This would make it easier for you to figure out which metrics needs to be measured for increasing the brand awareness.
We welcome your contributions, so If you feel we’ve skipped a myth that is still alive in the influencer-marketing domain. We would love to hear your views in the comments section below.

Professional Guide to Improve your YouTube Channel Views
Are you looking for some ways to improve YouTube channel views? Then you are at the right place as here you will get few simple techniques so that your YouTube videos would be watched by millions of your targeted users. Let us look at the ways on how to improve YouTube channel views:

Ways to Improve YouTube Channel Views
Keep a track of your target audience to know common questions your video can answer
This technique is simple to follow but difficult to implement. If you want to create appropriate YouTube videos, you will have to pay attention to the user’s problems and try to solve them.
You can take the help of much social listening software which can help you observe keywords and brand mentions from social media. If you will track phrases which have your targeted keywords in real time will help you learn about the user’s problems.
If you are not able to follow this technique, you can also take the help of Quora, which is great for understanding your audience. For example, if your niche is Search Engine Optimization, a search on Quora will provide you with more than 41.7k questions, so you can take the help of social media platforms to get the audience problems and solve them.

Develop a signature style so that viewers know what to expect from your videos
Choosing a topic for your YouTube video is the beginning. Your video should cover the topic in a convincing way. If you want to maximize your video views, choose the perfect match and create an evergreen content which will stand the test of time.
On YouTube the viewers are looking for a certain quality of the video. A shaky webcam and a bad script won’t do it. For the complete format of your video, expert YouTuber Tim Schmoyer recommends hooking your audience in the first 5 seconds. You can offer your audience a unique value that you will provide in your video. A bumper is a good way to promote your brand.
In continuation of Schmoyer point you need to provide what you promise on the title. Script your video and focus on fulfilling the value your audience is craving.

You will have to include a call to action (CTA), which tells your viewers what to do. It’s one of the ways to improve YouTube channel views.
Give a strong call with End Screens and Cards.A CTA is must if you want your video to create leads. In your CTA you can ask the viewers to share your video, check out other videos and visit your website. YouTube annotations were a simple way to communicate CTA’s to viewers. In May 2017, YouTube removed the ability to add and edit annotations as they don’t work on the mobile devices. But now most of the YouTubers use the new screen and card features instead of annotations.
The end screens and new cards feature are mobile-friendly and it’s a great way to end your video. The process to you add an end screen, Click Video Manager, Videos and then to End screen and screens.
You can also add a template in the end screen, Select use template to add any call to action you want which can include links to different channels, links to your website and subscribe buttons.

Take the help of Creator studio to optimize your channel
When you will optimize your YouTube channel then it will make it easier for the people to find your videos when they do a Google search. You can start optimizing your account, create a partner verified account, which will allow you to monetize your videos, upload custom thumbnails and upload lengthy videos.
If you want to verify your account, log in to your creator studio dashboard. Click on the channel then on status and features.
After your account is verified, you can then optimize your video by adding a thumbnail. If you want to upload a thumbnail then go to Video Manager and click on the custom Thumbnail button that will appear in the preview. You should also optimize your title which provides the value to the audience and it should have the main keyword.

Promote your videos and channel on the platforms your audience visits
After you have uploaded your best video, you can use target audience research to promote the videos in which users are able to see it. You can take the help of Google Analytics; you can know which platform the audience is using. Write a blog post to promote your video and embed the video in your blog and use it to drive traffic to your blog.
To drive interest, maintain an uploading schedule to keep your YouTube videos fresh.

In Conclusion
The numbers of people watch your video through to completion the higher your content will rank. If your audience likes content, then they will also share your content. These were effective ways on how to improve YouTube channel views.

Are we missing anything, if yes, please share your thoughts in the comment section below.

Peer to Peer Influencer Marketing – A boon for Hyper-local retail
A few days back, I decided to check out this newly-opened restaurant in Abuja that I’d been hearing about from friends. As I sat there, enjoying my breakfast, the restaurant owner walked up to me and started telling me about the restaurant. He showed me around the whole restaurant, told me about few of their special dishes and gave me 25% off discount coupon for my next visit.
It was a great experience! I instantly made a Facebook check-in into the restaurant, posted a picture, and mentioned about my experience. Friends liked, commented and asked for more details.
I shared the experience with my room-mates, colleagues and a few other friends. A lot of them made plans to visit the place the following weekend itself. Suddenly, the ‘fairly new to town’ restaurant was in the visiting list of at least a 100 more people now.
Did you realize the incredible power of Peer-To-Peer influence at play here?
This incident led me to realize the superiority of peer-to-peer influence over advertisements and other form of promotions. No ad blocker can hamper the kind of impact it makes as it is a direct communication between your current and prospective customers.
“Nothing sells like celebrity” –The New York Times declared in a 2008 article. Almost a decade later, Celebrity endorsements don’t pack the same punch they used to.
As trendsetting as they are, celebrities can’t totally persuade people that they actually like the products they endorse. That’s why their ads are being replaced by content created by real-world social influencers commanding a niche expertise. But even influencers can’t foster personal connections with your brand like a friend or family member. A recommendation from a person who can relate to is the ascendancy of personalized, genuine marketing. That said, forward-thinking brands are embracing Peer-To-Peer Influencer Marketing and hyperlocal retail sector is not spared from its impact either.
Earlier, the influencer marketing used to be considered useful only for global B2C brands but here we give you reasons that assure the relevance of Peer-To-Peer Influencer for hyperlocal businesses.

Peer-To-Peer influencer marketing is perceived as one of the most authentic marketing channels by the audience. No one has a script or makes an exaggerated video when they recommend a product to a friend. It’s just a normal conversation and that’s the beauty of it. Influencers who use the product to augment their everyday lives can add that much sought-after attribute of credibility which no other source can.

Be it an outfit worth N5000 or an electronic device costing up to N 1,300,000, we tend to trust the recommendations of the people we can relate to because they know our lives better than any celebrity does. Also, when a friend recommends a product or shares a referral, they can have a conversation about it more easily than a celebrity.

Since the cost to convert your happy customer into an influencer is substantially less expensive than a TV advertisement or hiring a celebrity, brands can benefit more by spending less. You can effectively incorporate your brand loyalists in your marketing strategy.

For hyper-local retail, the aim is to bring footfalls into the stores. Marketing to a broad audience might raise awareness, but if you are using the customers to promote your newly opened boutique opened in a city, nothing works better than Peer-To-Peer Influence. Targeting your brand loyalists leads to targeting the audience most likely to be interested in your brand.
A wave of such findings about word-of-mouth recommendations and peer influence have given rise to retailers partnering with people who can sway buying decisions and product preferences.
Urban Degree, a South African clothing retailer, recognized this booming trend among customers sending dressing room selfies to friends, looking for advice on which outfits to purchase. Latching onto this existing user behavior, Urban Degree’s two-week #urbanselfie promotion gave $10 and $20 coupons to users who posted their dressing room selfies to the brand’s Facebook page with quirky captions. The brand has an almost exclusively millennial audience, so with an average of 319 friends each, those users’ #urbanselfies reached more than 34,000 like-minded shoppers.
This is one of the greatest examples of the different strategy’s retailers can use to make the best possible use of Peer-To-Peer influence.

7 Ways to Get Influencers Share Your Content
Influencer marketing is one of the hottest strategies today, which signifies that there are plenty of marketers out there looking to build mutual relationships. In this post, you can check out seven steps to get influencers to share your content.
Share their content
Sharing the influencer’s content is a simple way of grabbing their attention. You must determine on which platforms they are active on and focus your efforts toward those particular platforms. You can check their social pages which will make it easier for you to view and share their content.

Add a personal touch to things by modifying a tweet and say something good about the tweet. Another thing you can do is to tag them in your tweet, this increases the chance of them seeing it.

Contribute to their blog
If the influencer hasn’t noticed you till now, they will if you contact them for a guest post on their blog. Check their websites if they have posted guest submission guidelines and contact them regarding the guest post. But if they don’t have a guest post guideline then reach out to them with an email, requesting to contribute.
Be sure to include:
• What you do and who are you
• A detailed pitch of what you’d like to write
• How their audience would get benefit from this

Write stunning content
It’s beneficial to engage with influencer and pitching a guest post is a helpful way to build a relationship with influencer. Now, influencers are interested in sharing your content, the next step is to write amazing content and you should keep in mind that quality always trumps quantity.
Internet has a lack of quality content, which is why when it appears it gets lot of engagement. So, write an original piece of content as influencers won’t be interested in sharing the rewrites of other people’s work.

Mention them in your content
Another way to get an influencer’s attention is by featuring them in your article – especially when you are not able to manage a guest post with them. It can be something as simple as highlighting their positive attributes. If it’s a high-quality content, they would love to share it. Mentioning an influencer in your article is a great strategy – basically for new relationships.

Comment on their blog
Engaging with the influencer on their blog is a great way to associate with them – especially if they respond to comments actively. Say something insightful about the post which will inspire others to engage. Make sure to use your real name.

Tell them about your content
Social media is a crowded arena, even if an influencer is interested in your content so, there is no assurance that they will find and read it on their own. It’s your job to make them read your content. If you feature them in a post, send them an email about it.
We would recommend you to tag them when you share the post on Twitter. Just make sure that the post is relevant to them and their audience – otherwise it will seem like you are looking for shares.

Ask them to share
There are many ways to encourage someone to share your content indirectly. If you wrote a great content and have built a relationship with the influencer and have constantly shared their content, there is no reason that they won’t be willing to share content unless they don’t want to associate with you at all.
Send them an email telling them about the post you can use a call to action technique and ask them to share. If that’s the case, then it is better to target other users

Did we miss some points? You can mention them in the comment section.

How To Write A Good Blog Content
Are you having trouble to find new readers for your blog? Do you write plenty of content but are still not getting traffic or do you feel undone by the pressure of the competition in blogging? Getting all these problems is common in blogging.
It is obvious that no one wants their website to lose traffic but similarly your blog also maintain the quality to get followers. There is an old saying that “Content is king”. If you keep in mind Google’s algorithms, then only quality content is what matters. Sometimes creating engaging content is confused with create lots of content which is the first mistake many bloggers make.
In this article we will provide you with unique ways on how to write a great blog content and will keep your readers engaged.

Come up with interesting titles
Most of the readers will judge your content by the cover only (cover here means the title of your post or it could be the image you attach to your post).

There are many benefits of a good headline like:
• Inspires trust
• Encourages sharing
• Uses keyword
• Directs the reader from headline to body content
Your headlines will do wonder for you but you will have to work hard on the headlines first. You can see this statistic: Nearly 80% of people will read the headline and the rest 20% of people will read the rest of the content.
You can look at the given example to understand the use of a proper headline. The headline of this article tells the reader that it is for beginners. Readers can place their trust that even if they are new to photography they will understand the content.

Write shorter sentences
You don’t have to write your blog content like William Shakespeare, as being too wordy does not help it all. Basically, lose the words. Don’t write lengthy sentences, you will lose traffic. It doesn’t mean your writing shouldn’t have flow or purpose. It simply means that write shorter that doesn’t drag on unnecessary. The sentences should be easy to understand. People get lost in the long sentences. Shorter sentences help readers to take lot of breaths and keep them interested.

Storytelling approach is must
A great professor once said that people don’t remember facts, they remember stories.
As you are a content writer, it can be a little bit difficult for you to set your writing apart. The way in which you will make your blog more memorable is to use a storytelling approach. Use facts, statistics to stories which are related and the user will remember.
Telling stories will also allow the user to view you as a person and not as a company. It’s a fact that people would love to work with a company in which they think they know the owners. Create a personality for your blog because that will help you a lot in connecting with a personal term with your reader.
Stories will help the audience relate to you. So, telling great stories is the best way to carry the value of your offering plus of your company.

Use images and help a reader out
Plenty of text means lots of friction. Use visual elements to break your content and make your points. It doesn’t matter which is your topic if you will use images then it would be easy for the reader to understand with charts, videos, images and diagrams.
A post which uses an image after every 75-100 words gets the maximum shares. Be thoughtful of the visual elements you use and make sure that the things surely add value to your content. It is advised that you should steer away from stock photography for many reason.

A good visual explains the content
Visual elements will make a difficult concept clear in the reader’s mind. For instance, an article about wireless charging furniture would not have made sense if it didn’t have images to back up its facts.

Write in-depth articles
Most content which that are published are less than 1,000 words but the content which is over 1,000 words get more number of shares. There are plenty of reasons why this happens, among which are:

• There are plenty opportunities to get backlinks
• Reader stay on the page longer
• More room to cover the subject thoroughly
• There are plenty of sources for quotes
You can check out most popular blogs and websites today. You will find that the content is over 1,000 words.
• ediaro.com Blog
• Quick Sprout
• Lindaikeji blog
• Copy Hackers
• Unbounce
• ediarosms.com Blog
• The Daily Egg (Crazy Egg’s blog)
Most of the businesses create the content sticking to a common methodology “quantity over quality” which means that more quantity will generate more leads. So, if you want to engage readers as you want to build your email list or want to drive traffic to your website- longer content is your best bet.

A Quick look at the checklist for engaging content
• Write interesting articles
• Use shorter sentences
• Tell a story
• Use visual aids
• Write long articles
Hope you’d like this article, if you have other ideas on how to write engaging blog content, feel free to mention them in the comment section below.

Influencer Marketing is Increasing Faster Than Digital Ads
Influencer marketing is not a new trend just like digital ads weren’t a game changer (which overcome billboards, print ads and other forms of offline banners much later).
Brands have been utilizing industry leaders and influencers to promote their services and products for quite some time- perhaps even longer than the time digital ads existed.
You can take example of Cristiano Ronaldo’s contract with popular brand, Nike. In 2016, he has generated $500M in value for Nike.
“Ronaldo posted 1,703 times overall on social media in 2016. Those posts generated 2.25 billion social interactions (likes, comments, shares, retweets and views on videos), per Hookit. Nike was referenced or its logo visible in a photo or video in 347 of the posts, which had 477 million interactions. Hookit’s methodology looks at promotion type and quality, as well as interactions and market-driven rates. The result: $499.6 million for Nike in media value from Ronaldo’s posts.”
So, what is the reason that influencer marketing is superior in comparison to digital ads?

Increase in the use of Adblockers
According to IAB, 26% of desktop users use ad blockers to remove ads. So, this limits a quarter of the website’s users from seeing advertisements, which reduce conversion rates.
Online platform Medium, has abandoned ads altogether, even though could have adopted strategies which might have increased conversion rates and decreased dissatisfaction levels of readers stumbling across a ton of ads.

Focused Customer Targeting
A common approach by big brands is supporting larger outlets which cover various stories of different audiences. This includes magazines that employ plenty of contributors sharing stories for different industries, as well as global ad networks such as Google Adwords, Facebook and Yahoo Ads among others.

Utilizing Different Channels
Most publications focused on digital ads which cover only a banner placement within the website itself.
But what about offline events, social networks or other mediums which gather people with various preferences?

• Influencer marketing utilizes the visibility of the influencer in different manners:
• Video marketing on YouTube
• Interviews and other forms of PR
• Live video streaming and interactivity with crowd
• Twitter, Pinterest, Instagram and Facebook posts
This added exposure has immense value for the promoted brand and can also attract people who don’t follow the flow of traditional buying.

Rise of Micro-to-Middle Influencers
The benefit of Influencer marketing trend is that it develops two different areas which are: willingness of brands to rely on influencers and the purpose of industry leaders to increase their authority and exposure.
This makes it possible for the smaller brands to rely on power-middle and micro influencers who are not famous worldwide but still have decent number of followers and fans willing to listen to what they have to say and rely on their opinions.

Conversational Model
One of the drawbacks of digital ads is the lack of dialog. Influencers can be reached out to and can elaborate on their choice of preferred brand that they advertise. You can easily find them at conferences, email them, on Twitter or interact in their blog. You can also ask follow-up questions about the advertised business and see whether the business fits you.

Users trust other users
As a B2B transaction isn’t just a deal between two businesses, but one involving mutual trust, selling services and products to consumers also converts better with a trusted figure.
Digital ads rely on a media outlet promoting one’s services. Influencers on the other hand, tend to promote brands that they are willing to connect to and attach their name to them.
In addition to all the points mentioned above, influencer marketing can be boosted through content marketing and various promotions while also providing better analytics and tracking across different platforms.

Expert Advise on How To Become a Social Media Influencer
Influencer marketing has become a perfect plan for the brands that are in the need to reach their audiences in a non-promotional way. The way to do this is instead of pushing their own message they can take the help of influencers to get their message out in a pleasant way. Do you also want people to take your advice on social media? What are the steps to follow when looking to become an influencer?
Ways on How to be a Social Media Influencer
Maintain a Daily Reading List
You should start reading platform blogs plus you should read from different outlets to gain treasured insights about your niche. Study case studies, expert opinions & news which are shared & published by the people you trust. You can take the help of a tool such as Feedly, through which you can subscribe to most of the topics. You will also benefit from various advice & viewpoints.

3Cs – Create. Content. Consistently.
If you haven’t done this, then this is the perfect time to create your blog on a publishing platform like WordPress. You will have to write the blog posts & then publish systematically. You will have to publish at least two times each week. You will have to partner with other influencers, invite them to your blog or you can run a promotion with him which can get shared on most of the sites.

Share Content That’s Useful for Your Audience
You will have to remain on the top of the latest news & articles which are on your niche. The next step to do is start sharing high-quality content with audience with the help of social media. If you have specialty in a certain platform then use that platform as your main social network. You can use other platforms to get more visibility. If you want to be considered as a quality influencer, people should see you as a good resource & should share your content if they find it interesting. Do post only original articles.

Increase Your Online Visibility
The important thing is that you have to be seen to become an influencer. All of the successful social media influencers take frequently part in conversations across multiple networks. You will have to attend various web seminars, answer questions on Quora, share ideas in LinkedIn groups, and engage Twitter chats. Don’t just simply comment, share, tweet, post but add your valuable opinions.

Collaborate and Contribute with Others
It is known as one of the fastest ways to gain your status as an influencer is to simply contribute the unique content to different publications & blogs. Guest blogging is a technique which will increase your credibility, increase traffic & visibility to your blog. When your content has been published, you should let all your people in the network know about it.

Find Your True Motivation
When you want to become an influencer then you will need to have knowledge in your exact niche. If you want to be expert in every niche, then it is a little bit difficult. There are two ways to do it; the first is to focus on one social media industry or on a single platform such as Twitter, LinkedIn, Pinterest, Instagram or Facebook.

Make Use of Hashtags
Hashtags are the perfect doorway to people finding you. Make sure you use the number of hashtags which are allowed and keep it significant to your post. The idea to choose hashtags is to easily mix it up with different hashtags which are popular.

Set Keyword Alerts
Reading news alerts, relevant posts & press releases is the crucial way to stay updated. When you know what is happening around you then you can also keep your followers in a loop. It is not possible to track all the information from all the platform blog. There are free tools which will help you to stay on top which are Social Mention & Google Alerts. So, to be an influencer you will have to remain updated with the latest news.

Publish Content on LinkedIn
You can also post content on LinkedIn publishing platform. People generally think that all the posts on LinkedIn are by influential people. They will view you as an authority on LinkedIn.

If you are having other ways on how to be a social media influencer, then you can share it in the comment section below.

Reasons why Content Marketing Fails (And How To Fix It)
Content marketing is a surefire way for extending your reach, helping you drive traffic and meeting your marketing objectives. However, many marketers still face challenges with content marketing and feel that it doesn’t work for them.

This article will focus on top reasons why your content marketing strategy probably isn’t working, and tips on how you can get it on the right track.

Your Content is Too Short
There is no fix rule of word count for your content. The length of your content will depend on various factors such as audience, how you promote it, topic of your content. As a general rule, if a post is greater than 1,500 words, it receives more response. If your content is shorter than that, chances of finding engagements and shares are less.
Solution: The quality of the content is more important than word count. Aim for a write-up of more than 1,000 words. For evergreen posts, you should aim for a minimum 2000+ words.

You Don’t Have a Content Plan
Don’t think that posting your content sporadically on social media or blog will reap you any benefits. This strategy will end up doing more harm than good.
Be consistent in your content marketing. This is the key when it comes to building trust. The perfect example of this statement is if your followers only get to know when you want to promote something, they will get bored after some time and your traffic will dry up.
Solution: Plan a content marketing strategy and stick to it. Be consistent, even if that means posting less often. Your plan should contain the tactic of managing the frequency of posts that you’re going to write and promote. This plan should also contain the tactic to measure the metrics and ways to measure your ROI.

Your Content Is Not Unique
You may be posting content and doing every step right, but still not getting ample shares and traffic. Why is that? It is because your content is not distinctive enough for the users. Web content faces stiff competition. That means the content should be engaging, unique, and informative at the same time.

Solution: The biggest challenge is to write content with original ideas that haven’t been covered a thousand times before. You can follow this tactic to get more ideas for blog posts that get the maximum shares and are bookmarked.

Your Content Isn’t Optimized for Search Engines
This is a very important aspect for your content marketing. Even if you have a huge social media following, your business should rank on popular keywords in order to thrive. So, the key part of accomplishing the rankings is to optimize your content for search engines.
Solution: Each piece of content you create should be optimized according to search engines. Follow On-page strategy that includes the keywords which you have chosen in your headings, title tag, alt image tags, URL, and in the body of your content. Also, make sure that your website is optimized for mobile users and you use internal linking throughout the site to maintain the link equity.

Your Content Is Over-Optimized for Search Engines
It is important to have your on-page SEO in place, but over-optimizing can be a problem. Google will penalize you for keyword stuffing and it will also result in bad user experience. Examples of over-optimization include producing a thin content to focus on a single keyword, using unrelated keywords in your content to get rank, etc.
Solution: Do proper keyword research to find themes and general topics of your content. Instead of targeting only writing for the sole purpose of aiming for keywords, use keywords that will cover your topic and sub-topics.

Content marketing is the best thing you can apply to your business. It is a confirmed method to drive traffic, sales and reach, and produces more than average ROI. If you are not able to see the benefits of content marketing, it is a time to steer clear of your existing strategies.

Social Media and Content Marketing Tips for Small Business
Growing your market online globally requires content marketing strategy in this 21st century. You can find plenty of effective ways to use content for small businesses in various industries.
Below are Social Media and Content Marketing Tips for Small Business
Market your blog content smartly
If you are blogging for your business, you must have a Facebook page. Facebook is the most popular social media platform and can easily help you to market your content and increase your audience.

Take risks with your SEO tactics
It is not possible that your every marketing strategy would work. Some strategies can be risky but they do also offer high rewards. You can search for SEO tactics on google to get various options.

Give yourself some time to get your tactics right
Social media is a must for any content marketing strategy. Different platforms and methods out there can make it difficult for small businesses to find the flow. Find some tips which will make it easy for you to solve this social media maze.

Share about yourself
Creating content and sharing it with your customers is not enough. Sharing who you are is a great part of marketing platform as it adds a face to the business and stimulate the feeling of knowing each other as against the reality in real sense.

Take in account the practical benefits of content marketing
Creating quality content is must because it provides value for your readers. There are also some technical things to be considered for your content which will help your business. Make sure you write original post that meets the need of your site visitors. Answer most questions they will like to ask and solve their problems uniquely. Avoid copying contents from other sites word for word to avoid been penalized by search engines.

Utilize talent on a Budget
When you want to create content or do some other thing, it is must to keep the budget in your mind.

Keep metrics in mind when using keywords
Keywords will make your content more visible to likely customers. You can measure the keyword metrics through social media hash tags, google trends, google alerts, competitor websites among others.

Make your testimonials more convincing
When you think of content marketing, testimonials won’t come to your mind and because they are untapped they are so effective. They can boost your online reputation and share information with customers.

So, these are practical social media and content marketing tips for small businesses. If you have any other content marketing and social media tips for small business, feel free to share in the comment section below.

24 Free Ways To Get Instagram Followers (Part-3)
This is the final part of the article 24 free ways to get Instagram followers. If you want to catch up with the previous parts: 24 Free Ways To Get Instagram Followers (Part-1) & 24 Free Ways To Get Instagram Followers (Part-2). Let us look at the points from 17-24 below:
Ask questions in the captions of your pictures. It is a best way to increase engagement.

Source: hi.photoslurp.com

Use structures and edges in your photos. Images which contain many edges get 125% more likes than those without.

Tell a story. Use image captions to convey an engaging story. Storytelling will help to create an emotional connection to your product and having a story will increase the chance for image to get shared.

A study shows that using the word ‘like’ in captions receive 89% more likes.

You can also use a tool like ‘Crowdfire’ to examine how your Instagram posts affect your follower/unfollower stats.

Don’t forget to connect your Instagram account with your contact list. Click on 3 dots button which you will find at top right of the screen and choose ‘Find Friends’ to connect with your email contact list.

Source: help.instagram

Try to follow all your Facebook friends on Instagram and plenty of them will also follow you back. Go to Instagram and choose 3 dots and select ‘Find Friends’ and ‘Find Friends on Facebook’.

Take help of Piqora to know which photos are primary to highest engagement. Post more pictures like them.
You must remember that having a huge number of followers is worthless if you don’t interact or engage with them. The last thing which matters is converting followers to customers. This was the Part Three of 24 free ways to get Instagram followers. These 24 tips will enable you to build your audience and you will have long lasting engagement with them. What’s your ways to get Instagram followers? Share below.
TAGSinstagramtips & tricks

24 Free Ways To Get Instagram Followers (Part-1)
By Varun Tyagi – March 29, 20171561 3

Share on Facebook Tweet on Twitter

If you are just beginning on Instagram, posting pictures can be a daunting task. When your hard work and excitement is measured by only few likes and followers, you will get disheartened easily. This article will provide you with 24 ideas for increasing your followers and making them to interact with your posts which is divided in three parts. This is part one which will have 8 free ways to get Instagram followers. The ideas which are given below mainly focus on engagement and that is why long-lasting engagements lead to followers. Just keep in mind that engagement is your fundamental goal.
Use hashtags which are used to increase your followers. #FF (Follow Friday), #instafollow, #followback, etc.

Source: Scoopempire

Like hundreds of random photos from the people in your target audience. Neil Patel, with the help of this tactic found that for every 100 likes, he got 6.1 more followers.

Organise a contest on Instagram. The easiest way to organise a contest is to post a picture promoting the contest and ask people to like the picture in order to enter the contest.

Source: Promos.watimbox.com

Promote your Instagram account on various social media profiles. Just let your followers know what they will get after following you.

Post pictures at 5 pm or 2 am. A study has shown that these are the best effective times to post.

Source: Huffington post

Quality beats quantity which means edit your account to have only best images. No one wants to follow someone with thousands of useless images of random shots.

Stay consistent. Know who you are posting for and why are you posting. Stay consistent on how you use the platform and your followers will grow organically.

Use calls to action in photo captions. Keep your followers engaged by telling them to take additional action. For example, feel free to share your views in the comment section.

Source: Makesyoulocal

This concludes the part one of 24 free ways to Instagram followers. Share your views and click here for part Two-24 free ways to get Instagram followers.
TAGSinstagramtips & tricks

24 Free Ways To Get Instagram Followers (Part-2)
By Varun Tyagi – March 29, 20171059 1

Share on Facebook Tweet on Twitter

This is the second part of the article 24 free ways to get Instagram followers. If you missed the previous post then you can find it here: 24 free ways to get Instagram followers (part one). Let us look at the points from number 9 to 16 below:
Do follow suggested users. Go to settings and click on the gear icon that is seen in the upper right of the screen. Click on the ‘Find and invite Friends’ and on ‘Suggested Users.’


Take help of Latergramee to plan your Instagram posts. Posting constantly is the key to increase your follower count over time.

Source: Domain.me

Combine numerous photos into a collage to get maximum engagement. You can also take help of a tool such as PicFrame to combine up to 9 photos.

Post photos of things which are blue. A study suggests that these photos get 24% more likes than pictures which are red or orange.

Try to use faces in your photos. According to Dan Zarella, images with faces get 35% more likes than those without.

Take the help of geotagging, when you are a local business. When you will geotag your photos, others who will post photos in your region will also see your images on location’s page.

Source: Geoawesomeness.com

Tag people in your photos when relevant. This will guarantee that photos also show up in those people’s feeds and increase the chances that they will share them.

Source: HelpInstagram

Don’t forget to share the behind-the-scenes photos. Share those images which show there are real people behind your logo.
This was the second part of the 24 free ways to get Instagram followers. Please share your views in the comment section below. Do read the part Three-24 free ways to get Instagram followers.
TAGSinstagramtips & tricks

8 Digital Marketing Trends to Consider in 2017
By Varun Tyagi – March 8, 2017863 0

Share on Facebook Tweet on Twitter

Digital Marketing has grown in popularity in 2016 with most of the businesses creating their presence through social media sites & channels. The next question among the community is that what to expect in the year 2017? There are some marketers which believe that the internet space might expand further with plenty of companies will enter the digital world. Some others will say that there would be a whole makeover on how a search engine will give weight to a large amount of data which is available on the internet. This post will make it easier for the user to know the upcoming 10 digital marketing techniques to follow in 2017 which would your main famous to express effective online campaigns & digital marketing strategies.
1Social Media Conversion is Reaching its Tipping Point

Source: SocialBro

There are so many articles which are there on the power of social media. In 2017, the online communities will not only remain to only attracting customers instead they will also provide the opportunities to increase the conversion rates. It is the same for e-commerce websites & social media will work as new conversion channels & will also provide tools to convert your prospects into buyers.
2Dedicated Apps Will Come into Play

Source: Valuecoders

Applications will offer all the important features of a website and more, and in a more accessible way. Google also offers app indexing which will bring plenty of advantages to having a dedicated app. It is still a long way for apps to replace websites completely & 2017 will be the year mobile app development will take an essential mobile app development.
3Video Ads Will Continue to Dominate

Source: salesforce

Video advertisements are not a new thing for social media giants such as Facebook & YouTube. Google will enter with in-SERP video advertising will also change the complete spectrum of the whole online advertisement.
4Google Search Algorithm Will Change

Important ranking factors in Google’ algorithm for 2017 by firstpagesage

The search engine algorithms will change whether if you like it or not. There is plenty of information which gets added on internet everyday & to know which information should be kept the search engine will keep the algorithms updated. So, the content which has value will get ranked higher in SERPs & the others won’t. The only strategy that works is to remain innovative, helpful & informative. The digital marketers should not give importance to only Google’s algorithm but to also Facebook & Bing’s algorithm.
5Online Advertising Will be More Costly

We can see incredible growth in the digital marketing over the past years. It means to get the space for online dominance, the competition will get tougher. When the demand arises for top advertising posts, the price will also likely to increase. There are some marketers which consider that PPC will go out of fashion in near future & there will be more enhanced advertisement alternatives which will rule in future.
6High-quality, Original Content Will be in Demand

Content is often considered as ‘king’ in digital marketing & it remains an important part of online marketing in present & also in the years to come. Nowadays, there are large arrival professional writers which will make content marketing more cut-throat. The main aim of writers is to write interactive, high-quality & unique content to which readers can get connect with. There would be a vast demand for the niche-based writers.
7Growth Hacking Will be the Key
http://giphy.com/gifs/real-time-CnxJ8f5za8p3y Growth hacking will gain more importance in 2017. The requirement for the digital marketers to take their audiences attention via different methods such as organic ads, social media channels & viral marketing will take the growth hacking to a new level in 2017.
8Year of Smart Devices & Wearable Technology

We have seen many smart devices like Google Glass, Moto 360, Apple iWatch & different devices which keep you connected with the digital world. This year will also see the rise of these devices & it can reduce the difference between ‘real’ and ‘online’ marketing. What are your expectations for 2017? You can share your thoughts about the trends in digital marketing for the coming year in the comment section.
TAGSdigital marketingtips & tricks

7 Content Marketing Secrets To Maximize Your Conversion Rate
By Varun Tyagi – March 7, 20171199 0

Share on Facebook Tweet on Twitter

Efforts to drive oodles of traffic to your website can take a great deal of hard work, money, and skill. It is easier said than done to convert all these numbers from observers to customers and involves expert skillset. Getting customers to visit your page is half the battle won, so don’t let it go waste. Make most of these 7 content marketing tips to boost your conversion rate.
1Deploy Your Social Media Channels for Engagement


A large number of audiences are using social media and these people are frequently engaging with it. So, stay active in these platforms and remain in front of your audience’s eyes. There is a limitation on the number of characters that will be displayed per post on these platforms.
2Focus Efforts on SEO

Use keywords to upsurge your presence on search engines—that’s what SEO is. Don’t flood your content with keywords. SEO is simply finding a balance with the right keywords. If you use too many keywords your content will look awkward. If you use too few, you won’t get the preferred effect. You can take the help of a keyword density checker to maintain the density in 2-3%. You can vary your keywords to get maximum impact.
3Read. Proofread. Publish.

Source: bloggertipstricks.com

Getting the trust of your readers is the most important step to boost your conversion rate. If your content has errors of any kind, it does not reflect well on your company and can have a negative impact on the brand value. Rechecking the grammar in your content or taking the help of online grammar check tools is advised.
4Create Content with a Unique Value for Your Audience

Source: koozai

What your potential customers are looking for is some information which they can use, and that is helpful in solving their problem or answering some question they have. They don’t have time to go through all the pages of endless text. Provide them with something that is worth their time and they will be happy to read.
5Find Unique Ways to Reach Your Audience

There are different methods to reach different audiences. The type of content will relate to how it is being spread. For example, Red Bull became famous through its involvement in extreme sporting events.
6Update Your Content Regularly

Source: seositecheckup

What if someone publishes a great piece of information which you have before you! They will outshine you. The search engines love to see updated content on a website. There is a certain level of trust which is given to websites that provide regular content updates.
7Organize Your Blog


Make it easy for the users to access all the information by keeping it organized. You can also take the help of On Page optimization tool that will help you to determine if every page is reaching its full potential. If there are other sources then cite them properly. Don’t let your hard work go waste. Make most of these tips and boost conversion. If you are having any other tips, you can share them in the comment section.
TAGScontent marketingtips & tricks

Influencer Spotlight: Srish
By Megha Shireen – March 28, 2017755 0
Share on Facebook Tweet on Twitter

1Briefly tell us about yourself. (Credentials, profession, social media channels)
I am Srish from Style Fashion Etc, an almost 7 year old blog. We have worked with a vast number of brands in the past few years building a strong professional relationship. We are present and active on Instagram, Facebook, Twitter, Snapchat, Youtube and Pinterest (All with the handle @StyleFashionEtc)
2Tell us about your ‘influencer story’. (How did it start and what has been your experience)
We started purely out of hobby during my graduation years and since then it has grown leaps and bounds. It has been amazing experience to have seen the growth of something I created so closely. I have made Style Fashion Etc into a brand that now is a respected and most one of the most influential blogs in the country.
3What brands have you collaborated with? Any particular campaigns that you’ve most enjoyed.
I have enjoyed working with all the brands, the only problem arises when the payment gets extremely delayed which has happened only a couple of times. We have worked with Reebok, Adidas, H&M, Kazo, Tommy Hilfiger, Calvin Klein, Biba, Marks & Spencer, Aeropostale, Avon Naturals, FDCI, Pearl Academy, DLF, Wella, Himalaya, Koovs, Call it spring, Haptik, Asian Paints, Amante, Enamor, Arrow, Colgate, Ritu Kumar, Anupama Dayal, Fossil, Tanishq, Oppo, Audi, Samsung, Vivo, LeEco, etc to name a few!
4What are your favourite brands on social media?
Nykaa, MAC Cosmetics, Zara, H&M, Victoria Secrets.
5Which social media platform do you think will be the biggest marketing tool in 2017 and why do you think so?
Instagram as it is easy to browse through and has most pictorial content.
6What’s your opinion on paid influencer campaigns vs gratification based campaigns? (Branded experiences, Freebies, Advocacy Rewards Program etc.)
I have always preferred paid campaigns as I am a full-time professional blogger. Creating content from scratch takes a lot of effort and planning and it may look easy but a lot goes behind the curtains and being a blogger, I have to generate the idea, source outfits, plan on locations, book photographers, style the look, direct the shoot, do post- productions work (I edit my photos myself), write the content & plan the timeline of posting each content to create a seamless flow on social media.
7What’s your viewpoint on brands collaborating with influencers to improve their reputation and advocacy with consumers?
I think it’s a great way of connecting with the masses on a more personal and reliable note. The readers trust the bloggers they follow as they are a person among them and if they are talking and vouching for a brand, it becomes more desirable creating potential customers out of the thousands of readers.
TAGSfashion bloggerinfluencer interview

5 Ways To Tweak Your Twitter Marketing
By Varun Tyagi – March 27, 2017632 0

Share on Facebook Tweet on Twitter

Nowadays, everyone uses Twitter to share their opinions, stay updated on the topics that interest them, and find out what’s happening in the world. More people turn to Twitter every day to stay abreast with the happenings around them. In India, start-ups and entrepreneurs are making the most of Twitter as they are expanding their reach and customer base, connecting with new and existing customers. There are plenty of influencers on Twitter, with different areas of expertise, making it easy for business to target audience with ease. However, marketers often hit a dead end while coming up with new ideas to engage their followers. This post will tell you about 5 ways in which you can break the Twitter marketer’s block and create higher engagement with your audience.
1Run Twitter Polls

Source: Socialmediaexaminer

When your Twitter poll is live you can see the results in real-time to get quick insights. Choose questions which are relevant to your business and will easily attract the attention of your followers. Collaborate with relevant influencers and get them to share the poll. When the poll is over, tweet your expert opinion to share your knowledge in that specific area.
2Put up Short Videos

Source: Socialmediaexaminer

Recently, Twitter has increased the duration of the video to 140 seconds. This will provide the user to show their content in a more expressive way and involve more followers. Use these videos as teasers about forthcoming product launches. Instead of putting up live tweets, you can post short-videos to give your marketing strategy a fresh look.
3Take Advantage of a Trending Story

Source: Socialmediaexaminer

This technique, known as ‘newsjacking’, comprises of closely monitoring of trends on Twitter and looking for ways in which your brand can add some significance to a story. The remarkable thing about Twitter trends is that they are centred on your location and whom you follow, so you will remain relevant while co-operating with audience.
4Tag Relevant Influencers

Source: Socialmediaexaminer

Whenever you are creating and sharing content, it is a good practice to tag relevant influencers and even look for co-branded conversation Twitter. Not only does it create more authentic conversations, it is also the best way to maximize reach with the help of direct messages, retweets and mentions.
5Include Useful Links

Source: Socialmediaexaminer

Mentioning links in your tweets will lead to plenty of traffic opportunities and will allow your followers to know about your business better. Putting link in the middle of your tweet gets more retweets as compared to when the link is put at the end or beginning of a tweet. Tweets with links perform much better and get retweets also. Incorporating these tactics in your Twitter marketing strategy will help your brand to expand its clout on this platform. Follow these tactics, and over time you will definitely witness growth in your followers and engagement levels.
TAGSsocial mediatips & trickstwitter marketing

3 Reasons Why You Need To Master Instagram
By Varun Tyagi – March 24, 20171514 1

Share on Facebook Tweet on Twitter

Instagram made headlines when it announced that full screen ads within stories for businesses are now offered. The brands have been able to run the ads with the help of normal feed for a while now. It is obvious that video content will rule in 2017. According to a study from Search Engine Journal, more than half of the marketers stated that they posted content with visuals over 90% of the time; it is a 130% increase from the year 2015. 62% of marketers stated that visual content is vital to 2017 marketing budgets. Instagram is a visually based platform and also has hashtags that made Twitter so popular. If you are falling behind and have lost interest in Instagram, check out three reasons why should you need to master Instagram.
Users want to involve with brands here on Insta
Source : Instagram|abof

You can not only seek out relevant customer quickly but they are also more likely to connect with you. Instagram is the king of engagement, with 4.21% engagement found in users which relate with brand’s post in comparison with 0.03% of Twitter and 0.07% of Facebook. It makes sense to go where all the customers hang out when they look for inspiration. That platform is Instagram. They will be eager to connect with your brand on Instagram than anywhere else.
Users are prepared to shop on Insta

Source : Instagram

Just take a look at this stat, over half of 18-29 year olds have an Instagram account and most of them spend approximately around 20 minutes daily interacting on Instagram. Almost a third of all global users are active on Instagram, so it is improbable that your audience will be totally absent. If you want to target this group, keep in mind that Instagram not only provides Story Ads and Newsfeed but it also provides shoppable images—what it means? If you are having e-commerce store then you can sell directly through the app. It can serve the purpose for impulse purchase opening.
Customer lead generation is immediate on Insta

Source : Nike

Let us understand this from an example: if you are a wedding photographer, it would take a simple search of hashtags from your side to get a list of people who will be looking for your services. Just add location tag searching and you will have plenty of prospects. Where else can you do this? It will take some time to get familiarize with the most used hashtags that yields more results, but once you get the hang of searching customers on Instagram, you will have an updating lead-generation solution. Instagram is growing daily and because of this its daily active user (DUA) has been increasing even more than Snapchat. If your marketing team looks seriously at the visual content marketing, don’t make a mistake of ignoring the best visual social media platform out there. Instagram is a perfect addition to any brand’s marketing plan both as a selling tool and lead gen strategy.
TAGSinstagramtips & tricks

5 Tips on Executing Micro-Influencer Campaigns
By Prabakaran – March 22, 2017889 0

Share on Facebook Tweet on Twitter

Knowing the right direction can be tough while making decisions on how to get more users for your product. There are various types of influencers like micro-influencers with less than a million followers. The talking point is that: Are these followers loyal and engaged? A study was conducted to know the level of the engagements of the influencers in which it was found that influencers with 10,000 to 100,000 followers were most effective in engaging their audiences, displaying a higher like rate (2.37%) than celebrities and influencers who have more than a million audiences. Check out these six tips which will help you to reach best customers by focusing on micro-influencers:-
Focus on Engagement
The main idea about this tip is engagement leads to growth. Before reaching to micro-influencers ensure that they have proper engagement with their followers. Check the comments, likes, social shares, engagement metrics and retweets. This will give you an idea about proper engagement of the influencer. A tip to follow is that big influencers do not have the type of engagement like the micro-influencers. It happens because it is much easy to get engaged with 1,000 followers compared with 50,000 followers.
Find One, Find More
Influencer marketing is a tough task and requires hard work to get maximum results. To get the most out of your results, you will have to develop a different strategy and connect with other lookalike micro-influencers. You can start with one particular influencer, but cannot depend on that sole influencer for long. It is necessary to build an army of micro-influencers which can provide you the impact you are looking for. To generate results you can either pay a group of micro-influencers or pay a single influencer per tweet.
Work With the Relevant Ones, Not Just the Popular Ones
Let’s understand this with an example: For selling fashion apparel you approach a YouTube prankster who has a demographic of 10- to 25-year-old boys. Is this audience relevant to what you are selling? Even if the influencer has millions of subscribers and every video gets millions of views, the ROI will be less. It’s time to find a right influencer who specializes in your niche and can boost your ROI.
Find a Network of Linked Micro-influencers
A simple technique is to find a network of linked micro-influencers as they tend to interact frequently with each other by sharing posts and leaving comments on the posts. This can provide a social proof when the customer arrives and takes a look at the post.
Show Some Respect and Love
Show some love! One of the key part in influencer marketing. Dump boring emails. Instead, show them you respect their post and value their time. Do show them why you love working with them; explain clearly why a particular micro-influencer is best for them.
Final Thoughts
The key to shine at influencer marketing, when micro-influencers are involved is to show some marvellous value to them. Try to avoid being pushy and do provide some value. Quality will always beat quantity.
TAGSinfluencer marketinginfluencers

15 Tricks to Make Your Content Work for You
By Varun Tyagi – March 14, 20171183 0

Share on Facebook Tweet on Twitter

Content marketing is a dominant strategy used to maintain significant customer connection. However, in this age of continuous online interaction just creating content is not enough to keep your readers involved. Even if you’re doing almost everything right—blogging frequently, writing interesting material, posting on social media—it may not be all to grab eyeballs.

If you have noticed that all the likes and shares are coming from your friends and your blog is not getting a lot of grip, maybe it’s the time to revamp your content marketing strategy.

You can follow these 15 tips to make your content work more awesome and keep your readers interested.

1Use Outstanding Visuals

First of all stop posting boring stuff. This is a key part for a successful content marketing strategy. Even if you write engaging content, readers would still navigate from your page if all they see is blocks of text.

Adding images to your posts will get you maximum share. So, besides your actual content you can capture the attention of the user with the help of infographics, graphs and charts.

However, simply creating a banner in MS Word is not at all enough to make your blog stand out. Check other websites to get some idea about how a great banner or graphic looks like. Once you are familiar with the idea then it is the time to create them. Not familiar with Photoshop? Don’t worry! There are plenty of tools to help you with this.

2Take Your Content Beyond Blogs
Blogging can be significant for content marketing strategy. So, if your posts are not getting plenty of views, it’s time to change your approach. If blogging is not working out for you, you can try other content marketing strategies that work best for you.

These strategies will enable you to reach larger audience. It is a tough task to stay engaged with social media, blogging, email marketing, etc but your customers will make it worth for you.

3Create More How-to Posts
You might be aware of the DIY on Pinterest that has taken internet by storm for the past several years. These posts tell people how to do something on their own and that is why these posts are very useful. Think out of the box while creating a How-to post. Instead of following a structure of the traditional blog-posts, add something unique.

4Listen to Your Customers’ Feedback

Customer testimonials are a tested method to attract new buyers. In fact, most of the consumers trust online testimonials as much as a recommendation from your friend. Providing space for customer’s feedback could prove invaluable. Once you have received the positive testimonials, it is time to create a testimonial page and place testimonials strategically in your website.

5Write Product Reviews
Product reviews work in the same way as customer testimonials. It is a great way to endorse your products to your customers. If there is a brand that your company conveys, writing a post about it can draw customer’s attention. If there is a new service or a product, you can write content and hype it.

6Address Your Audience’s Doubts
Engagement is essential as your content marketing strategy. You can write the best content in the world, but if you leave your followers’ questions unanswered, the traffic can dry up. There are various ways to engage with your audience. You can answer the question by creating a blog post as it will save your time. Engage with your followers on social media and keep answering their questions.

7Share Infographics


Infographics are popular for one simple reason: they work. According to the reports, it is projected that readers are 40 times more likely to read an inforgraphic than a plain blog post. You can boost your readership with the help of infographics. Canva helps you with the infographics.

8Take Note of Which Posts Are Performing Well


Let the successful blog posts bring traffic for you. You should now begin to write follow-up articles. It makes sense to write follow-up blogs about the topics in which your readers have shown interest.

9Share Your Inspirations with Your Followers
Is there a blog you read regularly? You can let your customers know about it. Paying the compliments will make other companies to return the favour surely. Inbound links will have a huge impact on the search rankings, so reap the benefits along the way.

10Share Your Expertise to Help Beginners
It is always better to keep informed others about what you do and share the enthusiasm. Creating a beginner guide for your industry is a wonderful way to engage people and drive traffic. Customers will get an idea what you do daily and what it takes to succeed in your industry.

11Listicles, More Listicles


The listicles are popular on internet and there is no secret as why most of the brands create them regularly and readers are in love with them. The types of listicles are the ranking which ranks the post from best to worst, most popular, world’s biggest, etc. They are great because they appeal to the human nature.

12Share Your Company News


Did something great happen in your company? Sharing the news with the customers is a great way to tell them what’s going on. When you are working on this side of content then just don’t be all formal, you can try something more conversational. The simple point is don’t let them get bored of your industry terminology.

13Share Content Regularly

Source: kissmetrics

Blog posts which don’t get shared generate low organic traffic, but it would never generate the views you want unless you share it. According to the professionals, you should spend more time sharing your content rather than creating it. Share the post on Facebook and other social media platforms like Instagram, Reddit or Tumblr. You should share your content with a proper plan to get maximum results.

14Follow Your Audience Everywhere, and They Will Follow You Forever

Posting content at wrong places won’t get you any favours. For example, if you frequently post content on Facebook but your audience is using LinkedIn, you are missing an opportunity to engage with them. Google Analytics helps to find where your audience is. You would be able to see where they come from and the trends in which they are interested.

15Quizzes are Fun and Engaging

Source: Tribalimpact

Online quizzes are popular today. They are fun, quick and allow readers to easily engage with online experience. It is a great idea to make a quiz for your blog which is a sure way to draw traffic to your site. Put call to action at the end of your quiz which will make customers to get in touch with you.

These were the 15 tip to make your content work for you. If you have some more ways you can always share them below in the comment section.

TAGScontenttips & tricks

6 Reasons Why Compelling Content Marketing Is the Hope for Start-Ups
By Varun Tyagi – March 14, 2017785 0

Share on Facebook Tweet on Twitter

Offline local marketing, website and magazine advertising are some of the tools which are essential to make an impact on World Wide Web. These tools make it easier to confront with the business world. But don’t think limits! There are more factors to consider when it comes to making an influence online. Content Marketing is one of the main factors when you are looking to gain traction. Content Marketing can be difficult for some people. This post is of much help for those who have no or little experience with content marketing. If content marketing is approached in a right way it can produce number of rewards for your campaign.
It Generates Brand Awareness
Nowadays, everyone sees the company as an institution. Businesses are looked up more than a company name. A new start-up has to be aware of the prevailing marketing tactics. This is where content marketing comes into picture. It allows a business to promote the company through creation of the content that benefits your current and potential customers. So, you’ll generate more customers as many consumers would get influenced and will be looking to try a company based on its existing efforts and some would like their current online reputation. You can also create a content which offers to share valuable information.
It Builds Customer Relationship


It follows from the brand awareness, in which a person is able to develop a connection with a company. But we shouldn’t think that there is no need of content marketing. It is a simple stat that more people will come back to a website that provides user with worthy content and creates a relation moving forward.
It is Cost-Effective
One of the best things about content marketing is how flexible it is in relation to the cost. It doesn’t matter whether you are targeting locally or globally, but with the help of affordable and effective content marketing, it is possible. Your start-up has to be under the aegis of the right channels, but the approach ensures that you can reach plenty of potential users with ease, regardless of your market niche.
If You Don’t Capitalize on It, Someone Else Will

Source: Business2community

It is easy to think that content marketing is not meant for you but you will be astonished to know that 89 percent of start-ups adopt content marketing as a tool for their business expansion. Whether to adopt content marketing or not totally depends on your business. There is no reason for not getting any new business by not introducing content marketing. However, it is advised to use content marketing as your strategy.
Understand Your Online Audience

Source: Socialmediaexaminer

When it is about internet, everyone has their ‘go-to’ site when they are in the need of content. Some refer to their bookmarking sites, while others will take the help of search engines. While posting content to various platforms you can also check engagement by the help of various tools. This will allow you to carry on with the content which is getting plenty of views. You can use the data and can offer customers a better approach which will meet their expectations.
Improve Your ROI
One of the main worries for the content marketing is the budget which is available at our disposal. More spending means more coverage, but we may end up spending a significant amount that is more than what we are making. According to the stats, content marketing is 62 percent cheaper than traditional marketing mediums, which means that your return on investment can be maximized.
Discussed reasons highlight as to why content marketing is an essential tool when it comes to reaching new customers and audiences. Cover all the aspects of content marketing and present content in a better way to verify that we are on the right wavelength. What works for one company might not work for another. Feel free to share more tips for content marketing.
TAGScontent marketingtips & tricks

How to Create a High Engagement Content Marketing Plan to Engage Customers (in 7 Steps)
By Varun Tyagi – March 14, 2017516 0

Share on Facebook Tweet on Twitter

Content is king! Ninety percent persons already know about this common adage. Nowadays, this saying has been changed to—”The Content is the Kingdom”. Most of you must be wondering that why it is so? Why content has so much of importance? The content is of much importance because you get desired information anytime. Google IT! That’s the response you get when looking for some information. The importance of content can be seen from here in this age of information. It all depends on the quality of the content you write. If your content is persuasive enough for the audience, then you have hit the jackpot. Important aspects to produce a convincing content marketing strategy:
Define Your Objectives
Planning a proper strategy before starting off is a sign of intelligence. You can go with the SMART approach and define how to handle remaining phases in this plan. S-Specific M-Measurable A-Attainable R-Relevant T-Time-based ….don’t forget the budget as it is also a significant part of the content marketing plan.
Identify, Understand, Target, Address
You should find correct personalities according to your business. You will have to keep these questions in mind:
What’s their area of their interest?
What’s their liking?
How can you help them solve their problems?
What are the best ways to reach them?
Understand the Type of Content Most Suitable to Your Business
After you have decided the kind of audience you want, it is the time to create the layout of your content. Examine the market thoroughly and while keeping it in your mind, start the process of creating content’s blueprint. Do make sure to include keywords in your text to generate maximum traffic. Always write in a clear language to engage customers for long.
Good Start is Half the Battle Won
It’s the time to begin with content. Keep in mind following steps when you write content:
Write a clickable headline
Include the main part in the content
Videos are the best substitute chunk
Maintain An Editorial Calendar
It is the focal point of the content marketing strategy. It is simply a type of guide that controls the content that your business is going to publish in that exact session. Such as:
Industry events
Organization’s marketing themes
Control the power of content curation
Choose on key content offerings
Inspire co-creation
Amplify Your Content’s Reach
Creating content is not sufficient. In some cases you will have to disseminate the content. You need to simply advertise your content. At the time of marketing social media is vital. Besides social network, advertising channels can be proved profitable for promotion.
Measure, Adapt, Rinse and Repeat
Traversing through the complete process after the completion is required to whole process. Employ the analytics tool so that you can keep the track of your brand’s efforts and see what works best for you and your needs. For example, Are the case studies generating more engagement on Twitter rather than LinkedIn?
TAGScontent marketingtips & tricks

5 Metrics to Measure the Success of Your Blog
By Varun Tyagi – March 14, 20171297 0

Share on Facebook Tweet on Twitter

So, you have a blog and you feel that you can call yourself a ”blogger”. If you think that having a huge number of followers with 0 interactions will make you a blogger, you are wrong. As a blogger you have to keep updating the content on your blog regularly, because as a blogger, your ultimate goal should be to be able to influence your readers through your writing. Brands are always looking for those bloggers who can help them to connect with the targeted audience which will provide them with quality visitors, gaining brand awareness, back links. Just writing a 350 words blog with a back link doesn’t explain your efforts as a blogger. You should be able to measure all your work daily or on weekly basis. You can see you analytics and know whether you are doing a fine or terrible job. These numbers can be analysed over a filter of metrics. The metrics will not only give you some numbers but you can also decide about your blogging goals. These are the five metrics you should keep in mind after publishing a blog post:-

Source: Blogmint

After you have published your post you will have to look how many visits the post is getting. Always remember that the website needs traffic to get identified by others and you also need Google analytics on your blog to see all these metrics. If you don’t invest in quality and you can’t get traffic on your website means you can’t have a proper content marketing strategy.
2Engagements (Shares, Comments, Likes etc.)

Source: Sproutsocial

The next metric to look at is engagement. Here comes the part of connecting with your followers. Try to get personal with your followers and understand what intents your visitors have when they finally get engaged on your blog post. So, if people are commenting on your blog post it shows that you are doing a fine job because you have their attention.
3Links and Backlinks

Source: Ahref

You need to know the value of links if you are a content marketer. You must know which keywords need to be hyperlinked and which website you should be giving backlink on. This should be a part of your SEO strategy. You can also participate on social and blogging communities where you can easily share the link of your blog. You will get plenty of traffic with the help of a backlink for your blog.
4Social Media Shares

If you want more shares on social media then you need to take a look at your followers closely and take them into consideration. In what type of content they involve more? Chalk out a social media marketing strategy for your blog. Use catchy headings and write quality content which can hold the attention of the reader. You should also be a part of appropriate community where you can easily post about your blog. It doesn’t matter if you have 30k followers on twitter unless you have a proper number of likes, re-shares, re-tweets on your post.

Source: scripted

Always work in sync with the brand’s objective. The basic fact to keep in mind is to understand the campaign perfectly and what brand is expecting from you in return. Are they looking for traffic, leads, brand awareness or engagement?
Final Thoughts
These are the five metrics to measure the success of your blog post and eventually your blog. Remember, it is one thing to write a blog post, and an entirely different thing to measure its success using the correct metrics. What metrics do you track for your blog? Feel free to share your opinions and suggestions in the comments below.
TAGSbloggersbloggingtips & tricks
SHARE Facebook Twitter

8 Influencer Marketing Mistakes to Avoid
By Prabakaran – March 8, 2017729 0

Share on Facebook Tweet on Twitter

Influencer marketing is not a new strategy; it is an old practice to recruit celebrities which traces its origin back to the 1800s. It is different in the digital age & the rules have been completely changed. You don’t need to be a celebrity to work as an influencer. Influencer marketing basically revolves around all the social media personalities which have a huge number of following. What does it mean? This means that some of biggest brands are more inclined to partner with a Snapchat celebrity rather going with a Hollywood celebrity. The most crucial part in Influencer marketing is word of mouth, 92 percent of consumers trust recommendations from other people – even if they don’t them. So, before you ramp up your influencer marketing efforts, here are the eight influencer marketing mistakes you must avoid:-
Overlooking Engagement Levels
The count of followers of an influencer is important but another aspect is the engagement of an influencer with their followers. You will have to check how relevant is their audience & the engagement level of the audience with the influencer’s present content. If the posts lack retweets, comments & likes then it is time to steer clear.
Prioritizing Popularity Over Relevance
It is a common misconception that the number of followers an influencer has, more your brand will get benefitted from it, right? But you are wrong. The perks of influencer marketing are that you can tap into selected audiences which have a current leaning towards your industry. The bigger their name is, the less related their audience would be. For example: if you are selling marketing software, then going with a marketing thought leader who has 10,000 followers is far useful than a fashion blogger who has 1 million followers.
Organizing a One-Off campaign
According to a survey, three out of four marketers have shared that it is difficult to find an exact influencer. The point is when you get a perfect influencer who is offering you require then don’t work with them for once. You should plan out a long term project with them. This way, the bond between influencer & your brand will become stronger in the minds of audiences, which will make the future campaigns more natural.
Inconsistent Communication
When you start an influencer campaign, you have to make sure that someone from your team is present to answer all the queries of the influencer. When you offer the support, it will in turn build the rapport with influencers & they will come back to work for your brand again & the plus point would be that they would be already familiar with your requirements.
Sticking to Only One Platform
Your brand might have the largest following on Facebook but that doesn’t mean your influencer should have a large number of followers on Facebook. This is the most common mistake by the brands. There are other platforms such as Snapchat, Twitter & Instagram boast a total user base of more than 2 billion live users. So, if Facebook is covered then you should focus on other platforms.
Trying to Gratify Influencers With Just Freebies
There are plenty of new influencers who are willing to work for free merchandise, goodies & other deals. But you can’t simply think to build long lasting relationships with the influencers if you will only give your influencers freebies. Influencers are professionals like anyone else, and hence one must respect their work and pay accordingly.
Last Minute Changes in Brief
You should make it clear to the influencer about your expectations from the start. You can tell them your expectations and do not change the requirements midway through the campaigns. If you will follow these simple courtesies, it will allow building friendliness with the influencers who will become important for your brand in the years to come.
Trivial Data Analysis
The conversions & increase in traffic are some indicators for success, but the analysis shouldn’t just finish here. Every social network allows knowing data like likes, views, comments, impressions & reach. You should monitor these things so that you are able to know when your campaign is getting weak. It is not only sufficient to do influencer marketing as you have to do it correctly. The OneStopAdvert Platform is equipped with all the tools you require for a successful influencer marketing campaign. If you are ready to optimize your influencer marketing struggles? Drop us a mail today.
TAGSinfluencer marketinginfluencers

5 Research Insights to Push Your Content Marketing
By Varun Tyagi – March 8, 2017660 0

Share on Facebook Tweet on Twitter

In 2010, content marketing was more than a catchword. Most marketers were careful in their approach to the tactics their colleagues were using. Seven years from then, content marketing has unfolded many distinct areas like content strategy, creation, measurement, to name a few. Content marketing always gives you something new to learn. Let’s now focus on five insights which will drive your content marketing; the insights are based on the replies of 1,102 B2B marketers in North America.
1Devote Time to Content Marketing

Source: Content Marketing Institute

Unsuccessful B2B marketers specify the key reason for their failure is “not enough time devoted to content marketing.” Most of the B2B marketers have experienced stagnancy in success rate compared with last year. They were not able to devote proper time to content marketing; hence there is a decrease in their success in comparison to the previous year. What to learn from this insight Schedule your day so that you can devote time to content marketing. Be sure you have a strategy for content marketing before you do anything else. Set your budget, goals, and audience and create your content marketing strategy accordingly.
2Create a Strategy and Then Stick to It

Adjusting content marketing strategy and effective content creation appear to be most influential factors. At present content creation is no more a challenging issue for a company compared with past years. What to learn from this insight While some marketers are told to experiment and repeat to get better results, it is also important to take a look at the bigger picture such as strategy, people, and process. It is better to follow proven methods rather than tinkering with your strategy.
3Get Approval from Higher Management

Source: Content Marketing Institute

According to the stats, almost one out of four B2B marketers aren’t given ample time to get content marketing results. Fifty-two percent of respondents agree that their superiors provide them ample time to produce results. Twenty-four percent disagree and 24% neither agree nor disagree. What to learn from this insight Content marketers who are provided support by their team leaders feel authorized to try other things & take risks. If you are not given ample time to get results, consider this stat: 77% of the top performers have ample time to produce results. So, having enough time to generate results has a positive effect on content marketing.
4Content Marketing Performers Have Unique Characteristics

Top performers in content marketing are mature with their content marketing strategy. These elite performers are the performers who have characterized their organization’s content marketing approach as successful. What to learn from this insight Find out areas where the content marketers can do the things differently. Are you dedicated to content marketing? Do you bring content constantly? If you are unable to answer these questions, focus on these areas for improvement.
5Stay Committed to Your Program for Best Results

Ninety-one percent of B2B content marketing performers are committed to the content marketing. Those who show low level of commitment are from the organizations which are in young phases of content marketing. As an organization develops in content marketing, it becomes more loyal to the approach. What to learn from this insight Go all in or nothing with content marketing. There is a need to have a strong commitment in the young phases as it can take more than a year to see content marketing results. If you are having any more research insights to drive your content marketing, mention them in the comment section.
TAGScontent marketingresearch insights

Top 10 Automobile Bloggers In India To Follow
By Sayan – March 8, 201711173 0

Share on Facebook Tweet on Twitter

Top Auto Bloggers in India
Our car is a style statement for us. When it comes to purchasing a car, there are plenty of factors which can alter our decision but there are a number of factors that should be considered such as performance, price, reviews & mileage. There are many Indian automobile bloggers who are willing to share their valuable experiences with us. There is a list of top 10 Auto Bloggers in India which is given below.
10Wheels Guru – Shahnawaz Karim

Wheels Guru is the complete automotive website which provides all the related information like two/four wheelers launches, vehicle comparison and much more. The aim is to share the information with their readers so they can take decent decisions while buying.
9Burn Your Fuel – Kamalhasan TN

Kamalhasan TN is posted mostly about the latest story on machines: the motorcycle & the car. His blog covers mostly every automobile brand there is in the Indian Market. You can also know about the latest news in the Auto World in both India & around the world. It can be anything Motor Shows, Cars, Motorsports, reviews & not to mention the regular beauties as well.
8Bike Advice – Saad Khan

Saad Khan has been with Bike Advice since the beginning. He is an avid biker by heart & is into software’s by profession, machines have been a part of his life from a long time. This blog is one of the top auto blogs in India & the best thing about this website is that it is user-friendly. The blog also offers spy shots, scoops, news, reviews, etc.
7Motorbeam – Faisal Khan

The main aim of this blog is to provide accurate & honest news, analysis & reviews of Indian automobiles. They provide you with the bike & car updates with detail. It covers everything from two to four wheelers which also bike road tests, car road tests, video reviews & comparisons of car & motorcycles. There are a monthly magazine & community forums.
6Motor Octane – Rachit Hirani

This automobile blogger has cars in his blood as his family has been part of the automobile industry for decades. Cars are his childhood love & it can be visible on his blog. The blog is the best stop to get reviews, views & news from the automobile industry. It mainly focuses on bike & car enthusiasts & solves their problem whether they are looking to a new purchase or looking for stay updated in the automobile industry.
5Rush Lane – Sagar Patel

RushLane is a chief source of bikes/car reviews & news. The USP of his blog is that he provides honest & unbiased reviews on his blog. Mostly the readers on the blog are investors, executives & enthusiasts.
4Indian Autos Blog – Shrawan Raja

Shrawan started this website in 2008, with his main aim was to spread awareness about the auto industry. His blog gets 10 million visitors per year all of that organically. The blog features new launches on its homepage & also a thorough review about the car (which features performance test & the features you should look for).
3Car Blog India – Rohit Khurana

Rohit Khurana is the person behind CarBlogIndia.com. The blog is the fastest growing in automobile industry plus it is also among top 3 automobile websites in India. It also covers about motorcycles & cars reviews, news, comparison & features.
2India Car News – Vikas Yogi

He started his journey working as a content contributor, developed an interest toward automobile industry. He launched India Car News with his two partners. He is rated as one of the top auto influencers in India by Comscore. It is not only limited to news but also brings new car & bike reviews, comparisons, FAQ’s, scoops, buying suggestions, etc.
1Gaadiwaadi – Gaurav Yadav

Gaurav Yadav is the founder of GaadiWaadi.com. He is an automobile fan since his childhood. The website was launched in 2013, the main aim of this website was to provide neutral automotive news, reviews, analysis and comparisons. They are one of the most trusted online automative news sources. Do you like this article? If yes, then you can share this information with others, plus all your suggestions are welcome.
TAGSautmobile bloggersauto blogsinfluencers

4 Ways to Spot the Right Influencers for Your Brand
By Prabakaran – March 8, 2017820 0

Share on Facebook Tweet on Twitter

According to a recent consumer study, 91% audience have more trust on influencers than brands. When audiences don’t have trust in your brand you will lose the grip. So, as a brand, you will need the trust of audiences in the same way influencers get. You can get those same influencers on your side when you will cover them in your marketing strategy. It all begins with picking the right influencers to work with. Here are the 4 factors which you can take into consideration to spot right influencers for your brand.

It is significant to know what influencers cover & talks about. The niche which is influencer’s covering should be related to your brand. You should not just focus on the wide topic & they should go deep into the details. Let us understand this by an example: Your selected influencer may emphasis on beauty, but if they are only talking about skin care and your company sells lipstick, then they will not be a perfect match for you.

Source: Google

The location should be also significant to your brand which means that the location of your influencer should be where your brand has already presence or is looking to expand their presence in that location. You will also keep in mind that influencer’s audience should match with your brand’s target audience. For example, if you want to target people on a national level but your target influencer’s audience is only limited to a city. You will have to look for elsewhere.

You should not only solely focus on geographical location but there are also other criteria’s to look for. You will have to look at the demographics of your target influencer’s audience, depending on your needs which can include age, race & gender. All these factors will certainly influence the how an audience will respond to your message.

Source: social media week

It is one of the best ways to know the real authority of an influencer by examining their followers. The follower count will tell you that an influencer is big but it won’t tell how interested they are. You can look at the engagement to know the effect an influencer has on her or his audience. You can know this by looking at simple points, are the followers responding to their influencer’s messages? Are they also participating in conversations? These are the 4 ways to spot right influencers for your brand. You can end your search at OneStopAdvert, where you can spot right influencers without any hassle. If you have more ways to spot the right influencers then you can share these ways in the comment section.
SHARE Facebook Twitter

Previous article
20 Best Ways to Get More Subscribers on YouTube
Next article
Top 10 Automobile Bloggers In India To Follow

Prabakaran is the CTO and Co-Founder of OneStopAdvert, India’s leading influencer marketing intelligence platform and the latest offering from OneStopAdvert. OneStopAdvert is India’s leading influencer marketing agency based out of New Delhi.

20 Best Ways to Get More Subscribers on YouTube
By Varun Tyagi – March 8, 20171781 1

Share on Facebook Tweet on Twitter

Have you ever heard the term “vlogging”? You might have when you are sitting next to your friend and he mentions that video is the new content. And my friend, he is right because YouTube currently leads the platform for video-blogging and video marketing. It is a free platform and everyone loves it.

If you have a YouTube channel then you must be wondering how to increase subscribers for the channel and how to easily reach out to millions of viewers.

Taking a look at the stats, YouTube has more than a billion daily visitors providing an enormous audience for every content publisher. Whether you are a comedian, tech advisor or a mimic artist, YouTube provides a platform to everyone.

20 Best Ways to Get More Subscribers on YouTube
You must be having the resolution in New Year to tweak your YouTube channel. So, if you are serious about rebuilding your YouTube channel, take a look at 20 best ways to grow your YouTube channel subscribers.

After a lot of research and collaboration with fellow YouTubers, I came up with few ways to get more subscribers on YouTube (without creating a burden on your friends).

1Create a script for your videos

Source: YouTube

A video tends to come out much better if done with a prepared script and it also helps you to organize and shoot your videos without hassles. Having a script helps you maintain consistency and accuracy throughout the video. Scripted videos look more professional and hence have higher engagement rates with the audience.

You will have to include plenty of details to your video script (which can include the dialogues, actions between the video, etc).

2Create engaging content

Source: Familyshare.com

Create content that is informative, entertaining and engaging. Videos that lose the plot in the middle do not make for engaging content, and increase the chances of your subscribers leaving your channel for a more engaging one. Create and upload videos that are informative and entertaining, making the viewer click that coveted subscribe button.

There are two types of videos which will get you the subscribers: evergreen and burst videos. Burst videos will be trending for a limited amount of time, will get you hits but then will fade away as time passes by.

Evergreen videos will get you archived views and will remain relevant irrespective of the time. Do make sure that your videos are engaging and generating value to the audience.

3Upload videos regularly

Source: Statisticbrain

Easier said than done. The main reason when someone clicks on the “subscribe button” is because they praise the work of an uploader and will like to see more videos from them. Subscribers do not love channels that do not upload regularly. Being consistent is the key to developing a lasting relationship with the subscriber. Release your videos in a planned fashion. Try to upload a video once in a week.

Make a schedule and never upload videos when you feel like uploading them. As far as possible, stick to your schedule and upload your videos properly.

4Create a unique identity
This is also the main key for your YouTube success. If you will stay distinguishable you will get the views your channel requires. Keep curiosity in your videos while keeping the offbeat titles.

Keep an eye on staying SEO worthy to grab more eyeballs. The trick is to use high-traffic keywords in your title. You can use Google AdWords to recognize what is trending and get an idea of how to include that in your content and title. Limit the length of the YouTube title (your ideal title has to be less than 50 characters).

5Customize your channel

Source: wiredimpact.com

To make your subscribers trust you, use the customization options that YouTube has to offer. Being visually appealing helps establish the identity of your vlog and it is the best way to put your efforts in a more organized way.

Customize your YouTube channel bio and add a custom URL to complete your channel customizations. Try a custom personal background header which will include elements of the blog. Keep your bio short and to the point.

6Personalize your video thumbnails

Source: YouTube

A tactic that every YouTuber will agree works well. Create a custom thumbnail for your video instead of the auto-generated random thumbnails.

Using custom thumbnails increases the click through rate for videos. A video thumbnail with a minor annotation will provide a hint to the visitors about the video. You can choose the thumbnail from three intervals: one at 1/4th mark, second at 1/2 mark and other at 3/4th mark. Choose the one which fits better with your video.

7Produce a smashing channel trailer
Channel trailer is a great tactic to get more visitors coming to you. YouTube has a feature called channel trailers which allows you to play the trailer upon the opening of channel URL. An ideal channel trailer should be between 30 to 60 seconds.

8Try “call to action” annotations

Source: digitalmarketer

You might have come across popups in the videos which might seem annoying at times. However, if used appropriately, these annotations can generate lots of subscribers by making the visitors click relevant links.

Many YouTubers have reported an increase in channel subscriptions when annotations are added to their video. You will have to create a link for channel subscription which can be used in the video as a call to action to get more subscriptions.

9Use of subscribe buttons in your blog

Source: shoutmeloud

It makes a lot of sense and there is no point of not using it. YouTube allows the user to link their official page. In the channel settings of your YouTube page simply add website’s URL to link your own channel. You should also add your website’s URL in the channel description. Likewise, add “subscribe” buttons to your blog to get more traffic to your blog.

10Keep videos under 2 minutes

Source: socialbakers

Plenty of videos on YouTube have detailed review, but the converted videos are the ones which are under 5 minutes in length. A report from ComScore in January 2014 revealed that average length of many YouTube videos was around 4.4 minutes. For those who are getting started, this is a golden rule to follow. Once you have built a fan base you can easily experiment with the length of your videos (and check the reaction of audiences). Keep your video short, informative and basically under 5 minutes.

11Take the help of YouTube Intro and Outro
YouTube Intro and Outro helps in branding and making your video interesting. If your intro is appealing then it can get visitors hooked to your video. Intro and Outro will make branding easier.

12Edit, edit and edit your videos

Source: YouTube

Every well-known photographer, writer, songwriter has ten rejected drafts for the same thing. This goes with every type of editing. Edit your videos like it is your last video and make sure that only the best copy gets published.

If you make decisions in haste and post videos without any planning then it will hurt your channel and your brand as well. Get the right tools for editing to make it easier for yourselves.

13Optimize video descriptions

Source: tubularinsights

Do not ignore the SEO part of YouTube videos. There is an area known as video description which will help in getting your video appear in search engines in addition to providing viewers a description about your video.

Include your main keywords and do not overuse them for the SEO purpose. You will have to keep the density of the keywords in limit meaning keeping your description natural.

14Increase the use of meta tags

Source: 7figureautomation

Add all the relevant keywords to your videos which are discoverable in both YouTube and Google search engines. There is no point in overdoing the keywords. Do your research about YouTube Meta tags to get an understanding of how it works. Just think of every possible keyword which is relevant and add them to the video.

Metadata plays a key role in making your videos displayed in the search results. You can also check your rival and see what Meta tags they are using.

15Finish your videos on a high
Whatever does your video contain do make sure that you end your videos in a possible best way. You can ask for a subscription and a like (if you don’t ask then the answer would always be a no). Finish your video with a smile and keep your visitors craving for more.

16Collaborate with other YouTubers

Source: YouTube

Collaborating on YouTube is common among best content creators. Collaborating on YouTube will provide you with many benefits. Just make sure that you reach out to similar people in your respective field (you can also ask them to collaborate on some interesting thing). You will also have a loyal fan base which will allow you to find new followers.

17Relate with your fan base
Interact with your audience if possible and also listen to their requests in the comments section of videos. You may also face some harsh comments about your views but ignore that part and listen to your fan base. Reply to the comments when possible.

18Start Giveaways and challenges

Source: YouTube

Who doesn’t like giveaways? You will have to give something to the audience in return for engagement, subscribers, following and build-up of your YouTube channel.

A free giveaway or contest will give you an initial base to get it started and also make it grow further. Popular fashion or tech items can be used for hosting giveaways on your channel.

19Cross-platform publicity is must

Source blog.kissmetrics.com

You must stay active on multiple social media platforms so that you are easily discoverable. You will have to create profiles on platforms such as Google +, Pinterest, Facebook and many more. Make a plan to share content on social media platforms at a planned time.

20Do hard work for first 1000 subscribers

Source: YouTube

Make an aggressive strategy to get plenty of subscribers; it should be the same to get 500 or 1000 subscribers. You will have to promote your content on social media with the help of maximum resources. Share with your friends and ask for a subscription if they are interested.

Always keep exploring and experimenting. What works for others might not work for you. So you should always keep looking for new things. Making something great on YouTube takes a lot of time and efforts to get all the benefits.

TAGStips & tricksyoutube

How Can Bloggers Connect with Brands in 2017?
By Varun Tyagi – February 1, 2017671 0

Share on Facebook Tweet on Twitter

If you are a blogger then you must be wondering, what is it like to work with brands? (By the way, it is a great way to earn money, build good relationships with your followers & share products). But how can bloggers connect with brands in 2017? I come across this question regularly but there is not adequate information available on internet. This article will help every blogger in connecting with more brands, making more money & even in becoming a professional. Are you ready? Let’s begin. Curate Your Blog & Maintain an Active Audience Before you even begin to work with brands, you will have to focus on growing the base of your followers. Having a good amount of followers will work for you in many ways. It is great to have a large audience but don’t be under the assumption that brands will come knocking on your door once you have it. Brands also look for engagements. So, if you have a few hundred followers & all of these followers are engaged, then brands will prefer you, but the ones who have large followers with low engagement will not make it to the list of bloggers the brands want to work with. Now, what is engagement? Followers leaving comments on your Instagram or on your blog will be considered as an engagement from their side. It goes the other way around when you are engaged, for example, if a brand goes to your twitter profile & sees 2000+ tweets, they will reach the conclusion that you are not engaged with your followers. You will require a minimum of 5,000-10,000 page views/month (if your page views are less than this, then you will have to grow your audience). Generate a Media Kit A media kit works as a resume (for your website) & is a document that will share details which marketers should know about you. A media kit will contain all the items such as statistics, collaboration options, topic & more. It is a must for making a decent impression & getting more collaboration. Don’t have a media kit? You can claim your media kit for free from here. Make Sure the Brands Your Work With Reflect the Theme of Your Blog When you will work with brands you have to make sure that it fits well with your blog. You don’t want sponsored content to look like an advertisement. There are certain things which you can keep in mind while creating a list: think out of the box, you may want to connect to large brands but there are also smaller brands which would like to have organic traffic which a blog has to offer. Don’t forget about digital companies as they also require exposure. Actively Reach Out to Brands (find their contact info) Once you are done with the list of the brands the next thing is to contact them, but how to stand out in your email as they get hundreds of emails every day? The best way to do this is with the help of twitter. Send them a tweet, let them know that you want to connect with them. Ask them for a contact name or email. You won’t get a name but most of these brands would respond you back with an email. If all this doesn’t work, you can reach them through the contact form which is present on their website. Write that Perfect Pitch Mail The first impression is the last impression. It works in this case also. You don’t want to create a bad impression on a brand. My advice is that you keep your email to the point, short & descriptive. Don’t write long paragraphs (if they have to download it as a word document, then you are doing it wrong). Give an introduction, why you love their brand, why do you want to collaborate with them and share your media kit with them (each should end in 1 sentence). Conclusion Don’t get disheartened when brands don’t respond. All brands have different targets, opinions, etc. it is just a matter of time when you will get a reply, keep sending several emails to increase your chances. The beginning is the hardest. For more tips, don’t forget to subscribe the blog.
TAGSblogginginfluencer marketingtips & tricks
SHARE Facebook Twitter

7 Highly Effective Ways to Improve Your Blog
By Varun Tyagi – January 12, 2017910 0

Share on Facebook Tweet on Twitter

Owing to the boom of content and influencer marketing in the digital age, blogging has seen a rise in popularity as a full time career in the last few years. Successful bloggers are sought after entities by brands these days, because of their online social influence and expertise niches. Most of these successful bloggers have developed a cult following over the years, while some have come up and quick in the last couple of years. With the growing demand for truly influential bloggers, it becomes imperative to know different ways to improve your blog that stands out of the content clutter. So, it does not matter if your blog is new or a popular one (though it is always better to have a popular blog!), there is always a chance to improve it further. So, here’s a quick guide that will help you take your blog to the next level of awesome!
How to Improve Your Blog?
Keep Your Site Secure (Beware From all the Viruses!)
Surprisingly, this is one of the aspects that most bloggers often ignore. Think of a secure website as the seatbelt or helmet for your blog and the internet as a very busy highway with many rash drivers. A single lapse in security can prove to be very costly for your website! If the plugins are not secure on your website then malicious hackers can easily get their hands on your valuable personal and online social information. Hackers can also damage the data which is present on your blogs. Therefore, it is also advisable to take suitable backups of your website.
Do not Ignore Social Media (It’s as Faithful and Rewarding as Your Dog)
Anybody trying to be somebody cannot ignore the importance of social media. Social media has become a source for income for many bloggers. It doesn’t matter whether you are a food blogger or a fashion blogger but the fact that a well-maintained social media profile can be a game changer for your blog cannot be denied. Today, Facebook is catering to more than 20 million small businesses around the world & other social media platforms are also boasting similar numbers. However, social media is not a ‘one size fits all’ place. Hit and trial is the name of the game here, and you’d be wiser to understand and identify the platforms that will work for you better than the rest. Give each social media platform a try & you can see what works better for you. You would be amazed to see the wonders that social media can do for you.
Avoid Google Penalty (Remember, Don’t be Evil!)
If you want to avoid Google penalty then you must remove all the links which can cause spam from your website. If you are finding it difficult to remove spam & cookies, you can always reach out to the Google team. Ensure that you are aware of all the Google’s rules and regulations on spam . You should also keep track of all your affiliated associations. The website which you have used for affiliation should always work beyond the income you earn.
Upgrade Your Site to the New Technology (Don’t Live Under a Rock)
Setting up a blog is a child’s play these days, but to truly stand out from the crowd, you will need much more than a ready-to-use template with a standard URL . Move away from the basic templates that include a PHP WordPress setting & an HTML layout. These ready-to-use templates are for amateur bloggers, and professional bloggers use every possible trick in the book to customize their blog to suit their writing style, category, audience, and other parameters. Blogs have come a long way from just being a journal, and these days one can even use script settings for GIFs & vlogging (video blogging). Remember, it is always better to invest in a blog keeping in mind your long term objectives. A well-designed blog will also have a positive impact on your website quality in Google search, making your blog rank higher in search results. The metrics would also work in your favor when your pages are technically upgraded.
Keep Your Website Legit (My Name Is…?)
Let’s face the truth – nobody loves click baits. Never ever trick readers to take some action, as that will only hamper your blog’s reputation. Readers are smart these days, and call out BS on something as soon as they see it. Google also keeps this in mind and to optimize it’s users’ experience, uses an algorithm that hinders sites with irrelevant content from showing up in search results. When it comes to building a reputable and noteworthy blog, shortcut techniques such as “bake-off” won’t find you any actual readers or followers. Remember, you are in this for the long term and hence it is important to have a sincere and objective vision for it. Duplicating content is also a strict no-no. Duplicate content doesn’t sit really well with search engines like Google, and more importantly you can also find yourself at the end of a lawsuit. Your focus should be on creating a genuine and unique identity for yourself, for your blog & your business. It is one of the most important ways to improve your blog.
Write Headlines which are Interesting (Something to Learn from the Newspapers Here!)
You catch bees with the help of honey. Similarly, you can drive readers to your blog with the help of interesting and curiosity-generating headlines. You can only use less than 70 characters to inform, create a hook, and promise your reader that reading your article would be worth their time. Your headlines should be succinct but clear, and should not make a reader guess about the content of the article.
Use Pictures in Your Post (Don’t Ignore the Power of Visual Story Telling)
Visual content gets more hit than the normal posts. This works for Facebook, Twitter plus for your corporate blog. If a reader will have to scroll & read the text in your page (you are the risk of losing them). You can use slideshows at the start of your page which will provide a chance for the users to see your post.
2017: The Year When You Will Improve Your Blog
There are lots of plugins & blogging tools which come in handy to improve your blog. You should try to bring a change & implement these ways to improve your blog. Did you like these tactics? If yes, then click on subscribe button for more interesting latest trends.
TAGSblogginginfluencer marketingtips & tricks

5 Killer Influencer Marketing Predictions For 2017
By Prabakaran – March 8, 2017812 0

Share on Facebook Tweet on Twitter

Influencer marketing is one of the hottest trends in marketing. Every top brand uses influencers to drive their marketing strategies. In 2017, you can see number of brands using the power of social media to reach their objectives. Do you think that the strategies for influencer marketing would remain same as they were in 2016? You are wrong, as 2017 would bring you some new predictions which would make influencer marketing a piece of cake. So, how much do you know about influencer marketing predictions? Check yourself from the pointers below:
1Media Influencers Will Outnumber Celebrities (more than you can imagine)

Source: MuseFind

The tactic of press releases is getting old. So drop this tactic from your marketing plan. You will have to adopt a strategy according to the trend if you want to make a lasting impact. There are platforms such as Instagram & YouTube, which are popular with the users. So, it is pretty obvious that more brands will turn up to these platforms to work with influencers. A recent study has proved that Millennials think YouTube stars are far more influential than celebrities. The consumers will demand a rise in quality, and then we will see influencers would raise the quality in 2017. Instagrammers & YouTubers will be in prime demand in years to come.
2Influencers Will Earn More Money Than Ever

Source: Our Social Times

When influencer marketing was new, the brands used to offer free products for exchange of a blog post or a share on social media. It was harmless for everyone to accept a product as their payment; it created a bartering culture. In 2017, you will see many brands opting out from the bartering mentality & will pay the influencers the value they provide to the brands. Most of the influencers will start quoting rates & it will be beneficial for both the brands & the influencers.
3Rules & Regulations Will Help Everyone

Source: cdn2.business2community.com

As the influencer marketing industry evolves, so does the need for regulation. Last year, there was hype around the introduction of FTC guidelines. The industry grows when rules & regulations emerge to protect the customer.
4Influencer Marketing Platforms will Get Smarter with Data and AI

This prediction is based mainly around evolution of the influencer marketing in general. In 2015– 2016 we had some new influencer marketing platforms & each one of those marketing platforms saw this as an idea to make a site that will solve the problems of influencers (as they have designed their site keeping influencers as their focal point). The truth about most of these influencer marketing platforms is that they are only able to solve a portion of the problem marketers have (which is searching influencers is an easy task but finding a right one is pretty hard). The platforms which will survive are the ones that solve the exact problem faced by marketers. The right tools will allow you to know about your metrics such as the number of media mentions, whether you are looking to drive some earned media, increase sales & to boost your brand awareness.
5Organic or Paid? Both Will Stay Relevant!

Source: Barnraiser

Influencer relations do focus more on organic involvement. Influencer marketing is becoming popular day by day & brands which explore influencer marketing might look to work with the paid influencers because organic involvement doesn’t work for every brand. Therefore, there will be a major difference between organic influencer relations & paid influencer marketing.
So, these were the top influencer marketing predictions for 2017. If you are looking for a solution then you can take the help of many influencer marketing platforms but deciding a best one is still a tough task. There are ‘n’ numbers of influencer platforms which are paid but still are not able to provide the best solution. I have tried a good influencer marketing platform. You can take a look at OneStopAdvert, which is one of the top influencer marketing platforms to solve all your problems.
TAGSinfluencer marketingpredictions

24 Ways On How To Increase Your Number Of Twitter Followers (Part-3)
This is the final part of the series: 24 ways on how to increase your number of Twitter followers. You can easily check out the previous parts: 24 ways on how to increase your number of Twitter followers (Part-1) & 24 ways on how to increase your number of Twitter followers (Part-2). Let us check out the remaining points:
24 Ways On How To Increase Your Number Of Twitter Followers (Part 3)
Tweet frequently, but not in bursts. A research study has shown the reason why people unfollow is because of too many tweets in a short period of time.

Add questions in your retweets if possible, to increase visibility & engagement.

Frequently give your followers exclusive coupons. 94% of Twitter users follow brands for the discount and promos.

Source: Twittermktg

Take the help of Followerwonk to get new people to connect with, and also to find out which activities will drive these new followers to your account.

Source: Moz

Search and follow your LinkedIn connections on Twitter. Here’s how to do it.

Share news that’s appropriate to your audience.News is one of the most retweeted type of content.

Tweet the same post multiple number of times. Moz estimates the lifespan of a tweet around 18 minutes. So, tweet your links multiple times a day to give your tweets as much visibility as possible.

Source: Moz

Link your Twitter profile to your other social media profiles.
These were the 8 ways on how to increase your number of Twitter followers (Part-3). I hope this series increases your Twitter followers rapidly. What’s your way to get Twitter followers? Share in the comment section.
TAGStips & trickstwitter

24 Ways On How To Increase Your Number Of Twitter Followers (Part -2)
By Varun Tyagi – April 7, 20171540 3

Share on Facebook Tweet on Twitter

This is the second part of the post 24 ways on how to your number Twitter followers. You can also check out our earlier post: 24 ways on how to increase your number Twitter followers (part one). This second part will consist of points, 9 to 16:
24 ways on How to increase your number of Twitter followers (part two)
Take the help of Twiends to search for new Twitter users you can associate with. Once you are on the platform, other users having similar interests would be able to search and follow you.

Source: Zacjohnson.com

Use a headshot as your profile picture and not your logo. Show your follower’s that they are following a real person by using your photo.

Refer to users in your tweets. When replying to other users, try to @mention them. People are likely to engage with your tweets if you have mentioned their name.

Source: Talenalexander

Use Social Mention, a tool to find out what others Twitter users are saying about your industry or brand. Answer to questions wherever it is necessary.

Source: Woorank

Embed tweets in your website content. Display your popular tweets in a blog post to attract your website’s visitors to follow you on Twitter.

Source: Support.twitter.com

Join in Twitter chats. It is a great way to increase your engagement with your followers. Do follow people whom you meet in Twitter chat and chances are that they will follow you too.

Request your email subscribers to follow you on Twitter as well. Give them an insight of what they will get if they will follow you on Twitter.

Schedule your tweet between 1 pm and 3 pm, the interval during which Twitter traffic is at its peak.
This was the part two of 24 ways on how to increase your number of Twitter followers. Share your views below in the comment section. Part three of this series 24 ways on how to increase your number of Twitter followers will be coming soon.
TAGStips & trickstwitter
SHARE Facebook Twitter

24 Ways On How To Increase Your Number Of Twitter Followers (Part-1)
By Varun Tyagi – April 5, 20171776 1

Share on Facebook Tweet on Twitter

Twitter is a very dominant tool for businesses if it is used correctly. Twitter can help you with generating leads, build connections and solidify your branding. The main issue is that if you don’t have followers then you can’t take benefits of this. All your Twitter followers do hold value for businesses; you can see yourself from this stat that 36% of marketers say that they have gained a customer with the help of Twitter.

This series will provide you with 24 ways on how to increase your number of Twitter followers. This post will share the 8 tips and it will be a first part of the series: 24 ways on how to increase your number of Twitter followers.

Ways to get Twitter followers
Use one of the buttons below to unlock the content.

TAGStips & trickstwitter

Top 10 Tech Bloggers In India
By Sayan – April 3, 201715237 2

Share on Facebook Tweet on Twitter

Are you passionate about technology? Are you always looking for new tech updates? For all you technology buffs out there, we have compiled a definitive list of India’s top tech bloggers whom you should follow for your regular dosage of tech trivia. The list has been arranged in the increasing order of their OneStopAdvert blog score, a unique score that takes into account multiple factors such as monthly traffic on blog, social media followers, audience engagement via comments, content relevance, frequency of posts and more. Here are the top technology bloggers in India:

Top 10 Tech Bloggers In India
10 TechLila – Rajesh Namse

Established in 2012, TechLila is a blog for all the tech tips and tricks. This is an encyclopedia for up to the minute technological news.It provides you with How-To guides and insights in this niche landscape .This blog also accepts relevant blog posts from guest authors.

9RootUpdate- Harsh Chauhan

This blog updates you with all the news about android, IOS, OSX and every latest hack which you may like to know. These posts are written in such a manner that even beginners can catch a great hold on the subject with ease.

8Indezine – Geetesh Bajaj

Indezine is a perfect powerpoint platform with articles,tutorials, latest news , blogs and templates for Microsoft PowerPoint and other trending presentation softwares. This blog is founded by Geetesh Bajaj.

79 lessons – Srinivas Tamada

This blog is for anyone who is ardent about programming. On this blog, Srinivas posts comprehensive tutorials on various basis of programming. The topics covered on his blog are CSS, Web Design, jQuery AJAX etc.

6TechPP – Raju PP

The Mastermind behind this blog is Raju PP . He was listed amongst 151 Top Tech Indians by Exhibit magazine in May 2011. He is one of the top tech bloggers in India with focus on personal and consumer technology including gadgets and web tools.

5Computerera – Nallamothu Sridhar

This blog is a one-stop shop with all the how-to guides ,New gadgets news with a sole purpose to educate people in the area of technology .Telugu version of the blog is also available which is very popular down south .

4Guiding Tech – Abhijeet Mukherjee

Guiding Tech publishes inventive, in-depth and experience stories and guides on consumer tech, science and culture.This blog was founded by Abhijeet Mukherjee who is a well known web publisher blogging since 2008.

3AndroidHive – Ravi Tamada

Founded by Rajesh Tamada, AndroidHive is an independent online publication that covers all the android programming tutorials, app reviews and more. It is known for its user-friendly content which is useful for rookies as well as veterans.

2Labnol – Amit Agarwal

Amit Agarwal is the owner of Labnol. He quit is job to become India’s first professional blogger. The blog mainly focuses on social media based technology plus the blog provides you with latest updates from Apple, Google, WordPress, etc.

1ShoutMeLoud – Harsh Agarwal

This blog has close to 1 million subscribers; ShoutMeLoud is ‘the blog’ for bloggers. What started out of sheer passion has now become a endearing profession for the founder of the blog. The blog provides insights, updates, tech tips and tricks for new bloggers who are keen in taking up blogging as a profession.

So, this was the list of top tech bloggers in India. If we’ve missed any blogger, you can mention them in the comments section below.

TAGStech bloggerstechnology bloggers

How To Present Data Analytics When Using Social Media Influencers
By Aditya Gurwara – February 23, 2017821 0

Share on Facebook Tweet on Twitter

Influencer Marketing has been growing for the last couple of years and nobody can deny the importance of it. A crucial part of it which is often overlooked is the need to analyse the impact of the collaboration especially in the terms of numbers. Using Social Media Influencers has become an integral part of media buying for most if not all digital agency planners but getting the final data for impact is what comes as a hindrance. In the age of data and analytics, it is almost criminal not to see the numbers when doing a digital collaboration. A step forward Twitter and recently Instagram has been providing data to the content creator for each tweet/post in terms of key metrics. While Instagram has been providing reach, impressions and engagement. Twitter has been going into way more detail. (Refer to image)
Source blog.bufferapp.com

But getting this data can be a bit of a task as the figure is ever increasing with time as each post/tweet never really dies but gradually increases. The burst when posted will be considerably high and in will quickly fall but the post remains, and asking for a screenshot from the said influencer can be quite a task. Not saying that Influencers do not co-operate but it be much easier to have the data with a single click instead of following up with the person again and again to receive up-to-date numbers. A Further step! Facebook on the other hand is one step ahead when it comes to this. They understood the challenge and have a great solution for this which has made it much easier for brands to learn and understand their return when using influencers. They have a simple tool that will enables publishers and influencers to tag a marketer in a branded content post. The marketer will be notified of the post and can access high-level post insights, including engagement and reach metrics, along with total spend and CPM on the tagged post. Marketers also have the option of sharing and boosting the post to drive additional value.
Source: Facebook Media

For brands and marketers, the tool introduces more transparency and allows them to better understand how their marketing initiatives are performing across Facebook. Additionally, marketers can now leverage branded content creative for ads and actively engage in sponsorships to ensure their campaigns are useful, interesting and entertaining to their target audiences. All the content creator needs to do while posting branding content is to click on the handshake icon and tag the brand before they post. (There are various other ways too)
Source: Facebook

Branding content can be in the form of text, photos, videos, Instant Articles, links, 360 videos and Live videos Follow this link to know more in detail. https://www.facebook.com/business/news/branded-content-update Not denying that there are many software’s and tools that can help but for someone new at this hope this helps. If I’ve missed out something or may be unaware about certain things leave a comment below. I’m always open to learn.
TAGSdata analyticsinfluencer marketinginfluencersreporting

Top 15 Food Bloggers In India You Should Follow
By Sayan – February 23, 201737639 11

Share on Facebook Tweet on Twitter

They are the most loved foodies in India, and they keep giving us many reasons to fall in love with food, again and again. Their passion for food and writing is what brings millions to their blogs. For these super foodies, there is no sincerer love than the love for food. Be it healthy diets, street food from the nook and corners of the country, home made delicacies, desserts, or quick fix cooking, these top Indian food blogs have all the content to satiate your hunger (pun intended).

So let’s take a look at the best food bloggers in India. The list has been arranged in the increasing order of their OneStopAdvert blog score, a unique score that takes into account multiple factors such as monthly traffic on blog, social media followers, audience engagement via comments, content relevance, frequency of posts and more. So here’s the top 15 in India when it comes to writing about food. Read on!

Top Food Bloggers in India
15Divine Taste by Anushruthi

Divine Taste is focused around sattvik food (food devoid of onions, eggs, fish, meat & wine). Vegetarians can breathe easy with this blog to their rescue, as all the recipes on the blog are for pure vegetarian food. As the name says it, this blog is purely a divine treat.

14Passionate About Baking by Deeba Rajpal

Have a sweet tooth and can’t get enough of a sugar rush? Welcome to Passionate About Baking by Deeba Rajpal. The blog is choc(olate)-a-bloc with amazingly delicious baking recipes. All the recipes are originally created by Deeba herself, and every dessert is to die (or maybe kill) for! Warning: The cravings and temptations after reading this blog might keep you up all night long.

13Foodomania by Kavitha Ramaswamy

Kavitha started Foodomania in 2012. Foodomania takes the love of food and cooking to the average Joes and Janes. The blog has easy to follow, step by step pictorial guides on how to make a dish from start to end. Kavitha also writes on kitchen and cookery fundamentals with topics like Baking 101, Kitchen 101, etc.

12Sin-a-Mon Tales by Monika

Sin-a-Mon Tales has it all – reviews, food stories, recipes and more. There is an ‘Under 30 Minutes’ section which is useful if you are running low on time but do not feel like compromising with your taste buds. You can also check out the ‘A-Z Baking’ guide which is nicely arranged. This blog does it all while maintaining its traditional Indian touch.

11Saffron Trail by Nandita Iyer

This blog is a boon for health freaks. Nandita started Saffron Trail in 2006. The blog focuses on combinations of healthy and tasty dishes that can be easily cooked at home. Nandita’s creativity is quite apparent when you look the kind of dishes she post about – Rocket Salad, Oats Dhokla, Chickpea and Roasted Figs to name a few. Kudos to this lady’s gastronomical wizardry!

10Flavors Of Mumbai by Maria

As the blog name suggests, Maria is a foodie hailing from Mumbai. Her blog is a collection of Mumbai street food recipes, Goan cuisine, eggless baking, regional recipes and simple Indian recipes. Another interesting section on her blog is ‘Budget’, where you will find recipes which can be prepared quickly. You can also check out low-fat section if you are looking to find some ways to shed those extra calories.

9Pikturenama by Anindya

Pikutrenama is a blog by Anindya and Madhushree. The married couple goes around the world doing the things they love – travelling, making amazing food (Madhushree), and photography (Anindya). The blog features all the hotels and festivals that the couple attends, along with the recipes. Do check out this food-crazy couples escapades.

8Chitras Food Book by Chitrasendhil

Chitra’s blog provides recipes for everyday food, along with step by step pictorial references. You can find recipes by region as well – Tirunelveli, Kerala, North Indian recipes, etc. You can also find kids recipes list, cooking videos and a complete section dedicated only to gravies. Now that looks like some saucy stuff!

7 Kannamma Cooks by Suguna Vinodh

Another blog that focuses on South Indian cuisine, Kannamma Cooks is Suguna’s culinary playground. Suguna makes cooking fun and play, and her pictorial recipes are simple and easy to follow. Not just the recipes, but the blog is also a delight for every visitor. With features like ‘Recipe Index’, ‘Search by Ingredient’, and cooking videos, this Kannamma comes to the rescue of many!

6Sailu’s Food by Sailu

When it comes to being a kitchen veteran, Sailaja is definitely one. Her blog has been helping amateur cooks for over a decade now. Her speciality is Andhra food, that makes this blog a must visit for everyone looking to cook up authentic Andhra delicacies.

5Sharmis Passions by Sharmilee

When it comes to passion for cooking, Sharmilee has surely got all her knives sharpened. From South Indian food, baby food, bakery and desserts, and festival specialities, Sharmilee doesn’t shy away from putting her culinary skills on display on her blog. Her posts are simple and easy to follow and can even make an amateur feel like a top chef. Sharmilees’s cooking journal also comes with step-by-step photos of her food preparations. Looks like Sharmilee is all set to spread her passion! and it is one of the best food blogs to follow in 2017.

4Padhus Kitchen by Padhu

Padhu’s food mantra is ‘Easy to Learn, Simple to Cook’. Naturally, the main aim of this blog has been to inspire others to cook. One will find on this blog vegetarian recipes from both the southern and northern regions of India. Padhu posts about traditional recipes, day to day cooking, and festive delicacies. This blog has something for everyone and if you are new to cooking then this food blog is for you.

3Archana’s Kitchen by Archana Doshi

It is one of the oldest food blogs, and Archana has years of experience to share with her audience. Archana began to take interest in cooking at a young age, and her hard work and dedication is well manifested on this awesome blog. The blog focuses on the recipes for healthy food, and we can see by Archana’s popularity on social media that she is definitely cooking something amazing in her kitchen.

2Nisha Madhulika by Nisha Madhulika

She started her blog in 2007 and by 2011 she had written over 100 recipes. When you will visit her blog, you will see plenty of menu tabs such as snacks, sweets, baking, regional, etc. You can also ask questions in the Q & A tab. This blog is one of the top food blogs in Delhi.

1Veg Recipes Of India by Dassana Amit

As the name says, this blog is focused on vegetarian food, from not just India but also from across the world. One will also find some baking recipes in her blog. The plethora of varieties in the recipes – from Goan, Konkan, to Hyderabadi and Punjabi – is bound to get everyone’s taste buds interested. With its diverse and vast amount of food recipes, this is one of the top food blogs of India and a true testament to our rich and diverse gastronomical landscape.

Do you think we missed out on any of the top food bloggers in India? These are the best Indian food blogs 2017. Tell us more in the comments section below.

TAGSfood bloggersinfluencers

Top 10 Fashion Bloggers In India Worth Following
By Sayan – February 19, 20175413 0

Share on Facebook Tweet on Twitter

“Fashion is something that comes from within.” – Ralph Lauren Everyone wants to dress like their favourite actor/actress and while copying them, they make simple fashion mistakes which break their whole look. You must be wondering how to solve this problem of dressing perfectly in different situations. There are two ways to solve this: hire a professional fashion designer or do it yourself. The first way is not possible for everyone unless you are filthy rich or are a celebrity. Plus most of us cannot afford a designer which only leaves us with a choice of doing it yourself. The best & effortless way to turn more fashionable is to follow top fashion bloggers in India. In this article you will see a list of top 10 fashion bloggers in India you must follow to get fashion tips. You will feel more confident and get familiar with the new fashion trends. Are you ready?
Top 10 Fashion Bloggers in India
10Shaily Khera

Shaily Khera created “Confessionz of a Closet” in 2011 and her blog is evolving day by day. She blogs about various events, lifestyle and beauty tips. She has a section “Frankly Me” on her blog where she answers all the queries and questions of readers in a form of selfie video.
9Akshita Jain & Megha Jain

The blog was launched in 2011 by Akshita & Megha Jain. Most of the fashion addicts subscribe to this blog. This blog covers most of the things which are related to certain categories such as lifestyle, design, fashion. So, basically, it is a beauty and style magazine which is always there to help you.
8Shalini Mehta

Shalini Mehta is based in Mumbai as a fashion stylist who runs her blog. So, if you want to read high-quality blogs which are related to styling and fashion, this blog offers reviews, opinions, events, etc. there are three tabs in the menu which are fashion, beauty, lifestyle.
7Stilettos Diary

Stilettos Diary (classy name!) is owned by Megha Varshini for people who are looking to upgrade to the latest fashion tips on a budget. The blog not only talks about fashion but it also provides “do it yourself” tutorial to help you make more fashionable.
6Tanya Mahendra

Fashion Oomph is one of the best fashion blogs you will read in India. Tanya provides you with the latest fashion trends & also gives tutorials on lifestyle. The goal of this blog is to share every idea of Tanya regarding garments, street fashion and she shares even something she has seen on television.
5Aayushi Bangur

Aaysuhi owns Style Drive; the blog is popular among the youth. The blog solely focuses on her fashionable journey. She is major in economics and right now her blog is the source of income for her. The design of the blog is easy to operate and clutter free and you will see current fashion trends to follow, videos, product reviews, etc.
4Gia Kashyup

Gia Says That, is the name of the blog and when you want to learn about the styles of Indian fashion then you should follow this blog. The blog has more than 100,000 followers on Facebook and more loyal followers on other social media.
3Shalini Chopra

Stylish by Nature is an idea of Shalini Chopra, where she shares about food and fashion. There is also a “Shop my Closet” section through which readers can buy clothes from her closet. She has also collaborated with brands such as Food Panda, UCB and PiaPauro.
2Devina Malhotra

Guilty Bytes is being handled by Devina Malhotra since 2012. She is an award-winning fashion blogger by Elle India in 2014. Multitalented Devina is a baker, style blogger, and a Bollywood addict. She writes about fashion tips for women and also blogs about food & reviews of the restaurant.
1Akanksha Redhu

She is the owner of this blog and started this blog in 2010 sharing fashion & lifestyle tips. Her blog post varies from food to beauty to fashion. She not only tells you about the perfect outfit you should wear but also gives you tips about trendy accessories & jewellery. So, basically, Akanksha will help you become more sophisticated without breaking your bank. This blog is a textbook destination for everyone. Don’t wait any further and follow their blogs to get above average fashion tips. If I missed any fashion bloggers, you can mention them in the comments section.
TAGSfashion bloggersinfluencers

Top 5 Ways To Promote Your Blog On Social Media
By Varun Tyagi – February 17, 20171326 0

Share on Facebook Tweet on Twitter

Are you having no clue about great tips to promote your blog on social media? Finding a right way in this sea of twitter promoting, G Plus sharing & Facebook marketing will feel like a toughest task on earth (too tough sometimes). Don’t live in a false hope that your post would get promoted & shared on social media without any problem (stop day dreaming/blogging doesn’t work this way). You will not have annoying days, no mood swings, nothing negative & all of this frustration will turn to happiness with the help of social media sites.It is time to leave the entire query behind & learn the best tips to promote your blog on various social media sites like Google Plus, LinkedIn, Twitter & Facebook. It is time to leave the entire query behind & learn the top 5 ways to promote your blog on various social media sites like Google Plus, LinkedIn, Twitter & Facebook.
Top 5 Ways to Promote Your Blog on Social Media
The tips which are given here won’t cost you anything. You will also get drive traffic with the help of these tactics.
Greet New Followers

Source: slymarketing.com

Sometimes when I meet new friends on Facebook I often thank them for being my friend & add a link of my homepage. The tactic which I follow is this–I drop a link as how can I help them & point a link toward my blog. It is same as saying “hi”. This promotes my blog in a simple & most of all in a non-spammy way. Greet them with a question & if they need any help then attach a link of your blog. Instead of just posting your article on social media ask some questions (basically try chatting) & provide simple answers to their problems. If you will follow this approach you will not come as desperate. You will get more hits on your blog indirectly with the help of this technique (it will work because you were not behaving like a Hitler asking them to share your blog post).
Increase the Use of Hashtags

Source: Social Media Examiner

Hashtags are basically like promoters working on your behalf. Let us take an example: You are on twitter and you are having a difficult time finding suitable users on twitter. You tweet but are not able to listen to what you tweeted (here hashtag comes into play). You can add hashtags in every second tweet which you are writing. Google plus & Facebook users do not depend much on hashtags, but Instagram users go crazy to use hashtags. So, make #hashtags work for you & target your readers (grow your following with the help of the hashtags).
Ask to Share Your Post

Source: Dan Zarella

You may be thinking that why people are not retweeting your posts? This is because you are not asking people to do this. Most of the bloggers follow three simple tools on social media websites which are directness, simplicity & clarity. It is beneficial to ask people to share your blog posts through Facebook, G Plus, LinkedIn or twitter. You will have to ask people to share your posts on social media sites. You can include this as a call to action in the end of your blog posts. This tip would take only 10 seconds to follow & you will see the results yourselves.
Follow Social Media Icons

Source: Gary Vaynerchuk Twitter Profile

You can surely take a clue from the people who are already icons at social media sites. You can check their strategy as what to post & what to leave. You can take the example of Gary Vaynerchuk. He has 1.3 million followers. Whatever he does gets instant retweets & likes. Gary is excellent at engaging, taking his audience to the next level & also in sharing value with his followers which in return gives him retweets & shares on the respective social media platforms. Whenever he (Gary) asks to promote a blog post, the word simply spreads like a fire because of his loyal followers which are always there to promote his posts.
Promote Other Bloggers (POB)
It is simple to understand & easy to implement, i.e., to promote other bloggers. You will have to promote other bloggers boldly on Facebook, Google Plus, Pinterest, Twitter, StumbleUpon, LinkedIn, etc. If you do this, many bloggers would also promote you in return which will surely extend your reach on broad range of social media websites. You will notice your traffic rise up quickly; all this happened because you have given (give free & receive with ease). Follow these tips regularly both effectively & intelligently on social media platforms & get benefits in the long run.
TAGSbloggingsocial media

How To Connect YouTube, Facebook, Twitter & Tumblr Accounts on OneStopAdvert
Step by step instructions on how to connect your social media channels to OneStopAdvert.
OneStopAdvert works with YouTube, Facebook, Twitter and Tumblr channels. Here is a quick start guide to connecting your social channels so that you can take advantage of all sponsorship opportunities.


To connect a new social channel you need at least 5,000 subscribers or followers on that channel.
You can only connect one account per each social channel. For example, you can only have one YouTube account attached to your OneStopAdvert account.
If you already have a OneStopAdvert account and wish to connect new channels please visit Linked Accounts under your Settings. You can also connect a channel directly from sending a proposal if the brand is asking for that channel.

Click Sign Up With YouTube and then enter the email address associated with your YouTube channel.

If you have multiple Google accounts associated with that email you will then have the chance to select the one associated with your YouTube channel.

In the next step, you will agree to allow OneStopAdvert to have access to your OneStopAdvert account. This isn’t as scary as it sounds we promise 😉 This simply allows us to access the YouTube Public API which gives us access to your channels stats. We use these stats to show brands your most current metrics so they can make an informed hiring decision.


Click Sign Up with Twitter and from there enter your Twitter username and password. You will then be asked to Authorize OneStopAdvert to use your account. Click Authorize and you’re set. Again we do not store your username or password.

Click Sign Up With Facebook and then enter the email address and password associated with the Facebook page you wish to connect to OneStopAdvert. Please note that you can not connect personal Facebook profiles.

If you have more than one Facebook page associated with that email you will be able to choose the Facebook page you wish to connect. At this time you can only connect one Facebook page per OneStopAdvert account. If you wish to connect more pages please sign up for additional Facebook accounts.

On the next page, you will have the option to select the page that you wish to connect to OneStopAdvert.

Click Sign Up With Tumblr and then enter the email address and password associated with the Tumblr you wish to connect to OneStopAdvert. If you have more than one Tumblr associated with that email you will be able to choose the Facebook page you wish to connect.

Due to recent Instagram API policy changes, we can no longer support new Instagram accounts on OneStopAdvert.

Changes To Instagram Accounts On OneStopAdvert
Explanation of Instagram API changes
Perm avatar
Written by Perm
Updated over a week ago
Recently, Instagram made changes to their third-party API policies that affect how creators on OneStopAdvert connect their Instagram accounts and work with brands on Instagram opportunities. The good news is, that for OneStopAdvert creators who have already connected their Instagram account, nothing changes, in that you can still continue to send brands proposal for Instagram opportunities as per usual. However, if you choose to disconnect your Instagram account, you will not be able to reconnect it moving forward.

For OneStopAdvert creators who do not already have an Instagram account connected to OneStopAdvert, unfortunately, this is no longer an option as Instagram’s third-party API policy changes do not permit your account to connect. However, if you would like to offer Instagram as an additional promotional channel to brands, there are options.

For example, if you are a YouTuber, you can offer an additional Instagram post when you send your proposal to the brand and include your Instagram fee in the overall fee that you set for the campaign.

Example proposal including Instagram

OneStopAdvert Fees, Deadlines & Expiry Dates Explained
If you are wondering what fees and due dates are, look no further!
Fees are how much you want to charge a brand for creating a piece of content. The budget range that you see on a campaign is the actual compensation that the brand would be willing to compensate you if they move forward. It is recommended that you bid within this price range to help you better your chance at securing the sponsorship, but it is not required. Remember to always bid appropriately to your channel size.

The proposal deadline is the last day that the brand will accept new proposal submissions. If you’re interested in that campaign get that proposal in before it expires.

The Delivery Date is the date that you are committing to complete creating the content you have proposed to the brand. This date can shift depending on when the brand gets you the product. Always work with the brand to find a date that works for both parties.


For more details on Expiry Dates view this article.

How Do Expiry Dates Work?
Perm avatar
Written by Perm
Updated over a week ago
As a Creator you can choose an expiration date for any proposal you send a brand for a campaign. To add an expiration date simply fill out your Campaign Proposal as you normally would and then locate the step that says Expiry Date. Click that to select the date that your proposal will no longer be valid to the brand.

Once your proposal expires we will send you an email notification allowing you to update it or leave it expired. The brand will also see that your proposal has been moved into their Expired folder and must then invite you back to the campaign if they want to work with you. This gives you the opportunity to update your offering, price and delivery date.

Setting a proposal expiration date is entirely optional, however if you don’t set a date then a brand can hire you days, or even months after your proposal has been sent.

Where to check or find your proposals sent and how to find out if you’ve been hired
There are several ways that you can check to see if your proposal offer was accepted, declined, or marked otherwise after you send them to campaigns. This will be located in your Home page, not the Messaging page.

Acceptance Email that you’ve been hired – If you receive an email notification from OneStopAdvert that your proposal was accepted, that’s great! A sponsor has accepted your proposal offer and you need to wait for a new email from us notifying you that your proposal was Funded.

Proposal Sent – For any proposals that have not been accepted or declined, you can view them within the Proposal Sent Folder in your dashboard.

Declined – If your proposal offer was declined, you will not receive an email notification. However, these proposals will be listed under Declined in your dashboard.

Proposal Expired – If you have set an expiration date for your proposal and that date arrives before your proposal has been accepted or declined, you will find your proposal under the Proposal Expired folder.

Proposal Canceled – If your proposal offer was accepted and then it was canceled.

How to Work With an Instagram Influencer According to an Influencer
May 14, 2018
By: Lee Vosburgh
As the creator of the blog Style Bee and the Instagram account @LeeVosburgh, I write about responsible style and thoughtful consumption and share brands I love. I also started the 10×10 Style Challenge, My Instagram account, which has been active since 2013, has grown into a wonderful community of over 46,000 engaged followers.

For several years at the beginning of my career I was using Instagram as a means to share my blog content and direct my readers to new posts. That’s still a big part of what I use it for. But, as my following has grown, I’ve had opportunities to work on Instagram collaborations and projects exclusively (not just as part of bigger blog based campaigns).

As an Instagram influencer, I receive enquiries from brands several times a day. This is great, but it takes a pretty special set of conditions to pique my interest—partly because my business is focused on a niche market (responsible fashion) and partly because I’m very particular about what I share with my followers. It’s taken me five years to build up the audience I have and I genuinely value their trust in my opinion. Any brand partnership I take on has to align with my (and my audience’s) values, taste, lifestyle and editorial calendar!

Like any other business partnership, the partnership between brands and influencers should be carefully considered and thoughtful. Read on to find out my tips for brands who want to work with Instagram influencers—what to do and what not to do in order to build successful campaigns and long-term working relationships.

Bonus: Download a free checklist that reveals the exact steps an adventure photographer used to grow from 0 to 110,000 followers on Instagram with no budget and no expensive gear.

1. Do your research
I get it, time is precious. But, it always shows when a brand representative has done their research and actually knows what my brand and I are all about.

Try to be as thorough as you can when first exploring influencer options and make sure the ones you’re reaching out to are a good fit for your brand. This might take longer initially, but will lead to better suited partners, saving you time in the long run.

Here are a few questions to keep handy as you research:

Does this influencer’s brand align with mine in terms of values, aesthetics, and personality?
Is their photography of the style and caliber you want your products associated with?
Are the brands and products they have previously worked with similar to mine?
Another tip: Put more value on an influencer’s online integrity than on the number of followers they have. Having 10,000 devoted followers is way better than 60,000 bots that were paid for. Ask yourself:

Is this influencer’s content high quality?
Are their captions thoughtful and well written?
Is their audience engaged?
These are all things that take time and effort and can serve as a good indicator of how they’ll be to work with. Even if the influencer has fewer followers than your brand’s account they may be able to send lots of new followers your way.

Also consider how often they’re posting sponsored content. Personally, I try to keep my brand partnerships and sponsored content well spread out. When an influencer has sponsored posts back to back to back there’s a good chance they’re not terribly discerning when it comes to the brands they work with and their audience will notice too.

2. Introduce yourself thoughtfully
Most influencers will be happy to hear from you and much more inclined to reply to a message that’s been thoughtfully written, not copy and pasted. Keep it short and to the point about why you’re reaching out. Talk about your brand and how you’re interested in working together.

Initial contact via direct message is OK, but I usually prefer to hop over to email when it comes to digging into the specifics of a project. Plus, sometimes I don’t check DMs from new contacts so I won’t see it until days later.Y our best bet when making initial contact with an influencer? If there’s an email address or contact info in an influencer’s profile, that’s the best way to get in touch.

Even if I don’t have room in my calendar or it’s not a good fit, I’m always happy to hear from an interesting new brand or independent designer because it could always lead to projects down the road.

Just don’t send out a mass email. This may seem like a given, but I’ve lost track of how many of those emails I’ve received. The truth is that it’s immediately obvious when a DM or an email has not been sent personally. For me, those types of initial contact will rarely get a reply. I’ll often immediately decline or delete them.

Earlier this year a marketing rep from Elizabeth Suzann, a responsibly produced clothing line based in Nashville, TN, reached out to say hello and express their interest in participating in the Spring 10×10 (a style challenge I created and host every season). Instead of diving right into what they wanted to see from me they outlined why the challenge was important to them, how the brand could support the community I’d been working to grow and ways in which they’d be open to giving back to the participants.

I could tell right away that they had really considered the possibility of working together in a meaningful way, not just to get eyes on their products, and that this was going to be great for everyone involved. The collaboration went ahead and was one of the most enjoyable and well-received ones I’ve worked on to date.

3. Plan to pay your influencer partners
Of course, your product or service might be amazing, but keep in mind that it takes years of consistent and dedicated work to build up a loyal audience on social media. Your brand stands to benefit from this hard-earned and well-established trust.

Not to mention, it takes time to communicate and plan, produce images and/or videos, edit, caption, and share and promote content in a unique and meaningful way. Even before I was blogging full-time I stopped accepting gifted product in exchange for a post 99% of the time.

The bottom line is that free product won’t pay the rent and the work is worth real dollars if it’s going to generate sales for a brand.

Rates are variable depending on followers, engagement, the project and the individual influencer, but can often be negotiated. Sometimes Instagram influencers with less than 10K followers might be more open to gifted product in exchange for a post as they’re looking to build their audience.

But what if your brand has a small budget? No problem. Sometimes I (and other influencers) will work on a commission or affiliate basis instead of a flat rate fee. If the influencer you’re looking to work with is out of your price range, you can also try to find similar creatives who have fewer followers and find out what their rates are.

4. Embrace a lack of creative control
You know your brand well and likely have ideas about how you want it represented online, but keep in mind that you’re working with this influencer because you like their content. You want a unique take on how your brand fits into their lifestyle and how it will resonate with their audience. So, my tip? Try to keep the art direction to a minimum.

Personally, the best partnerships for me, in terms of audience response, are when I’ve had some time to experiment the product and have complete autonomy over how I share it with my followers. These posts always feel more genuine than if I have a scripted caption or predetermined content. My audience responds very positively to authenticity, and I’m sure it’s the same for other Instagram influencers.

Feel free to share some visual references of what you’re looking for or point out some posts of theirs that you like. Mention any hashtags you’d like incorporated, especially if they are branded hashtags.

That said, it’s always pretty obvious when a sponsored campaign goes out and a bunch of Instagram influencers are posting very similar images. Audiences can tell that these campaigns are heavily scripted and are likely to recognize the lack of authenticity. The more it feels like the brand or product is really a part of an influencer’s life, the more successful your campaign will be.

For example, I had an opportunity to style and feature a piece from the Velvet by Graham Spencer Resort collection in January 2018. At the time I had a trip to Mexico coming up and asked if we could extend the post timeframe in order for me to share the product in a warm setting. They thought this was a good plan and sent the product (a lovely embroidered top) my way to shoot and style.

I shared the top on my Instagram feed in both a flatlay format and in an outfit post, along with my Mexico Trip stories and received lots of great feedback from my audience. Several followers also noted that they’d ordered it for their own upcoming vacations too!

lee vosburgh

lee vosburgh

5. Ask for a Story too
With the Instagram algorithm being what it is, it’s important to use every available touchpoint within the app during a campaign. Make sure you negotiate to have an Instagram Story included along with a post on the influencer’s feed. Not only can your influencer partner link directly to your product or website (if they have over 10K followers), they can also collect valuable data about Story interactions like how many actions were taken and how many people viewed the story.

Personally, I was a slow starter when it came to Instagram Stories, but now I actually prefer them over my feed as a way to interact with my followers, especially when it comes to campaigns. I can tell a broader “story” about the product, show it “in action,” have personal discussions, be a bit more playful, and make it even easier for my audience to access items.

For instance, Boot Rescue is a Canadian based line of shoe care products that make it quick and easy to clean shoes and leather goods (if you’ve spent a winter in Ontario, you know how important that is). They approached me to share their all natural Boot Rescue wipes and, after testing them out, I felt they’d be something my audience would love to learn about. I’d received lots of questions about how I care for my leather footwear during the winter, so I suggested creating a tutorial series on my Stories (in addition to a post on the feed) which would include a demo and mention of the product as well as lots of other information about shoe care steps.

The series was a huge hit with my audience and both the brand and I were really happy with how it turned out. I’ve since saved the tutorial to my highlights!

Pro tip: Be sure to use your own Stories and feed to share the collaboration too! It’s always great when a brand partner directs their audience to my account during the campaign period. It shows our followers that we’re really collaborating and let’s both sets of audiences intersect.

6. Share feedback
This last step often gets overlooked by both parties involved in Instagram influencer campaigns. It’s so easy to be done with a campaign and on to the next thing. But, it’s helpful to share feedback after a project wraps up.

If you’ve collected data from the campaign such as new followers, sales, site traffic etc., pass that along to your influencer. In turn, they should be able to pass along any data that you wouldn’t have been able to track, such as post saves and reach, Story interactions, and impressions.

This information allows you to evaluate the campaign better and understand what to expect going forward. It also gives the influencer useful insight into how their work converts to sales, so they can strategize for future campaigns.

Also, did you enjoy working with this influencer? Let them know! Did you feel something could have gone differently? It happens, and of course, that’s important to share so everyone can improve going forward.

If you’re really happy with how a collaboration went, consider pitching another project down the road. Personally, I’m always inclined to work with brands I already have an established relationship with before collaborating with new ones. Plus, the calendar fills up quickly, so it’s good to get on the list for a new season of campaigns ahead of time.

These tips should help you navigate your next Instagram Influencer campaign or project. Thanks for reading and for supporting the creative and talented folks on Instagram!

Save time managing your Instagram presence using Hootsuite. From a single dashboard you can schedule and publish photos directly to Instagram, engage the audience, measure performance, and run all your other social media profiles. Try it free today.

How to Work With Influencers to Promote Your Products
By Bill Widmer• February 6, 2018

How to Work With Influencers to Promote Your Products

Try Shopify
Many ecommerce store owners are happy to concentrate on their PPC and digital marketing efforts, but they’re pretty reluctant to try out other forms of marketing.

Put yourself in their shoes for a minute: Let’s say you’re investing $1,000 on your Adwords campaigns and getting $2,000 worth of profit from said campaigns per month. This means you’re reaping a 100% ROI, which is pretty fantastic, so you stick to what you’re doing and refrain from rocking the boat. After all, why bother fixing something when it ain’t broken, right?

Sorry, but I’m about to give you some serious FOMO with my next sentence: According to a 2016 study, influencer marketing generates 11 times the ROI of traditional digital marketing.

Nope, that isn’t a typo. Here’s the deal:

Influencer marketing is super effective in generating sales and if you don’t start experimenting with it, you’re leaving serious money on the table.

So, how do you work with influencers to promote your products and how do you run effective campaigns?

Read on to find out!

How to Work with Influencers Step 1: Find the Right Influencer
How to Work with Influencers Research Influencer Stats on SocialBlade

Many ecommerce store owners and marketing folks don’t realize this, but finding an influencer to work with your brand isn’t as straightforward as it seems. You want to use all the screening methods at your disposal to ensure you find the right fit, but you don’t want to screen your potential influencers just by how huge their followings are, engage them for a campaign, and then realize that they’re completely wrong for your brand. (Or worse, they bought their followers)

This brings us to the question: Other than checking out the size of your influencer’s following, what other things do you need to look out for?

Firstly, consider the demographics of their following. This isn’t rocket science: If you’re selling women’s products and your influencer has a predominantly male following, that’s obviously not the right choice. Other important demographics could include age, where they’re located, what language they speak and their interests.

Secondly, look at the other brands that your influencer is promoting. If you sell luxury handbags that retail for over a thousand dollars and your influencer has previously promoted inexpensive phone cases, then they also might not be the right fit.

Start your online business with Shopify
Apart from looking at what types of brands your influencer works with, do also look at how frequently your influencer posts ads and other sponsored content. Here’s why this is important: An influencer who focuses on monetizing their following at all costs might end up being judged as less “real” and “authentic”. When that happens, the influencer’s followers are likely to see whatever new brand this influencer is promoting as just their latest gig, rather than a brand that’s truly worth checking out.

Thirdly, consider whether your influencer’s personality is aligned with your brand. If you’re a family-friendly brand, find an appropriate influencer that can appeal to the whole family. On the other hand, if you’re an edgy, hip or experimental brand, find an influencer who can match your energy and spirit.

Last but not least, do some research on your influencer using Social Blade. If you haven’t heard about Social Blade, this is a tool that allows you to deduce (with relative accuracy!) whether an influencer has purchased followers in the past.

Here’s how it works:

Simply plug your influencer’s YouTube, Twitter, or Instagram handle into the website and look at resulting graph. If it has a fairly gentle slope, like the one below, then your influencer likely hasn’t purchased any followers.How to Work with Social Media Influencers

But if you see huge falls and spikes on your influencer’s graph, like this one below, it’s likely that the influencer has bought followers to inflate their numbers. If this is the case, it may be in your best interest to steer clear of them if you’re looking to create a successful influencer marking campaign.How to Work Social Influencers Example

So, where do you actually find influencers? Check out services such as Influence.co, Openslate, Grapevine and Famebit. These are all databases that can help you find influencers who are the right fit for your brand.

Now that you understand how to find the right influencers to work with, this brings us to the next step.

How to Work with Influencers Step 2: Be Open to Inputs from Your Influencer
The Beginnger’s Guide to Working with Influencers

I know you have brand guidelines that you want to stick closely to but that doesn’t mean that you should just give your influencer a predetermined script and have them copy & paste it to their social media channels. Think about it:

You’ve already put in the time to make sure that your influencer is a great fit for your brand.
The fact that your influencer has a substantial following shows that they understand the type of content that their audience is receptive to.
They also clearly have the ability to frame things in a way that makes their audience sit up and pay attention.
So why wouldn’t you want to take their feedback into consideration when crafting your campaign?

Before deciding on the specifics of your campaign, I’d recommend checking in with your influencer and asking them the following questions:

Start your online business with Shopify
What’s the most effective sponsored content you’ve done in the past, and what made this campaign so effective?
What types of content do your followers love to see?
What types of content do your followers best relate to?
How can we frame our products in a way that makes sense to your followers?
Your influencer knows what’s best for their audience and you know what’s best for your brand, so when you’re partnering with influencers make sure to get their input.

How to Work with Influencers Step 3: Create a Compelling Campaign
Working With Influencers ROI Statistics

Now that you’ve gotten the necessary inputs from your influencer, it’s time to put your campaign together. A word of advice: Make sure you do something that’s personal and non-generic.

Don’t pigeonhole yourself into just getting your influencer to post a simple picture on Instagram for your brand, do something different. For example:

Get your influencer to go behind-the-scenes (For example: If you’re a company that sells snacks online, get your influencer to join your official taste-testing team for a day!)
Come up with an “Ask (Name of Influencer)” column on your company’s blog where your readers can write in with questions that your influencer will then answer. Be sure to partner up with an influencer who actually has some expertise in your industry!
Launch a new line of products, or a special edition version of your products, that’s co-designed with your influencer
But what if you can’t afford the time, or the larger budget, required for these more elaborate campaigns and you still feel as though sticking with Instagram shoutouts are the best option for your brand? In that case, go ahead and partner with your influencer to create Instagram shoutouts but be more selective about the caption and try and have your influencer come up with a caption that actually speaks to their personality and not just a caption with a generic, and personality-less, discount code.

All it takes is a little effort and creativity and you’ll be able to create a compelling campaign with your influencer!

Note: Be sure to repurpose your new content and use it to improve your site’s SEO!
How to Work with Influencers Step 4: Amplify the Content
How to Work with Influencers Create Facebook Ad Testimonials

When your campaign finally goes live, it’s time to amplify it! Bear this in mind: You can have the best content in the world, but it won’t matter unless you have the proper distribution. So how do you amplify your content?

Once your influencer has posted on their social media channels, share the post using your company’s accounts, and get your employees to share the post as well. For best results (especially on Facebook!), make sure you do the sharing ASAP. What’s the rationale behind this?

When a piece of content gets shared multiple times within a few minutes of it being uploaded, this tells Facebook that people want to see more of it. As a result, Facebook’s algorithm will prioritize this content, and push it out so that it appears on more newsfeeds.

In addition to this, you can also run paid ads on Facebook Ads or Google Adwords. Either have your ads showcase your campaign with your influencer (check out point 8 of these Facebook ad examples below) or go ahead and run product-based ads which feature your influencer in them or a testimonial from them.

How to Work with Influencers Example Campaign

Tip: Be sure to check and see if your influencer has a fanpage on Facebook. If their following on this fanpage is large enough, you might be able to target your ads to people who are fans of them – this will help you achieve a higher conversion rate, and a lower cost per click!
Final Thoughts on How to Work with Influencers
You can have the best product in the world, but at the end of the day it simply isn’t going to be enough if you’re the only one rooting for your brand. You need to have others rooting for you, too and influencers are one of the best ways to get the word out fast and effectively! Just remember the statistic mentioned at the beginning of this article: Influencer marketing generates 11 times the ROI of traditional digital marketing. That’s game-changing stuff, for real.

In case you’re still sceptical, here’s a real-life example for you: Back in 2011, when Daniel Wellington was just founded, it was a humble startup which nobody knew about. Fast forward a few years later, they’re one of the most recognizable watch brands in the world and they’re worth $220 million. How did they do it? Through influencer marketing!

If you want to be the next Daniel Wellington of your industry, the way forward is simple: Find your perfect influencer, pick their brain, come up with a compelling campaign, then amplify it as much as you can. Full steam ahead!

Note: Need some help getting Influencers to work with you? Check out our

Five top tips for brands looking to work with influencers
Brands work with influencers
Whether it be Jack Maynard and his infamous I’m a Celebrity… exit last year or the anti-Semitic posts from PewDiePie, influencers haven’t had the best of press in the last couple of years. However, we mustn’t let these episodes overshadow the fact that influencer marketing can be incredibly effective if done right.

With help from a number of leading influencers and agents from the consumer tech, parenting and fitness fields, we have compiled our top five tips to make the most of your influencer marketing campaigns.

Do your research
Sounds obvious, but taking the time to pick the right influencer is the first step to a successful campaign. At Ranieri, we have our own tools for selection to provide the best engagement and ROI. It’s not just about potential reach; you should also take into account relevancy, activity, quality of content and engagement with other brands and topics. Is this influencer the perfect all-round fit?

‘’Brands need to be very aware of the people they work with and how much influence they have. Does their following fit your target market? Is their following genuine? Is their engagement genuine?’’ says Sinead Crowe, owner of Love Style Mindfulness.

How to be a Dad influencer, Christian Hughes, supports this point: ‘’Brands must understand a particular influencer’s style, and don’t ask them to do something that jars with what their audience would expect – this would be a fail for both parties’’.

Nail the brief
Coming up with a tight brief is essential. The more thorough you can be at the start, the more you can mitigate any issues and the more successful the campaign.

Think about outlining KPIs, timings, relevant hashtags, do’s and don’ts and direction on tone of voice. Brands looking to work with influencers should provide them with as much information as possible, so they can really get under the skin.

The brief also provides clarity for the influencer, making it much easier for them to ensure they are producing the right content for the brand. No one can hit targets they aren’t aware of.

See also:
How to maximise social media for consumer tech brands
Our top UK tech influencers on YouTube

Invest in an honest and creative collaboration
Any partnership between an influencer and a brand needs to be exactly that; a partnership. Just as brands are experienced and knowledgeable in their own field, the right influencer will be able to advise and consult on the best creative ideas for their audience.

Charlie Watson, owner of the health and fitness account, The Runner Beans, advises: ‘’Listen to us and work together. It’s best when we come up with ideas together, as the brand knows their product and the influencers know their audience’’. Remember, you are working with a particular influencer for a reason. Treat them as a partner and you will all get more from it.

Understanding that each influencer is unique and able to offer a different voice is what makes them such a useful form of direct marketing. Helen Anderson, a popular fashion and lifestyle influencer, explains: ‘’Brands need to trust that the influencer knows their audience and will know how to approach a campaign or a creative in a way that they will see as genuine and organic. To gain the audience’s trust, it has to seem like a natural fit’’.

‘’There is also value in offering something different, standing out from the crowd, having a distinct and memorable personality,’’ adds Sarah Fallarino, Project Manager at Red Hare. ‘’All of these things contribute to their success and how they perform for a brand’’.

Be adaptable
Even with every detail covered, there is always the possibility things might not go as planned or new opportunities may arise. Both brands and influencers must be adaptable. This is reliant on all of the points mentioned in this article being secured, though there needs to be a willingness to mix things up if they aren’t working.

Adopting this approach also helps to develop the sense of trust between influencer and brand. At Ranieri, we’ve found that showing a willingness to adapt helps not only to mitigate against issues during the campaign but also gives influencers the confidence to feel they can change things up and make improvements.

Be in it for the long-term
You shouldn’t be looking for a one-night stand here. With a long-term partnership, the audience will become increasingly accustomed to the association while the influencer gains a greater understanding of the brand; a mix that breeds better results.

Back to Charlie Watson at The Runner Beans: “I recommend longer term partnerships rather than just individual campaigns to build trust and authenticity with the influencer’s audience for the best gains all round’’.

When the aim of the game is to win the trust of a specific audience through the use of an influencer, there’s no better way than investing in that collaboration over time and integrating them as an extension of the team. As is the case with any relationship, the more you put in, the more you get out.

Are you looking to up your influencer marketing game?
Get in touch here.

This is the first entry in our series of posts looking at influencer marketing. Check out our second post looking at how to measure and find influencers here, and our final article on our favourite UK influencers here!

24 Reasons Why Brands Should Work With Influencers
If you’re not working with influencers, you could be missing out on all of these things!
Teagan West
by Teagan West
Share on Twitter
Share on Facebook

We spoke about influencer marketing here, and last month we covered everything you need to know about working with influencers (here), but it seems we got carried away, swept up in the whirlwind that is influencer marketing and forgot to fill you in on why you should work with influencers.

We speak to a lot of local, national and international brands here at scrunch HQ and we’ve found that many know that they should be working with influencers, but they don’t exactly know why. Whether it’s because they understand the concept, see the power of influencer marketing or simply because ‘everyone else is doing it,’ they know it’s a happening thing but when faced with the big question of why, there are blank stares and the sound of crickets.

Of course, we’re not going to leave you hanging – we’ve got the answers right here, with 24 reasons why you should work with influencers, in no particular order.

They generate sales
It’s a no-brainer; influencers generate sales, and that’s why so many brands are jumping on the influencer marketing bandwagon. From the minute an influencer talks about your product or service, sales generation starts. Depending on the influencer’s channel and the length of the campaign, sales will be generated immediately, in bursts or over a number of weeks.

They create content
Influencers are the kings and queens of content creation, pumping out piece after piece of high-quality, engaging content. Essentially, they’re content machines. This is great news for brands because a), influencers are really, really good at it, and b), it means they can (and do) create user-generated content about your brand that can then be used on your own platforms. Remember that you don’t own the content when you work with an influencer and cannot use, share, edit or publish without permission and approval.

They build brand awareness
Influencers are the link between a brand and its market awareness, it’s that simple! While influencers do generate leads and sales as well, the brand awareness they build is unrivalled in traditional PR strategies (we’re talking about you, bland press release). Exposure and brand awareness is so important in today’s saturated retail and eCommerce space, so the more brand awareness you can achieve, the better. See how we achieved brand awareness with influencer marketing and reached almost 1 million consumers in this case study.

They are a trusted voice
Did you know that consumers are more likely to trust the opinion of their peers than the brand itself, so partnering with an influencer to communicate your brand message is has success written all over it. Step aside traditional branded advertising; the trusted voice of the influencer is now in vogue.

They have authority and influence
84% of consumers make a purchase after reading about a product or service on a blog – that’s almost 9 in 10 people! Influencers aren’t called influencers for nothing.

They build relationships
Influencers build relationships between their followers and your brand. Without that mutual connection, or middle man if you will, it’s a lot harder to start building that relationship.

They’re expert communicators
Influencers live and breath in the digital space so, as they’ve built their empire, they’ve developed a knack for digital communication. Therefore, they’re excellent at communicating a brand’s vision and message in a way that their followers will engage and connect.

They are engaged
Their whole job relies on how engaged their followers are and how much reach they receive, so there’s no denying that influencers are engaged, and like to encourage engagement on their platforms. Why is this important to brands? The number of engaged followers is much more important then the total number of followers because it shows how many people are actually interacting with the influencer when they talk about the brand and it is a better indicator of reach and impressions.

They are creative
There are millions of influencers across Facebook, Instagram, SnapChat, LinkedIn, Twitter, Youtube, Pinterest and blogs, so in order to stand out from the crowd influencers need to be creative in all stages of content development. In order to produce large volumes of unique content, you need to be creative, so it’s a hat they wear day in and day out.

They know their audience
When you work with an influencer who has a pretty good idea of who their audience is, you can understand who your collaboration will reach. Whether it be fashion-forward women, stay-at-home-Mums or creative business folk, the influencer will have a great insight into their followers and how to best engage with them.

They’re excellent value for money
When compared to traditional advertising and PR activity, collaborating with influencers generates excellent value for money when your aim is to connect with a target market. In most cases, influencer collaborations generate a return on your original investment (especially when working with micro-influencers) meaning your making profit on the campaign pretty quickly.

Don’t know how to calculate the ROI of an influencer campaign? That’s what scrunch does! Drop me an email anytime (teagan@scrunch.com) to chat about how scrunch can manage and report on your influencer campaigns.

They can start the conversation
Before influencers can build a relationship between your brand and their followers, they must first start the conversation. Nobody likes it when people talk about themselves, so take the humble and flattering approach and have someone else do it for you (of course, only if they truly believe in your brand). Hello influencers!

They drive traffic
Driving traffic to your website, online store and social media channels is super important because it demonstrates consumers moving through the sales funnel and engaging with the brand. Influencer collaborations can drive more traffic to your website so you can convert more leads.

They convert leads
If you think of ‘leads’ as your potential customers, influencers are crucial to converting leads in the sales funnel. From the moment a consumer sees your product on an influencer’s page, they’re thinking about the product and what it would look like in their life. Now that the product is top of mind, it’s much easier to convert the lead into a paying customer.

They give brands access to their target market
Influencers have a very targeted following of people in the same demographic, which brands can tap into if they are savvy with their prospecting and outreach. Our advice? Work with influencers in your niche as they will no doubt have a loyal following of consumers interested in the topic, which is essentially your target market.

They are transparent
One of the great things about influencers is that they’re quite transparent and genuine, so they will include a disclaimer if they were gifted a product, or paid to promote a product. They’re also authentic when it comes to working with brands and are known to decline an opportunity that is not the right fit. This is good news because it means you’ll only be working with influencers that really support your vision.

They distribute content
While influencers are predominately content creators themselves, they can (and do) also distribute other content on their channels. If you wrote a great onsite blog post or created an instructional video, share it with some relevant influencers and ask whether they’d be interested in sharing it with their followers, ultimately widening the reach of your content.

They think outside the box
You know how we were saying influencers are really creative? Well, they also have this ability to think outside of the box and shake things up. Give them a general brief of the campaign and your goals, and then give them creative control to put the content together. The result? Probably something that blows your mind.

They become brand advocates
Working with influencers on one-off campaigns is great for raising brand awareness and generating interest, but it’s when they become long-term brand advocates that you truly start to see the value in their work.

They improve your SEO
Just as influencers drive traffic to your website, online store and social media channels, they also help to improve your SEO and backlink profile. While social shares are not directly linked to Google’s ranking algorithm, blog links pointing to your website are extremely beneficial. For more SEO tips and info, check out this post.

They craft appeal
Have you ever seen a celebrity, blogger or influencer wearing a gorgeous dress and thought ‘I like that, I want that.’ Then have you purchased it, based on their recommendation after seeing it on their platform? Enough said.

They are information providers
Whether the campaign is about introducing a new brand, retargeting an old product, distributing information about a sale or dispersing purchase incentives (discount codes, deals), influencers are great information providers when you want to get a message out to the masses quickly.

They have a fresh perspective
The beauty of working with influencers is that they have their own ideas, perspective and experience, so they can put a new flair on your marketing strategy and uncover a fresh angle.

They grow your social following
Always include a request to tag your brand in all influencer collaborations so that your social media platforms receive some love as a result of the campaign. It might happen slowly, but it’s certainly worth it.

So, why aren’t you working with influencers?

So now that you know why you should be working with influencers, get out there and start collaborating with influencers that are a good fit for your brand.

Tackling Pods, Bots and Glots: Our Position on Influencer Fraud
Tackling Pods, Bots and Glots: Our Position on Influencer Fraud
Influencer Marketing Influencer Marketing Strategy Influencer Fraud Data-driven

How To Start Working As A Micro Influencer
How To Start Working As A Micro Influencer
Social Media Micro Influencers For Influencers Instagram

How To Spot A Fake in The Crowd
How To Spot A Fake in The Crowd
Influencer Marketing Best Practices Top Tips Social Media Marketing

Subscribe to our newsletter

Enter your email…

Enter your first name…
Log in
Sign up
Contact us
Tech blog
Help center
Product changes
Service status
Influencer Marketing Glossary
From our Blog
Influencer Marketing Best Practices
How to find Influencer with Scrunch
How to Nail Your Scrunch Campaign Brief
What is a Good Engagement Rate on Instagram
24 Reasons Why Brands Should Work With Influencers

What is a Good Engagement Rate on Instagram?
Understand what a good engagement rate is for an Instagram influencer
Georgia Mee
by Georgia Mee
Share on Twitter
Share on Facebook

Recently on the Scrunch blog, we’ve looked at engagement rate and defined what it is, and why it is so important in influencer marketing. Now, we’re weighing in on what exactly a good engagement rate is on Instagram and how you can find out the expected engagement rate of an influencer you are planning to collaborate with.

The Equation
If you’ve read our previous blog posts What is Engagement Rate and Why is it Important in Influencer Marketing?” and How To Measure An Influencer’s Engagement Rate”, you’ll know a bit about engagement rates on Instagram.

To calculate an engagement rate on Instagram, follow the steps below:

1. Look at all of the influencers posts for the last 30 days and add up the total number of likes and comments on each post (e.g. if there are 17 posts in the last 30 days, add up the number of likes and comments on each of the 17 posts).
2. Divide that number by the number of posts there are in the last 30 days (e.g. divide the total number of likes and comments from above, by the number of posts – 17 in this example).
3. Now that you have the average engagements per post, divide that by the number of followers the influencer has.
4. Finally, times the number above by 100, to turn the numbers into a percentage (the percentage will usually be between 0 and 10). This is the engagement rate of the influencer on Instagram.
It’s a very manual process, especially if you are trying to work out the engagement rate of a list of 30 influencers. So, instead of doing it manually, you can sign up to Scrunch and see the engagement rate of each influencer in the Directory, which has over 20 million influencer profiles. The Starter Plan is free and will help you get started with influencer marketing and understand the engagement rate of each influencer you are considering working with.

Making Sense of The Numbers

Once you have the engagement rate, you can start to analyze and understand what the number actually means and whether it is good or bad. Below is an industry standard guideline so you can benchmark results:

Less than 1% = low engagement rate
Between 1% and 3.5% = average/good engagement rate
Between 3.5% and 6% = high engagement rate
Above 6% = very high engagement rate
In summary, as an industry standard, an engagement rate on Instagram between 1% and 3% is generally good, it is the average we see on an influencer’s profile. If the engagement rate is higher than 3%, that is a good sign that their audience is very engaged with their content, and if it is below 1%, it means their audience as a whole is not very engaged with their content.

Keep in mind, a number of things influence engagement rate on Instagram, such as the time of each individual post, the frequency of posting, the number of followers, the content and messaging and the Instagram algorithm (and the limitations that sometimes come with it).

So when you are deciding what influencer to work with, or comparing a cohort of influencers, make sure you consider engagement rate. It’s an important metric to consider and should not be ignored when choosing influencers for your campaign.

If you have any questions about engagement rates on Instagram, you can email hello@scrunch.com to chat with our team any time.

The Definitive Influencer Marketing Glossary of Terms
If you’re a brand, a marketer or an influencer, you need to stay on top of the industry lingo!
Teagan West
by Teagan West
Share on Twitter
Share on Facebook

Influencer marketing is a fairly new, vastly unregulated space with many “buzz words” flying around and new terms coming up what seems like every second day. To help guide you on your influencer marketing journey, we’ve put together the definitive influencer marketing glossary of terms that you need to know to navigate the influencer marketing space. Bookmark this glossary so you have it on hand – we’ll be updating it regularly too!


An activation is an offline PR or marketing initiative to drive consumers to action through interactions and experiences, such as an event. A media or influencer event or activation is a key influencer marketing strategy that many brands use to engage, leverage and connect with influencers.

Affiliate Marketing

Affiliate marketing is a mutually beneficial arrangement where referral partners are rewarded for their role in helping a brand drive a conversion. In influencer marketing, affiliate marketing is one strategy to use to engage influencers and provide compensation for their time, effort and support. In most cases, the original referral partner (the influencer, in this case) receives a percentage of the final sale depending on the affiliate agreement.


In the context of influencer marketing, an agency can be one of two things – it’s either a marketing, media, advertising or public relations agency acting on behalf of a brand (e.g. running influencer campaigns) or it could be a talent management agency that represents influencers. Either way, agencies work on behalf of a client to develop, execute or contribute to influencer campaigns and/or secure opportunities for the client.

Agency Service Fee

An agency service fee is an additional fee applied to influencer quotes when a third party represents or manages the influencer and their commercial opportunities. Agency service fees typically range from 5% to 20% of the influencer’s fee and are added on top of the influencer’s fee to cover the cost of the talent manager’s time in organizing the collaboration and logistics.

AIDA (Attention, Interest, Desire, Action)

A marketing model that explains a consumers steps before purchasing a product or service.


An ambassador is someone who represents a brand and is typically the face of a marketing campaign for a period of time. Engaging influencers to be a brand ambassador is a key influencer marketing strategy and can have a big impact on your brand if the influencer is an authentic fit for the campaign.


In influencer marketing, amplify means to optimise the content and take steps to make it perform better, such as paying to boost it on Facebook or using a content distribution model to increase impressions, engagements and/or clicks or reach a new, extended audience.

Application Program Interface (API)

A set of commands, functions and objects that programmers can use to create applications or software.


Audience can mean one of two things, it’s either the group of consumers that the brand is trying to reach (their target audience) or it is the cohort of people that follow a particular influencer. Influencer marketing works best when the audience the brand wants to attract is demographically and geographically the same as the audience of the influencer.


A backlink is a link pointing to your own website from another website property. It’s important to build a high-quality backlink profile to support your SEO strategy and drive leads to your own website from referral partners. High profile bloggers and websites are preferred over social media influencers when seeking backlinks to your website.

BANT (Budget, Authority, Need, Timeline)

This abbreviation is used during Sales Strategies and meetings. So, when creating a sales pitch you would figure out if the potential client has a budget to spend, does the person you’re speaking to have the authority to purchase what you’re offering, is there a need for your goods or service and what is the timeline you have to work with.


A benchmark is a point of reference that things can be measured against to determine success or failure. For example, a previous influencer campaign may have gained 5 million impressions, so the benchmark for the next campaign is 5 million impressions.

Best Practice

Best Practice means the steps, procedures, guidelines or knowledge that is accepted as being correct or the most effective in an industry. For example, a best practice in influencer marketing is to pay influencers, or offer some sort of compensation, for their time and contribution to your digital marketing strategy.


A blog is an online property that is regularly updated with written, image and video content by the website owner or blogger (see below). Influencers often use a blog as one of their online platforms to share and distribute content.


A blogger is someone who owns a blog and regularly updates it with new content. A blogger might just have a blog for fun and to share information with friends and family, it may be for their business, or it could be their main source of income as a digital influencer.

Brand Awareness

Brand awareness means increasing exposure and recall of your brand among consumers. Brand awareness is a common goal of an influencer marketing strategy, particularly for brands that are launching or releasing a new product and want consumers to know about it.


A brief is used in influencer marketing to provide clear context, deliverables and requirements to influencers that a brand is collaborating with. Sending influencers a brief when you are working with them (and only when you are paying them) is a great way to manage expectations and ensure content is delivered on brand.

Business to Business (B2B)

Business to Business, which is often abbreviated to B2B, is used to describe a business whose customers are other businesses. Essentially it is a business that provides a product or service that helps another business – like Scrunch!

Business to Consumer (B2C)

Business to Consumer, which is often abbreviated to B2C, is used to describe a business whose customers are general people (i.e. not businesses).

Call-To-Action (CTA)

A call-to-action is a commanding phrase, sentence or word that draws people to perform a desirable behavior. When working with an influencer, it is important that they include an effective call-to-action in their content to drive their followers to do something that benefits the brand. For example, a call-to-action might be sharing a website link to drive traffic, encouraging new sign ups to a newsletter, distributing a discount code to increase sales or any other behaviour that gets consumers closer to a conversion with the brand.


A campaign is the execution of a strategy to achieve a goal. In influencer marketing, the term campaign is used to describe a particular strategy, period of time or the work that contributes to a particular goal. Brands create an influencer marketing campaign and invite influencers to collaborate and contribute to the campaign in a creative capacity or for content distribution.

Case Study

A case study is a report that documents the success of an influencer marketing strategy or campaign and can be used as a testimonial for the business. Case studies are a portfolio of work that demonstrate capability and celebrate success (you can read our case studies here).

Celebrity Influencer

A celebrity influencer is an influencer with a very large following on social media and is typically a media personality. The following guidelines indicate who is likely to be a celebrity influencer based on an analysis of 6.3 million social media accounts:

Instagram: 1,800,000+

Facebook: 4,900,000+

Twitter: 1,000,000+


Click-Through-Rate (CTR) is used to calculate the proportion of web users who followed a hyperlink to a particular page from an original piece of content. In influencer marketing, understanding the CTR of an influencer collaboration is important to identify whether the influencer drove traffic to your website.


A commission is a portion of a sale that is paid to the referral partner for their contribution in converting the lead. In influencer marketing, influencers earn a commission when they are working with a brand in an affiliate capacity and successfully drive consumers to purchase a product as a result of their influence.


Content is a collective term used to describe an image, video, blog post and/or written material.

Content Approval

When brands are working with influencers, they may ask that the content is approved by their team before it is published by the influencer. This is common practice to ensure that the content is on brand and does not contain anything that might be damaging to the brand (such as a legal consideration or a conflict of interest).

Content Calendar

A content calendar is an editorial schedule that an influencer or content/social media marketer uses to plan content for their platform/s. A content calendar could be a diary, spreadsheet, calendar app or wall planner.

Content Management System (CMS)

A software application or set of related programs to help you create and manage your digital content.

Content Marketing

Content marketing is a strategy that relies on producing consistent, high-quality content to engage an audience, increase brand awareness, build authority, gain press and convert leads. Some may argue that social media and influencer marketing are forms of content marketing, however, we like to keep them separate as each will have a different goal and outcome for your business and requires a completely unique resource and strategy to execute.

Contra Strategy

Contra Strategy is an influencer marketing strategy that relies on influencers creating and sharing content about your brand in exchange for a product. There is no guarantee with a contra strategy that any exposure, coverage, content or conversion will come of it, however, it is an ideal strategy for brands who are just starting out and don’t have a large budget for paying influencers but do have a great product.


A conversion occurs when a marketing initiative, such as an influencer collaboration, successfully achieves the goal of a campaign. For example, if the goal is to increase sales, a conversion is when a sale is made as a direct result of the strategy.

Conversion Rate Optimization (CRO)
CRO is the process of increasing the percentage of conversations and adjusting the flow to get better results.


Copyright refers to content ownership. The copyright owner of the content is the original creator of the content, unless the content is purchased from the copyright owner and a fair and reasonable agreement of joint-copyright is reached. When an influencer posts about your brand, you do not automatically own the copyright of the content.

Cost-per-Acquisition (CPA)

A marketing metric that measures the cost of acquiring one customer. It is used to measure the financial impact of marketing campaigns and what the ROI is on a campaign. For example, if you spend $10,000 on a marketing campaign and only convert one customer, the CPA is $10,000 (which is not great!).

Cost-Per-Click (CPC)

Cost-Per-Click (CPC) is used to understand the cost of a consumer clicking on a marketing or advertising initiative and landing on a brand’s website or specific landing page. Understanding the CPC helps marketers assess whether the campaign was successful, and the cost of acquiring new leads. CPC is also known as Pay-Per-Click (PPC).

Cost-Per-Lead (CPL)

A performance based advertising model in which payment or a commission is paid based on the amount of leads or conversions that are generated.

Cost-Per-Mille (CPM)

Cost-Per-Mille (CPM) or Cost-Per-Thousand (CPT) refers to the cost per one thousand views or impressions. It is the cost you will pay, or have paid, per 1,000 units (impressions or views) and is often used in marketing and advertising to understand the cost of reaching 1 x consumer.

Cost-Per-Engagement (CPE)

Like CPC or CPM, Cost-Per-engagement (CPE) is a measurement term that refers to the cost that is required or was spent per engagement on the content.

Creator Economy

The creator economy is a term that describes a new marketplace that has emerged where the supply and demand of influence, distribution and content creation is exchanged and measured. As influencer marketing evolves, influencers are not only employed by brands to influence, they are now engaged to create content, provide creative strategic concepts, execute campaigns, build community conversation, provide feedback on a product, be the voice of authority and so much more. The trade of this valuable resource is called the Creator Economy.


Copy is written content.


A collaboration is when two parties work together to achieve a common goal. In influencer marketing, a collaboration is often between an influencer and a brand and can take on many forms as a strategic campaign.


Data-driven means that a strategy, task, initiative or campaign is developed and executed based on analysis of available data.

For example, Scrunch prides itself on being a data-driven influencer marketing platform, helping brands use data to shape their influencer marketing campaigns by supplying metrics like social reach, engagement and topic analysis.

Another example is using Google Analytics to identify the key websites already driving traffic to your website and contacting them to collaborate on a bigger campaign, as you know (based on that data) that their audience is already interested in your product.


Deliverables are the items that an influencer is expected to produce, as confirmed in the outreach and negotiation phase. The deliverables might be an Instagram post, 10 images of the product or coverage at an event, depending on the campaign.

Digital Conversation

Digital conversation is the discussion that happens online on social media, blogs, forums and news media surrounding a topic.

Analyzing the online discussion about a brand is a great way to benchmark how consumers currently perceive the brand and understand what’s important to them right now. It can also be used in post campaign analysis to see how perception has changed as a result of the influencer campaign.

Digital Marketing

Digital marketing is an umbrella term used to describe initiatives and strategies that are executed online. Social media marketing, email marketing, influencer marketing and content marketing all come under the digital marketing umbrella.


Disclosure is the action of making it known to consumers whether a brand has engaged an influencer to produce content as an advertisement or marketing initiative.

Disclosure is becoming increasingly popular in the influencer marketing space as more guidelines, rules and regulations come into effect around the world (you can read the current Australian disclosure guidelines here).

Distribution Channel

A distribution channel is the platform used to post/share content. It could be social media, a blog or website, email or other platform that is used to send out, amplify or publish content to an audience.

Do’s and Don’ts

Do’s and Don’ts are usually included in an influencer brief to outline the expectations for content development when working with an influencer.

The Do’s and Don’ts highlight branding cues to help ensure the content is on-brand and reflects the brand’s core values. For example, if you want your logo featured in the image, that’s a ‘Do’.

Drive Traffic

Drive Traffic means to send web users to your website. An influencer marketing campaign that aims to drive traffic to a website should include a direct link to the website and a clear call-to-action to encourage consumers to click-through to the website, so influencers with a platform that supports links (such as Facebook, Twitter or a blog) are required if this is the KPI.

Earned Media

Earned media is media coverage received as a result of a PR campaign, word of mouth, direct referrals, press, viral marketing, customer reviews and user-generated content. It’s coverage that you have earned because of something you have done, and not coverage that has been paid for or is on your own platforms. Earned media can be positive or negative.


eCommerce is a transaction that is done electronically on the internet via an online store. Influencer marketing is great for eCommerce businesses because consumers can take immediate action from an influencer post and can purchase a product in minutes with a few clicks.


EDM is an abbreviation of Electronic Direct Marketing, also known as email marketing. Email marketing is used for customer acquisition and retention and is an effective way to add value to your community, stay front-of-mind and drive new leads. To do email marketing effectively you should make sure your marketing strategy helps build your email list.


An engagement is where a consumer takes some kind of action on content. For example: liking, commenting, sharing, reacting or re-tweeting are all forms of engagement.

Engagement Rate

Engagement rate is the proportion of an influencer’s audience that actively interacts with their content.

For example, to calculate engagement rate for an Instagram account, look at the account’s last 12 posts and work out the average engagement per post (likes + comments for all posts divided by 12) and then divide the average engagement rate by the number of followers. To get a percentage, times that total by 100. The average engagement rate for Instagram is 1-5%.

Facebook Live

Facebook Live is a Facebook feature that allows users to live stream video content to their followers and audience. Facebook Live videos are published live, and remain on the platform for users to see after the video has ended.


Filter is a term used in social media marketing to describe the predefined editing layers that are available on particular social media platforms such as Instagram and Snapchat. A filter can be used to change and edit the colors of an image (such as make it brighter, lighter or black and white) or it could be an overlay such as the classic flower crown or dog ears of Snapchat.


A flatlay is a style of photography often used by influencers when creating content about a brand they are collaborating with. Flatlays are styled images captured from above and usually portray a theme or group of items that would be used together. Read ten tips for capturing the perfect flatlay.


A way in which you subscribe to a brand’s or influencer’s social media updates.


A follower is the audience of a brand, influencer or social media user.

Follower Range

Follower range is a term of measurement used to categorize influencers based on the number of followers they have. For example, influencers with a low follower range are micro-influencers while influencers with a large follower range are called macro-influencers or celebrity influencers. The cost of an influencer is usually dictated by their follower range.

Full Commercial Content Usage

Full Commercial Content Usage means you have negotiated and secured the right to use influencer generated content across your channels in any way without crediting the influencer.

By default, if you have paid an influencer to post about your brand, or even if they have done it of their own accord, you don’t own the content. While you can share it on your social channels if you follow the industry best practices for sharing influencer content, you don’t own the image, which means you don’t have the right to alter it in any way, share without crediting the influencer or use it to advertize your products.

If you have secured Full Commercial Content Usage Rights by negotiating and, in some cases, paying the influencer an additional fee, then you are able to use the content as you see fit and without credit on your online and offline channels.

Google Analytics

Google Analytics is an online tool that helps you track, measure and report on the performance of your website and how users interact with your website. Google Analytics is helpful for understanding referrals, users, sessions, new users, pageviews, conversions (if eCommerce tracking is set up), audience behaviour and demographics.

Ground-swell Approach

A ground-swell approach to influencer marketing is a specific strategy that is used to drive brand awareness and exposure by leveraging a large cohort of micro-influencers who can start the conversation from the ground up.

This influencer marketing strategy is great for brands that are entering a new market or launching a new product because it is a mass-approach and quite often, micro-influencers have a more engaged audience and a personal connection with their network.

Guest Post

A guest post is when a website owner invites another writer to publish an article on their website. Brands often engage influencers to guest post on their website or onsite blog as part of their influencer marketing strategy to create high-quality, engaging content on their platforms and drive new consumers to their website.


A hashtag is a label used on social media platforms to group content together. Any word can be a hashtag if you put a # in front of it on social media sites like Twitter and Instagram. Check out #scrunchtip for an example.


Impressions are the number of times a given piece of content has been viewed.

It’s important to understand the value of impressions, and how to get this data from an influencer both before and after a collaboration. One impression means the content has been shown to one user, but doesn’t necessarily mean they have read the post, stopped to look at the image or engaged with the content.

Impressions are a good metric to understand how many people an influencer post actually reached. Most of the time, it is less than all of their followers due to changing social media algorithms and posting time, however, it is a good indicator of the performance of the post nonetheless.


An influencer is an individual who can drive another person, or a community of people, to take some kind of action. An influencer can be someone with one follower or one million followers, as long as their audience trusts their opinion and is encouraged to respond and take action.

Influencer Marketing

Influencer marketing is word-of-mouth marketing at scale and consists of influential people sharing content, thoughts and opinions online about products, services and experiences. Influencer marketing is becoming increasingly important in digital marketing strategies as consumers start trusting branded advertising less.

Influencer Marketing Platform

An influencer marketing platform is an application or tool that helps brands, agencies, talent managers and influencers manage the influencer marketing process, such as finding and reaching out to influencers and managing campaigns.

Scrunch is an influencer marketing platform that helps brands and agencies find the right influencers for their campaigns, plus provides CRM and outreach style functions to make managing the process easy.


An Instameet is an event where Instagram influencers can meet and connect over common experiences. An Instameet might be organized by a brand to connect with influencers in their industry, or it could be a gathering organized by an influencer to connect with other influencers in the community.

Instagram Live

Instagram Live is an Instagram feature that allows users to broadcast live and their followers can tune in to see exactly what they’re doing in the moment. The video is not saved to the social networking site, so it is only available for users that see it as it is happening.

Instagram Stories

Instagram Stories is an Instagram feature that allows users to upload daily videos to the social networking site. The videos expire within 24 hours and are not featured in the main feed.

Joint Copyright

Often when Full Commercial Content Usage is secured and agreed on, the brand and the influencer co-own the content under a joint copyright agreement. Joint copyright means two people or organizations own the content together and both can use, share and publish as they please, commercially or otherwise.

Key Performance Indicator (KPI)

Key Performance Indicator means the primary goal or target that is to be achieved and an indicator of success that aligns with the business or campaign’s objective. Every influencer marketing campaign should have a clear KPI to work towards so the strategy can be shaped to achieve it.


A like is a feature in online software, such as social networks, forums, websites and blogs, where a user can express that they enjoy or support certain content, typically by pressing a button.

Macro Influencer

A macro influencer is a mid-tier influencer with a strong on one or two key digital platforms. The following guidelines indicate who a macro-influencer is based on an analysis of 6.3 million social media accounts:

Instagram: 133,000 to 1,800,000 followers

Facebook: 500,000 to 5,000,000 followers

Twitter:82,000 to 1,000,000 followers

Media Famil

A media famil, short for “media familiar,” is a trip or experience that is provided to the media, journalists and/or an influencer in the hope that they will share the brand and experience with their community.

Media famil trips are very common in the travel industry, where brands, tourism boards, airlines and accommodation partners often invite carefully selected influencers to travel on an all-expenses-paid-for trip to get to know a location, travel service, product or experience in the hope that it will result in promotional coverage.

Media Kit

A media kit is a digital document used by influencers when reaching out to brands for collaboration opportunities. A media kit is the CV or resume of influencers and contains information about their skills, experience, distribution channels, followers, contact details and other relevant statistics.

Media Spend

Media spend is the budget invested into a media initiative, campaign or strategy

In the case of influencer marketing, the media spend is the total budget intended to be used on securing influencer collaborations, content creation and amplification.


A micro-influencer is someone who has a small but growing community on one or two key platforms. The following guidelines indicate who a micro-influencer is based on an analysis of 6.3 million social media accounts:

Instagram: 3,500 to 133,000 followers

Facebook: 13,000 to 500,000 followers

Twitter: 3,000 to 82,000 followers

Micro-influencers are generally highly engaged with their followers and have built personal relationships with their community as they grow with it. There are a number of benefits for working with micro-influencers in comparison to top-tier influencers.


Millennials are a demographic cohort of people born in the 1980’s or 1990’s who reached young adulthood in the 21st century.

For many brands, millennials are their key target market, especially when it comes to influencer marketing, however, as Millennials are tech savvy, ‘in-touch’ and have grown up in the world of social media and the internet, engaging them should be a unique strategy.

Mommy Blogger

A Mommy Blogger (or Mummy Blogger depending on where you’re from) is a woman who shares her parenting, family and motherhood journey with her community via a blog or social platform.

A Mommy Blogger is anyone who blogs about topics that are relevant to other Moms and has children of their own. Mommy bloggers are an important part of the influencer marketing space and are a core target market for many campaigns.


A niche is a small segment of the population that has unique and very specific characteristics. Businesses often appeal to a niche audience via their products or service offering.


In influencer marketing, optimize or optimization refers to making a piece of influencer content perform better or to its full potential.

Optimization is also explored in social media, content marketing and other digital marketing initiatives to ensure that content and strategies are performing well.


Organic, in the influencer marketing space, means something happened naturally, without intervention via a paid model.

For example, an influencer might report that a Facebook post reached 354 people organically before it was boosted for $30 and reached a combined (organic and paid) total of 6,846 people.


Outreach is the term used to describe the process of contacting influencers and engaging them to participate in an influencer marketing campaign. There are best practices involved in influencer outreach that should be followed for the best results.

Owned Media

Owned media is branded content that you have produced and published on your own platforms and is controlled by you to promote your own business. Owned media can be anything from a social media or blog post to an image, infographic, white paper, eBook or webinar.


Pageviews are a metric used in analytics platforms to show how many pages of a website were consumed during a specific time period or date range.

This metric is interesting for website owners to see how many pages on their site are being viewed, and if individual users are consuming multiple pages in a session. If you want to increase pageviews and get more traffic to your website, these tips might be helpful.

Paid Media

Paid Media is any media coverage or advertising that you have paid for as part of your marketing strategy.

Paid media includes amplification strategies via tools like Outbrain, sponsored editorial, Print advertising, television commercials, influencer marketing, celebrity ambassadorships, Facebook ads and Adwords campaigns.

Paid Post

A paid post is a post on a blog or social media channel that has been paid for, or where some form of compensation (monetary or otherwise) has been provided. Paid post is often used to describe influencer content that has been published in collaboration with a brand.

Paid Reach

Like a paid post, paid reach is impressions that have been earned via a paid model where money is put into the amplification of the content. The organic reach and paid reach of a social media post if often compared to measure ROI.


A pitch consists of either an influencer bidding their services, skills and influence to a brand in an attempt to get work, or a brand bidding to an influencer. Either way, a pitch needs to be carefully constructed and both parties must clearly align for it to be positively received.


A podcast is audio content that is delivered in a regular series, usually around a particular topic or theme, or featuring the same talent.

Podcasters are certainly influencers and brands can tap into them to reach a targeted audience and collaborate to have their product or service feature in a podcast for exposure to the audience.

Public Relations

Public Relations is an industry within the marketing and advertising space that specialises in securing media coverage for brands, businesses and personalities (their clients). It is a strategic communications role that sources opportunities to drive new leads and increase brand awareness and also maintain the public image and reputation of the client.


In the influencer marketing space, qualify is used in the context of evaluating influencers for your campaign. Some brands and campaigns have prerequisites (such as a high domain authority) that an influencer must have to be involved in a campaign, so a process of qualifying influencers will take place.


Reach is the total number of followers an influencer or brand has on a specific social media platform or as a combined total of all of their platforms. It’s essentially the size of the audience, so if an influencer has 45,000 followers on Instagram and 23,600 on Facebook, their combined reach is 68,600. Teach = audience size.


A regram is a repost on Instagram, where an Instagram user reposts another Instagram users image to their own feed.

We don’t recommend doing this without prior approval from the original content creator. When regramming content on Instagram it is important to follow best practices for regram etiquette and remember that you don’t own the content.

Return On Investment (ROI)

Return On Investment (ROI) is the value received for the investment made.

In influencer marketing, the ROI indicates the success of the campaign and the measure of success will depend on the campaign goal. The ROI might be achieved when the influencer collaboration drives sales in excess of the cost of the influencer post, or when the brand receives content from an influencer that they can use on their platforms.


In the digital space, repost or reposting is often used to describe the action of sharing another person’s content on your own digital platforms, or sharing content for a second time. A repost could be a regram on Instagram or sharing a blog article on your platforms a second time.


A Retweet is a Twitter-specific phrase used to describe the action of sharing and reposting another person’s Tweet onto your own Twitter channel. Retweet is a form of engagement on Twitter, similar to sharing on Facebook.

Search Engine Optimization (SEO)

Search Engine Optimization (SEO) is the practice of helping your website have visibility in search results on search engines.

It’s critical that your website is SEO friendly to ensure you are ranking for your keywords and topics in search results so that potential customers can find you when looking for information about your business or industry. Many brands use Influencers to create blog content to drive backlinks to their website, an important SEO strategy.


Sentiment is an opinion, either positive, negative or neutral, that is openly expressed. In influencer marketing, sentiment is used to analyze the audience’s response to a brand or influencer content, so we can understand whether the audience had a positive response to the campaign, or a negative one.


A share is a form of engagement used on Facebook to repost a user’s post onto your own wall. A share on Facebook is similar to a Retweet on Twitter.

Snapchat Stories

Snapchat Stories is a Snapchat feature where content is displayed to your followers for a 24-hour period, and then deleted completely from the platform. You can always add content to your Snapchat stories and any of your followers can view it as many times as they want before it disappears after 24 hours.

Snapchat Memories

Snapchat Memories is a Snapchat feature where you can save your images permanently inside the app rather than downloading them to your camera roll. It’s a searchable and shareable archive (only if you save content to your Snapchat Memories) of your Snapchat videos and images.

Social Media

Social Media is a collective term used to describe websites and apps that allow users to create content and share it with their audience. Facebook, YouTube, Instagram and Twitter are all social media platforms.

Social Media Platform (SMP)

Any online platform that users can socialise and connect with others through. For example, Facebook, Instagram or Twitter are all social media platforms.


A tag is typically a @tag on a social media post, such as a tag on an image on Instagram or a tag in the caption of a Facebook post. A tag links through to the another user’s page on that platform.

Influencers are often asked to tag brands in their posts when they are collaborating on a campaign so consumers know what the brand is and where to find more information.

Talent Manager

A talent manager is someone who manages commercial partnerships on behalf of talent, such as a celebrity, influencer or media personality.

Macro influencer and celebrity influencers, and increasingly micro-influencers now too, typically have talent managers who represent them when negotiating commercial partnerships with brands, so if you want to work with these high-profile influencers, you need to connect with the talent managers who represent them.

Target Audience

The target audience is the ideal consumer that the brand wants to attract with their marketing efforts and is the people that align most with the brand and product/service offering.

Terms of Service (TOS)

Are the ‘rules’ that users must agree to before using a particular product or service.

Tracking Links

A tracking link is a link that is included in digital marketing campaigns, and particularly in influencer marketing, to help brands track, measure and report on the success of an influencer collaboration.

A UTM tracking link is a unique link that will show up as a referral in web analytics software and helps you understand who the referral partner is, and the traffic or sales they drove on your website.


Transparency is the act of being open and honest and is critical in influencer marketing for both brands, marketers and influencers. This includes being open and honest about your intentions, data and any other factor involved in a collaboration.

Try-On Haul

A try-on haul is a type of content, typically video, in the fashion industry where influencers are sent a number of different clothing pieces and share the fitting room experience with their followers as they try on the new range.

Try-on hauls can be prearranged by the brand, or it could be something that happens organically in conjunction with a number of other brands who have sent the influencer products to try.

User Experience (UX)

UX stands for User Experience and refers to the consumers feelings and attitudes after using a service, product or software. Understanding the user experience helps brands to optimise their channels and fix pain points to ultimately drive a desired result.

User-Generated Content (UGC)

User-Generated Content, or UGC for short, is content that is created and shared organically by users and customers.

In influencer marketing, your campaign goal might be to encourage user-generated content so customers and fans of the brand share a picture of your brand on their own social media platforms and join the community. These people are not necessarily influencers, however, they do have influence in their personal networks of friends and family.

User-Interface (UI)

UI is a technical term used to describes the relationship and interactions between the user and the technology behind a website, app or digital product.

Unique Visitor (UV)

The term “unique visitor” Is used in web analytics to measure the performance of a website or web page. For example, if you’re measuring a 30 day time period and the same IP address visits your site multiple times they’re only counted once as that is one unique user.


Views is a measurement term used to describe the number of people who consumed or watched a piece of content, and is specifically used on video content. Views are similar to impressions or pageviews.


Viral is a term used to describe content that is circulated or shared rapidly by a large cohort of users in a short period of time. In the digital space, new content goes viral every day, mainly when humour or emotion is involved.

Viral Marketing (VM)

A marketing strategy that encourages consumers to spread the brands message far and wide, usually with a short time period. It refers to how users spread information about a product quickly and at mass.


A webinar is a seminar conducted over the internet where participants tune in via a unique link or login to access the content.

Work in Progress (WIP)

Abbreviation used to describe projects or tasks that are still being worked on.


Word-of-mouth, or WOM, is a marketing strategy that relies on people sharing their feedback, opinion, review and experiences about a product or service with their personal community of friends and family.

Influencer marketing is word-of-mouth at scale, where personal reviews and experiences can reach a mass-audience of people who trust an influencers opinion.

We can’t think of anything starting with X. If you can, please let us know!

YouTube Video Exclusive

An exclusive YouTube video is a YouTube video that is about a particular brand and does not feature any other brands or competitor products. In influencer media kits, especially YouTubers, there is often a special rate for exclusive YouTube content that only features your brand. Typically exclusive videos cost more than non-exclusive videos.

YouTube Video Non-Exclusive

A non-exclusive YouTube video is a YouTube video that includes multiple brands and products, including direct competitors. In influencer media kits, especially YouTubers, there is often a special rate for non-exclusive YouTube content that features your brand in conjunction with other brands and products. Typically non-exclusive videos are cheaper than exclusive videos, however, your brand and product is mentioned alongside many others.


A YouTuber is a digital influencer with a large and active presence on Youtube and an engaged community of subscribers. They are typically most known for their work on YouTube and brands engage them to create and share video content.

We can’t think of anything starting with Z. If you can, please let us know!

Is there an influencer marketing term we have missed in this glossary? Let us know if there is something you’d love us to include, whether it is a term you want to know more about, or something that you know others might be interested in learning more about. You can send us an email any time at hello@scrunch.com.

Influencer Marketing Best Practices
The influencer marketing best practices you should know to run a smooth influencer campaign
Teagan West
by Teagan West
Share on Twitter
Share on Facebook

Influencer marketing is a new and exciting space to work in for both brands and marketers, and while the industry is still developing, so too are the best practices involved with working with influencers and running an influencer campaign. However, as more and more people start dabbling in influencer marketing, best practices are often overlooked or campaign managers are completely unaware that best practices even exist when it comes to influencer marketing, but like every strategy, there are the right, and the wrong, ways to go about a campaign.

Here are 9 influencer marketing best practices to help guide your campaigns…

When Contacting Influencers…
When contacting influencers for a campaign, always ensure you have a legitimate opportunity and you are offering something that adds value to their work and business (yes, being an influencer is a business). It’s also critical to ensure that the opportunity, angle and brand is relevant to them, their content and their audience. If it’s not, it will have a negative impact and they probably won’t reply. If it is, they will be excited by the opportunity and you’ll be organising a collaborative campaign in no time.

Another best practice in the influencer marketing space is to personalize each and every outreach email, no matter what. Bulk emailing doesn’t work so much anymore, so personalized outreach emails will not only get a reply, but will help you build a better relationship with influencers in your niche.

Finally, when contacting influencers, it is an industry best practice not to spam them with press releases, outreach attempts and mass mail outs, because sooner or later they will start ignoring or blocking you. As you can imagine, it would be very annoying to receive constant emails from a brand with nothing tangible to offer, no relevance and no opportunity to collaborate.

For some tips on reaching out to influencers the right way, check out this article from the Scrunch blog.

When Developing A Campaign…
When developing an influencer marketing campaign, it’s best practice to start with the goals of the campaign and what you want to achieve to ensure your strategy aligns with the goals. Different influencer marketing campaigns and strategies will drive a different result, so it’s important to clearly define the goal and KPI and shape the strategy around that, rather than develop a creative campaign and hope it aligns to your goal.

For campaign ideas to inspire your next influencer marketing strategy, check out the 13 Types of Influencer Marketing Campaign Ideas To Complement Your Digital Marketing Strategy on the blog.

On the same note, it’s best practice to keep the influencer front of mind when developing an influencer campaign, to sure they can work collaboratively on it. What is the benefit for them, how would their content fit into the strategy, and what value can they bring to the campaign? The campaign needs to be mutually beneficial for everyone involved, and there needs to be a substantial offering for an influencer from the beginning, so ensure this is developed alongside the campaign strategy. If there is nothing in it for them, then why would they want to be involved? If you wouldn’t do it for free, why would or should they?

When Selecting Influencers…
As mentioned above, the best practices around selecting influencers for your campaign is to focus on influencers that clearly align with your brand and your target audience. Don’t ignore micro influencers that have a smaller following, as often their engagement and reach is often more effective than top-tier influencers with millions of followers. In addition to ensuring the influencer aligns, make sure their audience does too.

When Negotiating Rates and Payment….
The best practice and my absolute top advice when negotiating rates and payment with an influencer is to be fair, transparent and ensure you truly understand the value they bring to the relationship before you start negotiating. Never ever belittle an influencers value, their experience and their unique skill set, because it will land you in hot water and very far away from a positive, working relationship.

It’s also a best practice in the influencer marketing space to pay influencers for their time, effort and creative. Many brands and marketers are still doing influencer marketing with no, or with very minimal, budget yet expect big returns. If you truly want to “do” influencer marketing, it is important to invest (you can read 9 reasons why you should invest here). How much you invest is up to you, however like any marketing initiative, the more you put in, the more you get back.

When it comes time to pay the influencer, there is no straight rule or best practice on when you should actually do it – upfront or after all of the deliverables have been received. Some people work on a 50/50 model, where the influencer receives 50% of the payment upfront to secure the collaboration and their time, and 50% on receipt of the deliverables. In saying that, some influencers request, and expect, payment up front and will not commence work until payment has been received, although, others are happy to receive full payment after the campaign period (usually within 7 days). Rather than being guided by a best practice or industry standard here, in most cases you have to be guided by the influencer.

When Briefing An Influencer…
This topic comes up so frequently that I wrote a blog post about how to brief influencers on the Scrunch blog a couple of weeks ago. It’s becoming best practice to provide briefing notes or a briefing document when working with an influencer on a paid collaboration, just as you would provide a brief for a freelance graphic designer, tradesman or consultant. You can see an example of what we include on our briefing form here, and be sure to be concise, clearly set out the objective and agree on the deliverables and commitment from both parties. It’s also best practice to include any additional information that the influencer might need, such as links to product pages, press releases and lookbooks.

When you are not paying an influencer, it is not best practice to send them a brief or get them to commit to an agreement, as it is not a working relationship. When influencers are not paid and worked with on a contra strategy, you can definitely outline what you would like to receive in exchange for the product, but ultimately they can not be expected to provide a predetermined set of deliverables.

When Managing Expectations…
This one ties into briefing influencers for a campaign and is important to ensure everyone involved is on the same page. The best practice is to discuss all expectations and deliverables before the campaign begins, so everyone’s clear on their part and what they are expected to deliver in support of the campaign. Expectations should be communicated clearly, and when there is a big partnership or a high-value relationship, a contract or agreement should be signed by everyone involved. It’s important to note here, that if something wasn’t brought up in the initial brief and negotiations, you can’t expect it to be added weeks into the partnership unless every agrees.

When Providing A Product Or Service…
When providing a complimentary product or service to an influencer, it is absolutely critical that they receive the best experience possible. If they don’t, their content will reflect that and it is ultimately a disservice to your brand and renders your campaign pointless. Influencers are engaged to highlight the best parts of the brand, so if they don’t receive that same treatment and experience, how and why should they share that. Whether it is a complimentary upgrade, additional products “just because” or the invitation to bring a friend along, whatever you can do to make their experience the best, you should.

Influencers should never have to pay for a product or service from a brand that has engaged them, and the whole experience should be effortless. The best practice is, if you can’t provide an experience that is 110% the best, then you shouldn’t be engaging the influencer at all.

When following up with influencers…
This is a pet peeve and something that I have personally experienced in my time as an influencer while working for a lifestyle publication. Day in and day out, marketers and brands “follow up” influencers about an email they sent a couple of days prior, or worse, they call to follow up an email only a couple of hours after it was sent.

I know and understand that some campaigns have a very quick turnaround, however, you cannot expect an influencer, or anyone for that matter, to reply within an hour at any time of the day, and across any timezone.

Where best practices are concerned, it’s okay to follow up an email after 5-7 working days if there has been no reply and the opportunity is a legitimate, relevant one. An influencers life and business is online, so if they haven’t replied it is likely a sign they have seen it and are not interested, or they are incredibly busy and need a couple of days to get back to you. Keep in mind, top-tier influencers receive hundreds of emails each week from brands wanting to collaborate, and often, they can’t reply to them all. If the opportunity is of interest, they will, but if it is not, then they probably won’t (which ties in to our best practice on ensuring the influencer and campaign align perfectly).

When Sharing Influencer Content…
One of the most common influencer marketing best practices that many ignore, or are unaware of, is the use of influencer content after a campaign. Many brands and marketers are under the wrong assumption that if an influencer posts a picture of their product or service, then they own the image and can use it freely, however, this is a very big misconception in the industry. Influencer content is exactly that, an influencer’s content. If it is used by a brand in any way commercially, it is considered a breach of copyright, which you can then be severely penalised for if the influencer wants to pursue the infringement.

The best practice is, always always always ask an influencer before using their content in any way, shape or form. It is generally okay to regram, repost, share or retweet influencer content onto your own social media channels with credit to the original content creator (the influencer), but anything beyond that must be discussed and agreed to in advance, especially if using the content commercially. The copyright of the content is always owned by the influencer, unless discussed in the agreement, and no changes or edits should be made to influencer content. In saying that, influencers are certainly open to the opportunity to sell, license, transfer or share copyright with brands for a cost, so if it is of interest, it needs to be discussed in length with everyone involved.

You can read our guide to reposting etiquette here.

These are 9 influencer marketing best practices in the industry right now, but of course, as influencer marketing develops in the next couple of years, we will no doubt see more best practices come into play, so watch this space. I will continue to update this article when new best practices come up, so you can stay up to date and have everything you need to work with influencers in a positive, fulfilling and ultimately successful way.

How to Work with Influencers and Celebrities on Social Media
Photo of the author, Lucy Hitz by Lucy Hitz

How to Work with Influencers and Celebrities on Social Media
Share to twitter Share to facebook Share to linkedin Share to Google Plus Share to Email
Working with social media influencers, especially on Instagram, is a tried-and-true method that many brands and companies have worked into their marketing plans to increase their ROI, broaden their reach, and boost their reputations. Often, though, companies are unaware of how to begin working with social media influencers. Here, we’ll address strategies for reaching out and extending offers to specific kinds of influencers.

Assess Who Your Influencers Are
Before you can figure out how to get an influencer on board, you first must understand what kind of influencer he or she is, to determine the best ways to reach out and partner.

There are two types of influencers: micro-influencers and macro-influencers.

Micro-influencers are usually regular people who have the potential to be relevant and influential for your brand. They can be people who are already committed and loyal to your brand, or even people who have never heard of you, but who might be interested in your company. Often, you’ll find that these influencers will have the smallest reach, but the highest engaged reach, and they generate authentic conversations about your brand.

A macro-influencer is a horse of a different color. Think about macro-influencers as celebrities, social media icons with millions of followers, and public figures that have an intensely broad reach. They’re typically distinguished by their social status, celebrity, or relative number of followers on social media platforms. Macro-influencers can reach significantly larger audiences than micro-influencers, but that also means they can be more of a challenge to work with.

So, how do you identify people who could work as influencers for your company or brand? First, start by looking within your niche at influencers who are popular or have a strong following. Identify these influencers by looking at the conversation happening around the hashtags and keywords commonly used in your target market.

You can do this with social media listening.
influencers social listening
Identify which users have broad reaches, top engagement, and would best represent your brand and help it grow. These can be folks who interact with your brand already, or don’t.

Take a look at your competition to see who they have endorsing their products and brands, and which of these campaigns are most successful.

post engagement examples
Look at the influencers who have endorsed products similar to yours; this endorsement indicates that they might be interested in working with you and your brand.

How to Reach Out to Your Prospective Influencers
As we pointed out, your micro-influencers can be very effective in terms of engagement, but they probably don’t have the broadest reach.

That being said, you can reach out to them directly through an email, or even direct-message them on their account. Here are some tips:

Start by introducing yourself, and explain who you are. Try to outline in a clear, direct way why you think you’d be a good fit working together.
Lay out the plan of what you’d like the influencer to do. If possible, try to list out a few of the benefits they’d receive by working with you, and tell them what you’d do for them, as well.
Micro-influencers likely won’t need to be paid and will often work with you for a product exchange.

It can definitely be expected that your macro-influencers will have representatives, so it’s likely you won’t initially be reaching out directly to the macro-influencer you desire. Your macro-influencers, whether they’re on Instagram or are semi-notable celebrities, likely have agents or managers taking care of their inquiries, so you’ll want to figure out who to reach out to, hire an agency to do this work for you, and/or hire a business development/influencer manager to own this process.

You can find celebrity contact info by going to the celebrity’s website, or by using a celebrity contact database. The perfect way to start the communication process with an agent or manager is to simply pitch them a short email that specifies who you are, what you want them to do, and what you’re going to offer them.

The Types of Deals Your Influencers May Consider
Once you’ve got the gates of communication with your influencers open, it’s important to have a defined type of deal. Again, this will depend on the type of influencer you plan on using. We’ll talk about a few of the most common deals here:

Sending Free Product
This can be a fun, inexpensive way to recruit micro-influencers to jump on board. Typically, micro-influencers don’t need to be paid, so working a product exchange deal into your plan with them is the best way to go.

This typically entails you gifting them a free product in exchange for a post on their social media accounts. This is simply reaching out to the person, offering them a free product in exchange for the post, and allowing them to reach their audience with your products.

Pay to Post
This is an incredibly common method for working out a social media influencer partnership. This is where you pay your influencer to post about you. This could be a flat fee for a one-off post, or a pre-agreed-upon program for posting a certain number of times in a scheduled period.

The payment and schedule are up to you, but ensure that you have this worked out with your influencer before you both agree to the plan. This can work with both micro- and macro-influencers, but we don’t recommend it for your micro-influencers, as they’re likely satisfied with free product exchange (as explained above).

Revenue Sharing
This deal can work for both micro- and macro-influencers. This type of agreement outlines that you’ll be sharing a portion of the revenue based off the sales that come from a specific product they have linked or promoted.

This arrangement is typically based off how many people click and buy off the link that you provide them to post. It can also be stacked with the flat-fee option. These details are things you’ll likely work out with the macro-influencer and their representatives.

Total Content Package
Build a cyclical system for your influencer program by asking influencers to post on your blog and share, talk about, and tease these content pieces on social.

This will keep your influencer’s followers moving towards your brand in a more seamless, less “salesy” way.

In short, working with and reaching out to social media influencers depends on what types of influencers you want to work with and what you want them to do.

If you’re working with micro-influencers, you can often reach out to them directly, outline how you’d like to work together, and offer compensation in the form of product exchange.

When working with macro-influencers, you’ll most likely need to reach out to their representatives to develop a rapport with them, explain how you’d like to work together, and strategize about a compensation-based marketing plan that can benefit the both of you.

Sign up to have social media resources sent to your inbox every week.

Sign Up
Published on July 26, 2018

Lucy Hitz: Lucy has been in the social game for awhile now, from the Ice Bucket Challenge to DAMN DANIEL to her current obsession with anything that happens on Instagram Stories. Lucy previously managed content and marketing strategy at Simply Measured, and now leads the corporate marketing segment at Sprout Social.

5 of the Most Useful Ways to Work With Social Media Influencers
Pauline Cabrera by Pauline Cabrera
5 of the Most Useful Ways to Work With Social Media Influencers
Looking to connect your business with social media influencers?

In a time when trust in advertising is at an all-time low, influencer marketing can foster good will.

But more than that, influencers have the power to improve awareness, engagement, and traffic.

Because getting traffic for your business can be tough. You want the satisfaction of doing it all by yourself, right?

Not only to prove those who ever doubted you wrong (curse those naysayers!), but for the sheer satisfaction of succeeding by yourself.

Sometimes, the thought of it is just too enticing to resist.

Being a renegade, calling the shots, it has its perks. But every once in a while, you need a helping hand.

Your reach can only go so far.

By joining forces with someone else with a similar goal to yours, you also gain their reach, and bounce off one another to learn, grow, and maximize potential audience.

Your brand is paramount, and by intriguing, exciting, and engaging your audience alongside other likeminded people, the sky’s the limit.

5 of the Most Useful Ways to Work With Social Media Influencers
How to Use Visual Content to Inspire Your Audience – bit.ly/2dqTr6j (by @twelveskip on @PostPlanner) CLICK TO TWEET
What’s a Social Media Influencer?
Someone who turns heads. Someone with a social presence so great that they have the power to put your brand in front of legions of fans.

Influencers are primarily found on social media platforms, which is where they have the most influence.

But they need to be the right fit.

You could have someone with millions of followers, but if their interests are not similar to yours – for instance, using a rapper to promote your software company – an increase in engagement isn’t really in the cards.

Defining context is perhaps the most important thing that you can do when deciding on an influencer, so keep that at the forefront of your decision.

Why Work with Influencers?
They increase credibility
If you’re working alongside other people who are just as savvy in the industry as you are, it shows that you’re open to the bigger picture.

You’re willing to take advice that’s not your own. You’re willing to listen, as well as preach.

By creating a team dynamic, where you work alongside someone that already has credibility, you increase your own.

They add a fresh perspective
We all know that feeling…

…You write about the same subject again and again, and eventually you begin to feel like a robot. Echoing the same stuff you always have, trying to relay the same information but with a different voice, and a fresh outlook.

If you invite someone else in, they’ve got something entirely new to bring to the table.

Everyone is different. Their life choices and experiences have given them a vision of the world completely different to yours.

Referrals & affiliate program
Offering a nice payout as an incentive to get influencers to throw a few hundred thousand fans your way is never a bad thing.

They put time and effort into amassing those followers in the first place.

So, offering a reward upon investment and engagement could be exactly what you need to take your brand to the next level.

There are a bunch of affiliate programs such as ShopSense and VigLink.

Their job is to connect you with influencers (see the “Where To Find Influencers” part below).

It gives them and bloggers a real incentive to link to your brand, increase conversions and offer a greater audience for your content.

They offer great exposure
In this industry, it’s give and take! We scratch your back, you scratch ours.

It’s a formula that can’t be beaten, because it’s just so damn effective.

Why do you think the guest blogger is writing a post on your page?

Hint: It’s not just because they think you’re a wonderful human being and want to help you out.

Everything in business is done for personal motives, and we wouldn’t have it any other way.

They do it so they get access to a larger audience. Yours!

But by them doing so, they also bring their own audience right to your doorstep, and you can’t argue with that.

Everyone’s a winner!

Where to Find the Right Influencers?
Google Search I usually use Google search first and enter a keyword related to my niche. Then voila!

Buzzsumo. My other favorite tool is Buzzsumo.

You would enter your keyword or a term that’s related to your niche in the search bar.

For example, you’re selling a case for iPhone. Enter the keyword “iPhone” or “Apple Phone”, and a bunch of popular social media posts will show up.

Social Media. You can use Facebook, Twitter, Instagram, Youtube, Pinterest and all other social media platforms where you your target influencers hang out.

Enter a specific #hashtag or a keyword on the search bar. For example, I would enter “Fashion Blogger”, then a list of fashion bloggers would show up.

More tools to find more influencers: zoomph.com / izea.com / getlittlebird.com

So you’ve decided that it’s time to team up, but you’re not sure how to go about it. Well, there’s no right or wrong answer…

…But there’s certainly a few tried and tested methods that’ll make you get the most out of your new collaboration.

How Do I Work with Social Media Influencers?
1. Gifting
Found an influencer that you like? Perhaps you’ve discovered that they share your passion, and you’re convinced they’ll like your product or brand.

By gifting them, they’ll create exposure by sharing it with the world. It would probably be best to drop them a line before showering them with gifts, as they may not be as generous with their exposure as you’d hope.

By acknowledging this from the get-go, you can gauge what kind of exposure you’ll get, and plan accordingly.

Here’s an example:


2. Giveaways
Did you know that 90% of bloggers like to do contests and giveaways with their readers?

Kind of similar to gifting, but rather than offering something to the blogger themselves with the offer of them promoting it, they run a contest aimed at the audience.

It’s much more direct marketing, as the audience are all fighting for the chance to win your product. It creates desire before they’ve even held it in their hands, and that’s priceless.

Here’s a good example:


3. Videos
YouTube is HUGE. It has an uncapped potential to make your product or brand a talking point across multiple demographics.

There are almost 5 BILLION videos viewed on YouTube every single day, and by collaborating with an influencer, that could give your brand limitless exposure.

With their help, you could develop a creative video that promotes you in a unique, exciting, and entertaining way.

Videos have a habit of driving awareness, inspiring action and, believe it or not, boosting SEO. It’s been shown that customers who are exposed to video content increase brand engagement by 28%.

Videos are the most shared media online, as they’re easy to digest and fun to watch. They’re also the best way to organically grow a legion of fans.

Find a YouTube channel you think will work with your product, and drop them a line.

Take a look at Shaanxo’s from Youtube. See how she created a video review for Kylie Lip Kits and generated about 2M+ views? That just means, more exposure = more sales.


4. Sponsored Social Media Posts
Instagram, as well as YouTube, is another great place to find an influencer to team up with.

However, be sure to work with a user that not only has a large following, but a high engagement. Alarms bells should start ringing if you see an account with 250,000 followers but only 18 likes per post.

When you find the influencer right for you, develop a campaign that releases multiple posts that appeal to a broad audience. That way, something’s bound to stick.

Ask them to test out your product and take a photo or a video demonstrating your product/service features and benefits. Here’s a good guide that can help you test your social media content to get better results.

Take a look at this example of a sponsored post on social media. See how Velvet Caviar sent a free item (and maybe even compensated) to Bretman Rock in exchange of promotion.

The company even offered an exclusive coupon code for those who purchased via Bretman Rock’s campaign. That 228K+ likes + 1K+ comments? That’s a whole lot of exposure!


5. Blog Post Reviews

Blog post reviews can be an effective way to generate more exposure. If done well, your influencers’ blog posts could show up on the top search results.

Work with influential bloggers that are known for being trustworthy.

You can send them free products or compensate them in exchange for creating a blog post with an honest review.

For example, if someone was looking for “Local Italian Restaurant” on Google search, one of your influencers’ post could show up in the top result. Voila! That’s more exposure for your brand.

Make sure your main keywords are included in their blog post.

For example, you’re an Italian restaurant in Toronto. Include “Italian Restaurant”, “Toronto”, or “Local” in the headline and within the content.

The title would be “[Restaurant Name Here] Review: Italian Restaurant in Toronto”, then add those main keywords within the body (but make sure the keywords flow naturally within your content).

Also, don’t forget to ask them to link to your website at the bottom of the content or wherever relevant.

PRO TIP: You may want to hire a SEO specialist to guide you on optimizing blog content for the search engines (to boost your search rankings).

Final Thoughts
Influencer marketing can really power up your social media strategy.

You just need to build relationships with the right influencers (with the same target audience as yours).

Experiment with different strategies and track your performance to determine what works best for your brand.

4 Tips For Working With Influencers To Promote Your Brand

We first tried using influencer marketing at ThirdLove back in 2014. And to be honest, we really didn’t get the results we were looking for.

Yet today, influencer marketing is one of the most promising emerging channels in our marketing portfolio.

What happened?

The truth is, there are moments when influencer marketing works best.

If you don’t see results initially, that doesn’t mean you should ditch influencers forever.
Maybe you weren’t using the right influencers. Maybe you weren’t crafting the content in the right way. Or maybe it just wasn’t the right moment for your brand to have that partnership.

Whatever the case, influencer marketing is a useful way of reaching new audiences and educating them about your product.

Here’s what to keep in mind as you get started:

Understand paid doesn’t mean inauthentic.
I’ve heard people say, “Oh, I would never pay an influencer to work together.”

I understand what they’re trying to say — they see the relationship as inauthentic. But paid marketing is paid marketing. Is it inauthentic to buy Facebook ads or send out direct mail?

Regardless, we’ve worked with both paid and unpaid influencers at ThirdLove. And I can tell you that the claims of inauthenticity just don’t ring true. That’s because the relationship is a two-way street. We only work with influencers who are passionate advocates for brand, and who truly like and wear our product.

You have to remember influencers represent their own brands as well. Influencers typically want to promote products and causes they genuinely believe in or use.
Even if they’re getting paid for the partnership, it’s still important that the company and product is on-brand for them. So, it’s normal to end up with a situation where the influencer actually has a genuine interest in your product and acts as a true advocate.

And that’s about as authentic as it gets.

The audience has to align with the demographic you’re trying to reach.
When we launched our maternity bra line last year, we had a lot of success using influencers to help us get the word out.

We were going after a different sub-category of customers: pregnant women and new mothers. We wanted to make sure people that community knew about our launch. So, we relied heavily on influencers because pregnant women often follow bloggers, podcast hosts, and other influencers who are also pregnant.

There’s a real community there, and we were able to tap into that successfully through our partnerships.

If you want your influencer marketing efforts to be successful, you have to figure out who you’re trying to reach.
Who’s your target demographic? What do they listen to? What do they watch? Who do they see as an authority they can rely on?

Find the answers to those questions, and you’ll find the right influencers for your product.

Judge success based on revenue and engagement.
Influencer marketing is about creating a relationship with someone who’s going to be an ongoing steward of the brand.

Judging the success of that relationship depends on several things. The first is the revenue you generate from the partnership. That revenue isn’t entirely trackable, but you can use special codes and links to get a good sense of how many people are purchasing because of your partnership.

Keep in mind, the largest overall audience doesn’t always equate to the largest number of sales.

That’s because you also have to look at the quality of engagement.
And that isn’t just about how many likes an Instagram post gets. It’s about how many comments are made and the content of those comments. It’s about whether or not that post actually convinces anyone to try your product.

Ask yourself: Are we resonating with the influencer in an organic way? Are we able to reach a new audience and educate them about our mission? Are we able to have meaningful conversations with them?

It’s about creating an organic relationship.
Some of our influencers at ThirdLove have been paid, others have not.

Sometimes an unpaid relationship creates strong engagement, and we ask them if they’d be interested in a paid partnership with more depth.

There’s no “secret sauce” for making an influencer relationship work. We’ve had success with everyone, from a reality star in her 20s to a blogger with two children.

Influencer marketing is like any other aspect of your business. It takes time to figure out what works best. You have to be open to evolving, trying new things, and even coming back to it if it doesn’t work the first time.

Thanks for reading The Marketing & Growth Hacking Publication
Follow us on Twitter. Join our Facebook Group.

Forbes CommunityVoice Connecting expert communities to the Forbes audience.What is This?
Jan 9, 2018, 09:00am
Seven Tips To Find And Work With Influencers Without Breaking The Bank
Forbes Communications Council
Jamie Elgie CommunityVoice
Forbes Communications Council

Jamie Elgie

Chief Marketing Officer at Wilson Electronics, the market leader in cellular signal boosters.


While there isn’t an official number for annual influencer marketing spending, eMarketer estimates that marketers spent $570 million globally on sponsored Instagram posts in 2016 — which means the influencer marketing game is likely a several billion-dollar business. Although 92% of marketers who used influencer marketing in 2017 found it to be effective, it is still in its infancy, and brands are wasting a lot of money figuring it out.

News flash: You don’t have to spend a fortune to get influencers involved with your brand. There’s something special about building a relationship with someone who isn’t just in it for the money but is sincerely an advocate of your product. Not only will the relationship and resulting content be more genuine, it will also be more sustainable long term.

Know your audience.

Your messaging and website may be meticulously crafted, but none of that matters if you’re not targeting the right people. Without proper targeting, your message isn’t going to resonate and you aren’t going to acquire customers. Similarly, you can work with influencers who have millions of social media followers, but if their audience doesn’t fit your brand, their message won’t drive the leads or new customers you’re looking for from the relationship.

Every successful influencer marketing program starts with knowing your audience. You need to know their interests, what they do over the weekend, their income levels and the websites they visit during their spare time. Use that information to determine what kind of influencer to go after in your search.

After learning who your customers are, it’s not difficult to spot when an influencer’s audience doesn’t quite match your brand. For example, many of our customers are outdoors people. If someone from the beauty industry reached out to us, we would most likely not pursue the partnership.

Determine which influencer platforms will reach your target audience.

Although defining your target audience is an important first step, it’s also imperative to know what platforms (Instagram, Pinterest, Twitter, YouTube, blogs, LinkedIn, Facebook) best suit your business strategy. For example, technology products tend to fare better on YouTube and blog posts because there is more opportunity to explain the product (Instagram posts can’t always convey the full functionality of your product and may not look pretty enough to drive engagement). Beauty and fashion products, however, do better on Instagram and Pinterest due to their natural propensity to image-centric marketing. B2B companies tend to do better with blog and LinkedIn posts.

Find your influencers.

Now that you know your audience and types of platforms to consider, you need to find your influencers. There’s no better place to look than your pool of existing customers. Who has been a longtime user of your product? Who is already posting rave reviews about your product? Find them. They’re already advocating for you. Reach out and offer to let them test out an upcoming product.

As your brand starts to grow and people become more aware of your products, influencers will start approaching you. In the spring of 2017, our brand awareness began to skyrocket, and suddenly influencers were reaching out to us directly. This approach is great because you already have someone who is actively interested in your company and brand and knows how it fits with their audience. This makes the process much smoother.

Choose your influencers wisely.

Don’t say yes to anyone with a high social media following. Make sure the influencers are professional, create good content and share the same values as your company. Quality over quantity.

Forbes Communications Council is an invitation-only community for executives in successful public relations, media strategy, creative and advertising agencies. Do I qualify?
For example, our brand advocate Billy Rioux reached out to us about doing a product review. After we learned more about him and his thriving YouTube channel, it was clear to us that he fit our brand story perfectly. Our customers are often DIYers that live and work in remote areas. Billy lives in an off-grid cabin in a remote location in Canada, which made him a perfect fit.

Get creative with collaboration.

People often approach influencer marketing from a simple sponsored post perspective, but there is so much more to it than that. Want an influencer to lend their expertise to your audience? Do a joint webinar or invite them to speak at an event your company is hosting. Want to show your influencers how much you value them? Help them make additional income by incorporating them into your affiliate program. If you think their story would be relevant to your audience, interview them and share their story using your platform. If you’re doing a giveaway, consider reaching out to influencers to have them share the news with their audiences. The possibilities are endless.

This is a mutually beneficial relationship. Support your influencer.

One of the biggest mistakes I see in influencer marketing is that marketers rely only on organic reach to reach their target market. For example, if your influencer is doing a blog post, don’t just have them publish and do nothing else. Share it on your social channels and even consider boosting the post. Do everything in your power to help the influencer succeed. It might take some time and effort, but the best influencer marketing is a symbiotic relationship between the advocate and brand. If you’re lucky, it will become a long-term relationship with more collaboration opportunities to reinforce that the influencer truly loves your product.

Remember, relationships come first and those relationships can create years-long partnerships, collaborations and even friendships.

Set expectations up front.

What are both you and the influencer hoping to get out of the relationship? Determine what success looks like to you and measure accordingly, whether that be in terms of sales, website traffic, social media engagement, increased brand name mentions or another relevant metric. Know what you’re hoping to get out of the interaction so that both you and your influencer can enjoy a mutually beneficial relationship for years to come.

Chief Marketing Officer at Wilson Electronics, the market leader in cellular signal boosters.

Does Influencer Marketing Actually Work? A HubSpot Blog Experiment
Aja Frost
Written by Aja Frost
Marketing | 7 min read

I ran my first experiment in influencer marketing in middle school. My mom had bought me a pair of practical (her words) but hideous (my words) sneakers — and insisted I wear them to gym class.

Believing — maybe rightfully — that my reputation hinged on having cool footwear, I convinced my mom to buy a second pair as a gift for my friend Kelly’s birthday. Kelly was the coolest girl in sixth grade. Everything she did turned into a trend.

Kelly wore her sneakers to gym, probably at behest of her mom. Next thing I knew, everyone was rocking my ugly shoes. I was trendy, not lame. The experiment was a total success.

I didn’t think about influencer marketing again until I joined HubSpot. On the blog team, we’re always looking for ways to scale traffic — which gets continually harder as your audience grows. We’ve already captured much of the “low-hanging fruit.” Partnering with influencers could help us reach new readers while bringing our current ones fresh insights and promoting worthy thought leaders. Win-win-win.

When I started experimenting with influencer marketing strategies for the HubSpot Sales Blog seven months ago, I was operating under a few key assumptions:

If one influencer is good, 23 is better.
A huge name on a standard quality blog post is better than an unknown name on a great quality post.
Partnering with influencers is an efficient and scalable way to grow traffic.
Turns out, those assumptions were mostly — even completely — false.

Experiment #1: Is Influencer Marketing a Silver Bullet?
Let’s go back to November 2016, when I set out to create a blog post that received 10,000 views or more in its first 30 days.

For context, average views per Sales Blog post for November was 3,180.

I decided to create an influencer round-up (a type of post gathers quotes from multiple influencers on a single theme or topic). Harnessing the reach of some of the biggest names in sales through their social shares would surely push the post over the 10K line.

Since there are relatively few sales influencers, and their expertise is pretty varied, I chose a broad theme for the round-up post: How to Have Your Best Sales Year Yet. Each month received its own section and covered a different aspect of selling, from qualifying to giving demos.

Then it was time to get the influencers on board. First, I identified 30 sales experts and thought leaders, and wrote a personalized email to each one.

Twenty-three influencers agreed to participate. That’s approximately 77% of the 30 I approached — a great response rate that was likely bolstered by the personalized emails.

Next, I wrote custom questions for each influencer based on their area of expertise. I collected their interview answers for the post through a combination of phone and email interviews. I also asked each influencer to commit to promoting the post on LinkedIn and Facebook, as well as their email newsletter if they had one.

After the post went live, I created custom tracking URLs for each influencer to use for their share(s). This step allowed me to see exactly how much traffic every individual was responsible for. I also created a custom image for social media each influencer with a quote from their interview:


From start to finish, the entire post took me roughly 18 hours. A standard, non-influencer post takes me 45 minutes to an hour. That’s a big difference in time.

The Results:
The post ended up getting around 9,100 views in the first 30 days. The influencers were responsible for 4,143 of those views — each sharing their link on Facebook and Twitter within three days of the launch date, with several sharing the link on LinkedIn as well.

Sounds like our influencer strategy worked, right? Well, not quite.

When I dug deeper, I discovered the influencer traffic wasn’t distributed evenly. In fact, one person was responsible for 77% of all influencer traffic.


Some influencers drove less than 20 views each.

These results killed my first assumption: If one influencer is good, 23 is better.

Experiment #2: Is Targeted Influencer Marketing a Silver Bullet?
With this in mind, I had two goals for the next post in my influencer marketing experiment:

Feature as many “heavy hitters” as possible.
Feature the influencers’ products — giving them a clear incentive to promote the piece beyond being quoted as a thought leader.
I chose The 20 Most Highly-Rated Sales Books of All Time as the theme, since it would enable me to satisfy both criteria. I sent an email to each author with a custom URL and a polite request for them to share it.

The Results:
All in all, the influencers drove around 5,700 views. Guess who was responsible for 60% of those views? The same influencer who was responsible for 77% of the traffic for the first post.

It’s not surprising this influencer is such a reliable source of traffic. He has more than 1.7 million Facebook fans. A mere 0.002% of them clicked on the link to the HubSpot Sales Blog.

What is surprising is that the other influencers are driving such little traffic. It takes roughly the same amount of time to get a quote from the other influencers as this superstar one, but the results are completely disproportional.

Experiment #3: Looking for a Scalable Solution
Is the solution to concentrate solely on massive influencers? Unfortunately, there aren’t enough out there in the sales space.

What if we skipped the time-consuming process of picking a theme, finding experts, reaching out to them, developing questions, transcribing and editing their answers, and putting everything together into a post? What if I started with content that already existed, cutting out the creation process entirely?

I started handpicking influencers based on their network size and asking to publish their original content and/or repurpose some of their existing content — along with a social share, of course.

This strategy requires much less time. Each post would receive fewer page views, but I’d be able to produce more in the same amount of time — meaning we’d drive more overall traffic.

It’s also great for the influencers. They’ve already done the hard work of content creation; now they can sit back and enjoy its amplification. We send their posts out to our 50,000-plus email subscribers and give them the option of adding in-line links and a CTA to their website or virtual offers.

I started this experiment with an excerpt of a book from a well-known author, who has a sizable audience.

The Results:
The post got 2,143 views — and 1,200 of those came from the HubSpot Sales Blog email subscribers. Because the author didn’t use the tracking URL I sent her, I can’t say definitively how many views her Facebook and LinkedIn posts generated, although it’s likely around 300. Not that impressive.

We see similar results whenever we publish posts for “the name” versus the content. If the writing isn’t relevant, insightful, or helpful, it doesn’t seem to matter who’s got the byline — the post tends to strike out.

There goes my second assumption: A huge name on a standard quality blog post is better than an unknown name on a great quality post.

Experiment #4: Content First, Influencer Second
With that in mind, I decided to focus on content first, influencer second. I looked for sales experts with unique perspectives and ideas and largely ignored the size of their audience.

A sales leader I found on LinkedIn is a perfect example. He’s not a recognizable name, but he’s built a solid following (almost 10,000 followers) by consistently posting entertaining, helpful articles on LinkedIn.

His posts we’ve published get an average of 4,600 views.

Tom Niesen, CEO of Acuity Training, belongs in this category as well. He wrote a post about upfront contracts that generated roughly 6,000 views before Sandler Training shared it on social and drove 1,000 more.

These partnerships might not create one massive traffic spike, but they’re lightweight for me to manage, generate content I’d be happy to share with our readers no matter who wrote it, and are a scalable way to work with influencers to produce content that consistently performs above average.

My third assumption: Partnering with influencers is an efficient and scalable way to grow traffic — still true, if it’s the right influencer.

3 Influencer Marketing Takeaways
It turns out influencer marketing has gotten a bit more complex since middle school. After running these four experiments, here are my three main takeaways.

1) If you’re trying to drive traffic, use your time and energy to get one major influencer on board rather than five to 10 mid-level ones.
An influencer’s impact depends on both their audience size and engagement — you can get similar results from an influencer with tons of followers and low engagement and one with a medium following but crazy-high engagement.

I recommend looking at the influencer’s average Facebook post performance. If they’re receiving 600-1000+ reactions and 500+ shares on any given post, they’re probably a major influencer. Validate this by giving them a dedicated tracking URL to share and seeing how much traffic they drive.

2) That being said, quality still matters.
Weak content rarely performs well even with a “big name.”

When evaluating content for the Sales Blog, I ask myself these questions:

Are the ideas relevant?
Have we covered this material in other posts?
Does the author give enough explanation, detail, and instruction that the reader can immediately apply the concepts?
If they make a controversial argument, do they sufficiently back it up with research?
Is the post engaging from beginning to end?
If the answers aren’t all “yes,” then I’ll ask the author to edit the piece.

3) Prioritizing content leads to posts that get traffic on their own merits.
I’m proud of our readers. They’re not star-struck — if a post is great, they read it and share it, regardless of the byline.

Ultimately, our best “hack” for growing traffic? Publishing great content. That’s an assumption I’m happy to operate under.

How does your content team approach influencer marketing? Let us know in the comments.

New Call-to-action
Originally published Jun 14, 2017 8:00:00 AM, updated July 28 2017
Topics: Influencer Marketing
Related Articles

7 Questions to Ask Before Working With a Micro-Influencer
Kevin Payne
Written by Kevin Payne
Marketing | 7 min read

The way we ask for recommendations has evolved.

Whereas once upon a time we may have asked a neighbor to recommend a product or service, 47% of millennials now turn to social media for recommendations and reviews before deciding on a purchase.

But these consumers aren’t always going to the social media accounts of brands. Much of the time, they’re visiting the profiles of a special breed of social media personalities: influencers.

Consider this: Close to 40% of Twitter users alone have made a purchase as a result of influencer marketing — and that’s excluding the influence, if you will, of personalities on other channels, like Instagram.Click here to learn how to grow your network and become an influencer in your industry.
And when we think of influencers, for many of us, A-list personalities and celebrities come to mind. Take Kylie Jenner, for example, who helped catapult the brand Fashion Nova into a favorite online retail brand.

#ad Obsessed with my new @fashionnova jeans 🍑Get them at FashionNova.com 😍

A post shared by Kylie (@kyliejenner) on Dec 27, 2016 at 6:57am PST

Sure, celebrities might significantly help boost your sales and achieve your marketing goals. But let’s face it: most of us can’t afford their price tags. After all, it’s reported that Kylie Jenner gets $400,000 for a single promotional Instagram post.

The good news is that marketers and startup business owners now have another option that will allow them to tap into the power of influencer marketing without putting their ROI in jeopardy.

This option comes in the form of a unique group of social media users collectively known as micro-influencers.

What Is a Micro-Influencer?
Micro-influencers are social media users — unlike typical celebrities, experts, or public figures. They’re individuals who work or specialize in a particular vertical and frequently share social media content about their interests. Unlike traditional “influencers,” micro-influencers have a more modest number of followers — typically in the thousands or tens of thousands — but they boast hyper-engaged audiences.

Why Use Micro-Influencers?
At first, opting to use micro-influencers for your marketing campaign may sound counterintuitive. Would it be more beneficial to tap an influencer with millions of followers, as opposed to getting a micro-influencer with just a few thousand followers?

Not necessarily.

That’s because when it comes to influencer marketing, the level of engagement is more crucial. It is one of the key metrics that will help you gauge the effectiveness of your influencer marketing campaign.

In a study done by Markerly, a converse relationship was discovered between the number of followers an influencer has, and the level of engagement each post gets. In other words, as the number of followers increases, the engagement rate decreases.

Macintosh HD:Users:adeleyuboco:Downloads:Screen-Shot-2016-04-11-at-3.44.27-PM.png
Macintosh HD:Users:adeleyuboco:Downloads:Screen-Shot-2016-04-11-at-3.44.59-PM.png
Source: Markerly
In its own study, Expercity found that micro-influencers not only generate 22.2X more conversion than the average social media user, but that 74% of them are rather direct in encouraging their followers to buy or try a product or service they’re endorsing. That communicates credibility and transparency, which can help to build a loyal following.

Cost is another reason why many brands are now turning to micro-influencers. According to a study done by Bloglovin’, 97% of micro-influencers charge $500 and below for a sponsored post on Instagram.

Macintosh HD:Users:adeleyuboco:Downloads:1*SoYJLiz3vcTbEIGL8GTnLg.png
Source: Influence

Additionally, 87% micro-influencers charge $500 and below for a sponsored blog post.

Macintosh HD:Users:adeleyuboco:Downloads:1*Wmgc1Mj6lG-zPqEU_2Gb3w.png
Source: Influence
Finding the Right Micro-Influencer for Your Business
With so many micro-influencers out there, it’s no surprise that 73% of marketers point to finding the right one as one of their biggest challenges.

Macintosh HD:Users:adeleyuboco:Downloads:Screen_Shot_2016-02-22_at_16.01.41.png
Source: Econsultancy

Of course, you can choose to hire an influencer marketing agency to help you find the right micro-influencers for your campaign. But if you want to be more hands-on in finding the right micro-influencer, here are seven questions you’ll need to answer very carefully.

1. What are your goals?
The first thing to consider when finding the right micro-influencer is to look at what you’re aiming to achieve. Do you want to generate more leads for your business? If so, look for micro-influencers that frequently host contests or giveaways on their social media accounts — especially if they involve encouraging their followers to sign up in exchange for free trials, products or access to an exclusive event.

2. Who are the micro-influencer’s followers?
When reviewing the followers of the micro-influencer you want to reach, look at to how well they align with your brand’s buyer personas. Some of the things to consider are:

Where are the majority of the micro-influencers’ followers based (geographically)?
Are they mostly male or female?
Which type of posts resonates with them the most?
3. Is the micro-influencer already a fan?
Working with a micro-influencer that’s already using your product or service has several benefits. For starters, he or she might already be posting about your company and products — so a partnership is more natural and appears more genuine to followers.

Also, micro-influencers who are fans of your products and brand are more likely negotiate lower fees. Some may even be willing to collaborate with you in exchange for some free products or services.

One way to find these micro-influencers is to perform a general search for blog posts mentioning your brand. Since Google ranks sites based on content quality, there’s a good chance that the first two or three results belong to a micro-influencer in your niche.

Another is by using a tool like Gatsby.ai (which has an integration with HubSpot) to your website. Gatsby helps you search through your customer database for micro-influencers that have bought your products, and help you quickly retrieve their information so that you can reach out to them.

4. How engaged is the micro-influencer’s audience?
As I mentioned earlier, a micro-influencer’s engagement rate is one of the key metrics that will help you determine the success (or lack of it) of your influencer marketing campaign.

Review the social media accounts of the micro-influencer to see how many likes, comments, and shares each post gets. Although likes are good, I often recommend that my clients focus more on the number of comments and shares a post receives. That’s because it requires more effort for a follower to leave a comment on or share a post than it is to click on the like button. Often, followers will only leave comments when they find the post compelling enough for them do so.

5. What kind of content does the micro-influencer produce?
Micro-influencers create their posts based on their own brand and image they want to convey to their followers and compare this against the image you want your audience to associate with your brand. There must be alignment between your perceived brand image the micro-influencer’s, in order to ensure that the posts he or she creates for you don’t look like a mismatch. Followers tend not to appreciate that — after all, they follow this micro-influencer for relevant content.

6. Are they working with your competitors?
If you’re seriously considering using influencer marketing, there’s a chance that your competitors are also doing the same. Take some time to review the posts of the micro-influencers you want to work with, and see if they’ve worked with any of your direct or indirect competitors.

If so, how did the audience respond to the post? Was there anything mentioned by the micro-influencer about your competitors’ products that you can leverage?

7. How many platforms do they use?
Although 80% of micro-influencers point to Instagram as their preferred platform for creating and publishing content, many of them are equally active on their own blogs and in other social media channels. Some even have access to traditional media like TV and magazines. The more platforms a micro-influencer can use to promote your content, the better for you.

Free Guide Influencer in Industry
Free Guide Influencer in Industry
Originally published Dec 11, 2017 8:00:00 AM, updated December 11 2017
Topics: Influencer Marketing
Related Articles
59 Female Marketing and Growth Experts You Should be Following

How to Work with Influencers: The Ultimate Guide
Tamar Weinberg
Written by Tamar Weinberg
How much digital content do you consume on a daily basis?

It’s tough to put a number on that, isn’t it? Here’s an even tougher question: How much of that content do you genuinely trust — especially when it comes to an investment in a product or a service?

According to Twitter, if you really only trust your friends and family for this information, you’re part of the majority. But if you also have the highest trust in influencers for these recommendations, you’re far from alone — 49% of survey respondents are right there with you.

But what is an “influencer”? According to NeoReach, it’s “an individual with an online presence who has the potential to influence the opinions and behaviors of your target audience.” Because these folks — like bloggers and social media personalities — build a following over a long period of time by producing interesting, quality content, people begin to trust them. They’re relatable, and their opinions become respected.
Download the step-by-step guide on how to build valuable relationships with experts & influencers here.
That’s why brands see the value of turning to influencers to reach or engage new audiences — it’s a way to broadcast their messages as told by an authoritative source that people actually pay attention to. And no matter your industry, there’s likely an opportunity for your brand to connect and collaborate with influencers. Below, we’ve outlined seven tactics to try.

7 Ways to Work with Influencers
1) Gifting Goods and Services
One of the easiest way to expose your brand to potential customers is to get it into the hands of the influencers it listens to. Identify bloggers who share the same aesthetic as your brand — if they love your gifted goods and services, that’s likely to give them a reason to share positive feedback about it with their readers and viewers. That makes research a crucial first step to finding an influencer, since you’ll want an influential partner with whose audience you’ll resonate. For example, if you work for a company that manufactures auto parts, it might not make sense to partner with a fashion blogger.

But whether you’re gifting a tour of your facility or free product, you’ll want to work with bloggers that produce high-quality content — the goal is to make the influential messaging about your brand highly shareable.

It’s important to note, however, that gifting goods and services doesn’t guarantee exposure. While many influencers will accept gifts, that doesn’t equate with a promise of editorial coverage. In fact, some prefer to be paid for coverage in addition to any gifts they receive — some influencers with followers in the millions, for example, receive an average of $100,000 for a earned post (that’s what it’s called when a brand receives, or earns a mention from an influencer). So if you’re new to influencer partnerships, or your budget is limited, don’t be afraid to start on a smaller scale.

Communication is imperative throughout the process of discovering and working with an influencer. If you don’t have a ton of merchandise to give away, get in touch with the blogger before sending out gifts to agree on specifics first. That way, if the person really wants to charge you, you can do some math on your end to determine the ROI of the partnership.

Here’s an example of this technique. When TomTom gifted influential “lifestyle and fitness enthusiasts” with its new fitness tracker, 47% of whom shared it, that helped the brand gain exposure from numerous posts:

Source: IMA
2) Sponsored Posts
Sponsored posts serve as a less labor-intensive way for brands to work with influencers — bloggers in particular. Essentially, a sponsored blog post is one that a blogger is paid to publish about a brand, on her own blog, in her own voice. And while you can supplement the influencer with important points you’d like her to cover in the post, writing the content in her own voice can help maintain a consistent appeal to her readers.

If the blogger is following FTC guidelines, however, she’ll have to include a small note somewhere in the post to indicate that the story was sponsored by the brand, but that the opinions expressed in the post are her own.

Partnering with bloggers on these types of posts can be great for gaining awareness and securing a few valuable links from authoritative domains.

Children’s book author Chiêu Anh Urban enlisted parenting bloggers to promote one of her activity books. Here’s an example of one such sponsored post from the blog Toddler Approved:

Chiêu Anh Urban.jpg
3) Product Reviews
While this technique is often a result of gifting, product reviews from influencers that align with your brand can serve as a powerful way to convince potential customers to buy your product or service. Remember, influencers have grown to become one of the most trusted online resources. And with 81% of shoppers conducting online research before making big purchases, the discovery of these reviews can — pardon the pun — influence their decisions. Here’s an example of how TechnologyAdvice reviewed accounting software platform Xero:

Again, merely sending your product to an influencer doesn’t guarantee coverage — you have to build communication and nurture the relationship. Also, make sure your brand will be portrayed in a positive light. While you can’t necessarily stop someone from producing a negative review of your product or service, you can get an idea of how a given influencer might talk about your brand by looking at her other reviews. If she’s generally not receptive to your type of product, then it might be best to look elsewhere.

4) Giveaways
At risk of sounding like a broken record: Sending products to an influencer, even for a giveaway, does not guarantee coverage. However, if an influencer agrees to work with you on a giveaway, it’s a great way to build excitement around your brand. After all, who doesn’t love free stuff?

It’s especially important here to partner with an influencer who aligns with your brand identity — if her audience isn’t a good fit for your product, there might not be a ton of enthusiasm around a chance to win something from you, even if it’s free. And when it come to deciding what to give away, we suggest a few guidelines:

Offer something of real value. You want to make it worth the audience’s time to enter.
Make sure it’s something you can afford to give away.
Remember that the influencer ultimately knows her audience better than you do, so be receptive to feedback regarding what she thinks you should be giving away.
As for the process of entering the giveaway, don’t make it too complicated for people to participate — but do require them to do something low-effort that somehow benefits your marketing goals. For example, if you want to increase your social media following on a specific channel, you can ask participants to post a photo on Instagram with a caption about the giveaway and a branded hashtag. Here’s an example of how the South Florida Lifestyle blog partnered with a number of brands on social media for a giveaway:

If an influencer wants to be paid in exchange for including your brand in a giveaway, think about the work required on her end — she has to tease it, promote it, track responses, and pick a winner. Of course, compensation could be negotiable, but if this person has the right kind of reach, don’t immediately turn away a potential partnership because of the cost.

5) Influencer Competitions
Then, there’s another kind of contest — the kind that invites the influencers themselves to participate in a competition. The prize? That can be anything ranging from exclusive brand features on your channels, a chance to travel (on your dime, of course ) somewhere on behalf of the brand as an ambassador, or the opportunity to sit on a “best of” list, just to name a few options.

But remember, the best influencers get approached a lot, so be prepared to answer the question, “What’s in it for me?” Go equipped with information about your own reach, audience, and the ways that participation in a contest ultimately benefits the influencer.

Skype executed a promotion like this one with its “Your City, Your Passion” competition. Influencers around the world were encouraged to share why they’re so passionate about their respective cities, with the hope of winning a Skype session with a famed expert within their given field — for example, Epic Mealtime creator Darren Morenstein.

6) Guest Posts
When it comes to influential bloggers, one of the strongest ways to reach their respective audiences is by contributing a guest post on their publications. Not only can it help to establish you as an industry expert — one that’s legitimate enough to earn a byline on a highly-trusted platform — but also, it’s a way to gain backlinks from a high-authority site.

Again, this approach requires some research to find out whether or not a given blogger even accepts guest posts. Once you find one who does, the site might have editorial guidelines. Read those closely — editors are extremely busy and likely receive a high volume of pitches.

Back when his company was in its early stages, Videofruit founder Bryan Harris earned quite a name for himself after penning a guest post on the influential OkDork blog. According to Entrepreneur, Harris saw “astronomical” results within the same day his post was published:

A 500% increase in pageviews
A 600% increase in unique pageviews
A 6% decrease in bounce rate
7) Affiliate Marketing Programs
As a marketer, you may have come across the term “global affiliate network.” According to Rakuten Marketing, it’s essentially a system to “connect advertisers with publishers to reach new audiences and influence repeat purchases.” In other words, it helps brands that join the network connect with the influencers that best align with their products and services.

Many of these programs work on a cost-per-sale or cost-per-acquisition model, which means that you could incur a cost when you earn coverage from an influencer. Each network is different, so it might be worthwhile to explore those that have been named as top-ranked, like this list from mThink.

Invest in Influencer Marketing
There is a shift in how marketers are reaching consumers. With so much digital “noise,” especially from brands, customers like the marketing they come across to personally resonate with them — maybe that’s why, for example, the open rate for personalized emails is 6.2% higher than those that aren’t.

And that’s why consumers also turn to people that they know — or, at least, are familiar with, like influencers — for product and service recommendations. There’s reason to invest in partnering with content creators who fall within these trusted resources, to build awareness of your brand and what you produce. The options are plenty, but the key is finding the right partner, with the right audience.

How have you worked with influencers? Let us know in the comments.

free guide to influencer marketing

How to Become an Influencer in Your Industry
Kevin Payne
Written by Kevin Payne
How to Become an Influencer in 10 Steps
Influencer marketing has skyrocketed since it first made its mark.

That’s very much due to the way purchasing decisions have changed over the years. You might recall, for example, a story about how many women no longer trust celebrity endorsements. That’s because most consumers, research shows, seek product and service recommendations from those who are, above all, knowledgeable and credible.

And today, those qualities often come in the form of social media influencers.

When it comes to getting advice or recommendations on what to do — which product to buy, which movie to see, and where to travel on vacation — there are still areas where we trust our peers more than we do “experts.”

But that’s part of what makes an influencer so powerful: Despite perhaps being an expert in his or her field, by sharing content and insight in a certain way, consumers view that person more as a peer. We have things like constant access to video and other visual content to thank for that — the tools that help us “get to know” people online in ways that weren’t quite as accessible only a few years ago.

So, how can you tap into this area, and become an influencer in your own field?

What Is an Influencer?
Influencers are ordinary people who have earned a substantial loyal following because of their expertise and transparency. Unlike celebrities actively endorse products on their social media accounts, influencers achieved their fame because of the valuable information they share with their followers.

It’s for this reason why one of the influencer marketing trends experts anticipate in 2018 is the increase in demand for social media influencers, specifically micro-influencers (influencers with less than 100K followers). Not surprising, more and more people want to become social media influencers.

The question is: where do you start?

In this blog post, I’ll be laying out ten ways how to become a social media influencer. On their own, they will help you slowly make your mark and establish you as an influencer in your industry. But do all these together, and you have a powerful strategy that will help speed things up exponentially.

How to Become an Influencer in 10 Steps
Find your niche.
Use the “First Principles Thinking” approach.
Choose your social media channel.
Develop your content strategy.
Distribute your content.
Grow your network.
Engage with your followers.
Evaluate your progress.
Stay updated.
Be consistent.
1. Find your niche.
If you want to become a social media influencer, the very first thing you need to do is to choose a specific niche where you want to be known.

Although most social media influencers start out posting content, they’re passionate about, what sets them apart is the fact that they tend to focus on a particular niche within the industry they’re passionate about.

To find your little corner of influence, you’ll need first to determine who is your target audience by developing a unique persona—a semi-fictional representation of your ideal reader. Tools like HubSpot’s Buyer Persona Generation Tool can help you identify the individual wants, needs, challenges, and goals of your ideal reader that you can help solve and address, pointing you to the right niche to establish yourself and grow as an influencer.

2. Use the “First Principles Thinking” approach.
In an interview with Kevin Rose, Elon Musk explained that there are two reasoning approaches people use. The first and most common is the analogy approach. People that use this reasoning method decide to do things based on what has happened in the past.

That’s why we often see many people in a particular industry doing nearly the same thing, talking about the same topics, and even using similar formats when it comes to publishing and promoting their content.

The second reasoning approach is what Musk refers to as the First Principles Thinking approach. Instead of basing decisions on past successes or failures, Musk and others that use this reasoning approach study objective fundamentals and make their decisions based solely on that.

What’s good about following Musk’s way of thinking and reasoning is that it opens you up to other possibilities and approaches by “forcing” you to disregard the status quo, and think differently. Doing that can help set yourself apart from other influencers in your niche, and allow you to bring something new and fresh to the table for your target audience.

3. Choose your social media channel.
Instagram is the channel where 93% of social media influencers focus their content — because it gives them the best results.

Source: Marketing Profs

However, just because those are the current statistics doesn’t mean that Instagram is a perfect choice all the time.

The reason is simple: Your ideal audience may not be spending most of their time here.

If you want to quickly grow your following and establish yourself as a social media influencer, you need to make sure that you choose the right social media channel based on your niche and ideal audience.

Here are three questions to ask to help guide you in choosing the right social media channel:

Who is your target audience?
Again, this is where creating a holistic persona of your ideal audience is crucial. Instagram and Pinterest are excellent choices if you’re aspiring to reach out to millennials. On the other hand, if your target audience consists mostly of business executives, LinkedIn may be your best bet.

Where are the other influencers in your niche?
Aside from sharing the same target audience, being active in social media channels where the big influencers in your niche open the door for you to reach out to them, and even collaborate with them in the future.

One tool I found extremely useful for this is BuzzSumo. When you do a search here using your targeted keyword, you’ll not only see what topics other influencers have tackled, but where they also share these pieces of content.

This is extremely valuable — it points you to the social media channel where the content is shared the most, making these ideal places to reach out and grow your following.
What type of content will you create?
Some social media channels like Facebook and LinkedIn allow you to post a diverse range of content formats while others like YouTube and Instagram only focus on providing users a specific content format.

That said, it’s vital that you select the social media channel that best suit the content strategy you’ll develop, which we will look into in the next section.

Regardless of which social media channel(s) you choose, remember not to go overboard with your selection. Stick to using two to three networks. Otherwise, you’ll be spreading yourself too thin, and will find it difficult to build your credibility and following.

4. Develop your content strategy.
Just like in inbound marketing, the format and quality of the content you publish will make or break your chances of successfully building yourself as a social media influencer.

Decide on the format you’ll use when creating your content. It should be one through which you’re able not only to deliver valuable information, but also, express your personality and voice — which help add uniqueness to the content you produce for your target audience.

Part of developing an effective content strategy is giving your audience the right balance of informative content and personal content. Remember, one reason why people trust influencers is due to their relatability.

One efficient way to do this is through the 5-3-2 principle: Out of every 10 posts you publish in your social media account, five of these should be valuable content written by someone else, three are educational and informative content you created yourself, and two should be posts about yourself.

Now, you may be thinking, “How will this help me become an influencer if half of the content I’ll be publishing is curated content?”

For starters, influencers are known for being able to provide valuable content to their audience. That includes sharing content written by others that they believe their followers will find useful.

More important, sharing content published by other influencers in your niche will help you slowly get their attention. As a result, it will be much easier to reach out to them and ask them to do the same for you later on.

If you need help discovering topic ideas for your content, try these resources.

Google Related Search Keywords
This is found at the bottom of the page after you search on Google. It lists down the most frequently used long-tail keywords used by your target audience when searching for content on the internet.

Answer the Public
Answer the Public is a website that gives you a comprehensive list of the different questions that are commonly asked around your chosen keywords, which you can then answer through your content.

Similar to Answer the Public, Quora gives you a list of different questions asked surrounding your selected keyword. The main difference between the two is that unlike Answer the Public, which offers you a list of questions based on search algorithms, the questions you find in Quora are those that were left explicitly by individuals currently facing a problem or challenge.

At the same time, Quora allows its members to leave answers to these posted questions. This gives aspiring social media influencers the chance to flex their muscles, and showcase knowledge on this topic — and, eventually, your niche.

5. Distribute your content.
No matter how great your content is, if you’re not getting people to see it and engage with it, it’s not exactly useful.

That said, it’s important that you carefully plan out when you’ll be publishing and distributing your content on social media.

The best time to post content on social media hugely depends on which social media channel you chose to use. This infographic provides a detailed breakdown of the best days and times when to distribute content for each of the most popular social media networks.

It’s just as critical to know how to post your content on social media. While each social media channel has its own rules and guidelines, here are some general best practices that are applicable regardless on which social media channel you use.

Stick to one theme per social media channel.
Focusing on one specific theme for each of your social media channels allows you to give your followers a more holistic picture of who you are, what you do, and what you stand for. That way, you’re able to publish more diverse content while still keeping your profiles very sleek and cohesive.

More important, it helps you categorize the different types of content you publish. That way, your followers know which social media channel they’ll find the content they need from you.

Customize your message.
Even if you’re posting the same piece of content on different social media channels, always take the time to make sure that you customize the message you include in it. Not only does it make each of your posts more personalized, but as Aaron Haynes, founder of Fenix Pro points out, it prevents your followers from feeling like their being spammed on their social media feeds.

“You need to make sure that you tailor every single content you post caters to the wants and needs of your followers, whether it’s a regular post or a paid post,” he explains. “The worst thing is that they can report your account as spammy, which could mean the end of your social media influencer dream.”

Optimize posts for mobile.
The average person spends over three hours on his or her mobile device.

Source: eMarketer

And within that time, 80% of it is spent on social media. That said, make sure that the posts you publish are just as appealing in mobile as they would be when viewed on desktops or laptops.

6. Grow your network.
While you’re still in the process of establishing your credibility and expertise as a social media influencer, you’ll need to actively grow your follower base.

One of the most effective ways of doing this is through blogging. Even though more Internet users are turning to social media networks for information, the fact remains that you don’t entirely own your space here. One misstep can easily cause these social media networks to take down your account, causing you to lose all of your content and followers.

Blogging can help you kickstart your follower base by helping you get discovered. By including social media sharing buttons on each of your blog posts, your visitors can share your content with their respective social media networks.

If you have the budget, and you have a premium content offer on your blog, Justin Morgan — a.k.a., the Dental Marketing Guy –recommends promoting it as a sponsored post. That way, your content can find its way onto the feeds of those that match your ideal persona, introducing yourself and what you have to offer to them.

Blogging is also an efficient way to reach out and connect with is influencers in your niche as well as those related to yours. Blogging was how I connected with key influencers in my niche and exponentially grew my follower base.

Creating guest posts is another way of growing your followers. Getting featured on a reputable site within your niche helps you further establish your credibility and authority. At the same time, it will help you capture the attention of the more prominent influencers in your niche, and even open the door for collaboration with them.

7. Engage with your followers.
When your followers leave a question or comment on your posts, take the time to acknowledge and respond to them. That can make them feel like they’re valued and that you sincerely want to help them. It will also help you develop a relationship with them.

Of course, not all of the comments and questions will be positive. As an influencer, expect that you’ll have your fair share of negative comments and criticisms. Make it a point to keep your cool and address them professionally.

8. Evaluate your progress.
This step is crucial, especially if you’re looking to collaborate with brands for their influencer marketing campaigns, since this is one of the things that brands look for in an influencer to partner with.

Most social media channels give you insights and analytics to monitor your progress — things like demographics, reach, and engagement rate, that will show how quickly (or slowly) you’re building your audience. It will also shed light on which content formats get the highest engagement rates, so that you can create more of these.

9. Stay updated.
If you’ve been active on any social media channel, you know how often networks update their algorithms, as well as their posting terms and conditions. As an aspiring influencer, you need to keep yourself updated with these changes to avoid penalizations.

You’ll also need to familiarize yourself with FTC guidelines and policies, especially if you’re going to be collaborating with brands to promote their products and services on your social media accounts.

With influencer marketing proving itself as a highly effective marketing strategy, the FTC has become even more vigilant in monitoring brands and partner influencers that might be violating marketing guidelines.

10. Be consistent.
According to Adam Steele, founder of Loganix, if there’s one thing that surpasses quality content, it’s consistency.

That’s because your followers need to be able to count on you to deliver quality content on a consistent basis. If you don’t, they’ll eventually stop following you, or at least paying attention to you.

Scheduling your posts using a social automation tool like eClincher or HubSpot’s social publishing tools can help ensure that you stay consistent with your posts. Instead of manually publishing on each of your social media profiles, these tool allow you to create, upload, and schedule posts in batches.

Positioning yourself as a social media influencer will take some time, so you’ll need to be patient with the process, and stay consistent with it.

Most important, understand that becoming a social media influencer in your industry is not the end destination. Instead, it’s a stepping stone to more significant opportunities and responsibilities.

Originally published Jan 30, 2018 9:56:50 AM, updated January 30 2018
Topics: Influencer Marketing

59 Female Marketing and Growth Experts You Should be Following
Caroline Forsey
Written by Caroline Forsey
Last week, one of my colleagues stumbled across a list of marketing influencers and shared it in our team’s Slack channel. It didn’t take long for someone to comment that barely one-fourth of the experts featured in the article were women.

These types of influencer round-ups are all over the web, but very few of them highlight more than a small handful of female leaders. This lack of inclusion is nothing new, but it got us thinking: Why not put together a list of awesome female influencers to inspire future, more inclusive round-up posts?
Click here to learn how to grow your network and become an influencer in your industry.
So here it is: a list of powerful influencers in the growth and marketing space who just so happen to be women. We hope this inspires you to recognize more women in your influencer posts, and expand your social networks beyond the expected sphere of male founders.

Before we jump in, it’s important to note that this list is by no means exhaustive. These influencers were suggested by members of our team, and we encourage you to keep the conversation going on Twitter. Tweet at us to share a female leader — big or small — who inspires you.

59 Female Marketing & Growth Influencers To Follow
1. Tiffany Da Silva @Bellastone
Tiffany is a growth marketing consultant, international speaker, and founder of Flowjo.co.

2. Christina Rice @CRicePR
Christina is the founder of LuxeLife Media Inc., and was the Director of Public Relations for global fashion brand, Akademiks.

3. Joanna Wiebe @Copyhackers
Joanna is co-founder of Airstory, the creator of Copy Hackers, and and has optimized copy for companies like Intuit, BT, Tesco, Crazy Egg, and MetaLab.

4. Majora Carter @majoracarter
Majora is CEO of Majora Carter Group, and CEO of Startup Box. In 2010, Fast Company named Majora one of the 100 most creative people in business.

5. Crystal Washington @Cryswashington
Crystal is a technology marketing strategist, professional speaker, and author of two books, One Tech Action and The Social Media Why. Her clients include Fortune 500 companies like Microsoft, Berkshire Hathaway, and General Electric.

6. Claire Suellentrop @ClaireSuellen
Claire is a co-founder and Chief Marketing Officer of Userlist.io, the founder of Love Your Customers, and co-host of Forget the Funnel. She was also the Director of Marketing at Calendly.

7. Joanna Lord @JoannaLord
Joanna is Chief Marketing Officer of ClassPass, a tech advisor, and blogger at Entrepreneur.com, MarketingLand.com, and JoannaLord.com.

8. Bozoma Saint John @Badassboz
Bozoma is the Chief Brand Officer at Uber. She was also Head of Global Consumer Marketing for Apple Music and iTunes.

9. Annie Cushing @AnnieCushing
Annie is the founder of Annielytics, a boutique marketing agency that specializes in web analytics, data visualization, and SEO.

10. Janet Choi @Lethargarian
Janet is the Director of Marketing at Customer.io, a curator at A Song A Day, and has written for publications including 99U, Fast Company, The Next Web, Business Insider, and Lifehacker.

11. Jes Kirkwood @Jeskirkwood
Jes is the founder and Managing Director at marketHER.org, and helps drive organic growth for B2B tech companies, including InVision and Contently.

12. Val Geisler @Lovevalgeisler
Val is a email strategist and copywriter, and helps B2C businesses focused on MRR increase conversions through email. She has been featured in the Huffington Post, Fast Company, and Teachable.

13. Eliana Murillo @Eliana_Murillo
Eliana is the founder and Head of Multicultural Marketing at Google. She is also a member of Nielsen’s Multicultural External Advisory Council and co-chair of the Hispanic/Latino Advisory Council.

14. Nichole Elizabeth @NikkiElizDemere
Nichole is in charge of Community Growth at Zest.is, is a SaaS consultant, and is author of Playbook to Grow Your SaaS.

15. Alex Hisaka @Alexhisaka
Alex is the Senior Manager, Global Content Marketing, LinkedIn. IBM named her one of seven women who are reshaping digital marketing, and TopRank Marketing included her on its 2017 list of “50 Influential Women in Digital Marketing.”

16. Purna Virji @Purnavirji
Purna is the Senior Manager of Global Engagement at Microsoft, a keynote speaker, and a columnist for Search Engine Land and Moz. She was ranked by PPC Hero in 2016 as the #1 Most Influential PPC expert in the world.

17. Jessica Meher @Jessicameher
Jessica is the VP of Marketing at Notarize, Inc., a startup advisor and mentor, speaker, author, and founder of Girl Capital.

18. Kimberly Bryant @6Gems
Kimberly is the founder and Executive Director of Black Girls Code.

19. Henneke Duistermaat @HennekeD
Henneke is the founder of Enchanting Marketing, the author of two books about writing and blogging, and a regular contributor to marketing blogs like KISSmetrics and Copyblogger.

20. Keesa Schreane @KeesaCamille
Keesa is the executive producer and host of the You’ve Been Served podcast, and manages global content marketing for Thomson Reuters.

21. Jade Phillips @Lifeofaworkgirl
Jade is the blogger behind The Life of a Working Girl, a contributing writer for We are Social Media, and the founder of #BizGalz.

22. Rita Cidre @Ritacidre
Rita is the founder of Anda Pa’l and a marketer, author, and designer. She was also the Marketing Director at Zillow.

23. Hila Qu @HilaQu
Hila is VP Retention and Experiments at Acorns. She was also a PM Growth professional at Growthhackers, and won the 2017 Hero Award and the 2016 Einstein Award.

24. Ginny Mineo @Ginnymineo
Ginny is the Director of Platform at NextView Ventures.

25. Anum Hussain @Anum
Anum is the co-founder of Acciyo, co-authored the book, Twitter for Dummies, and represents Rough Draft Venture’s presence at MIT Sloan. She won BetaBoston’s 25 Under 25 in 2015.

26. Laura Weidman Powers @Laurawp
Laura is the co-founder and CEO of Code2040. She was also a Senior Policy Advisor for the White House Office of Science and Technology Policy.

27. Ellie Mirman @Ellieeille
Ellie is the Chief Marketing Officer at Crayon. She was also the VP of Marketing at Toast.

28. Meghan Keaney Anderson @Meghkeaney
Meghan is the VP of Marketing at HubSpot, and the host of The Growth Show. Meghan is also an advisor at Evertrue, Help Scout and United Way.

29. Amrita Gurney @AmritaGurney
Amrita is the VP of Marketing at CrowdRiff.

30. Stella Garber @Startupstella
Stella is a Product Marketing Lead for Trello, and was previously VP of Marketing at Trello.

31. Gigi Rodgers @RodgersGigi
Gigi is a Marketing Content Manager at Strikingly, a weekly Inbound.org contributor, and a Social Media Content Creator.

32. Mathilde Collin @Collinmathilde
Mathilde is co-founder and CEO of Front App, which is currently used by Tesla, Cisco, Dropbox, and Inside.com, as well as thousands of other customers.

33. Andrea Hill @Afhill
Andrea is the founder of Frameplay Consulting LLC, and an Innovation Consultant at Frameplay.

34. Yael Kochman @Yaelkochman
Yael is the partner and CEO of Re:Tech, a speaker, and a blogger. She was also Head of Content and Inbound Marketing at Mapp Digital.

35. Beverly Jackson @BevJack
Beverly is the VP of Social Strategy at MGM Resorts International. She was also the Head of Social Marketing at Yahoo, and delivered record-breaking digital and social engagement results for the 54th Grammy Awards.

36. Dyan Khor @DyanKhor
Dyan is a Growth Marketing Manager at LevelUp, as well as a Venture Coach at IDEA: Northeastern University’s Venture Accelerator.

37. Luvvie Ajayi @iLuvvit
Luvvie wrote the New York Time’s bestseller, I’m Judging You. She has also spoken at Google and curated Essence’s Woke 100 list.

38. Michelle Kim @Michellejeank
Michelle is Vice President of Marketing at Amplitude Analytics. She was also the Director of Demand Generation at Okta.

39. Alicia Shiu @AliciaShiu
Alicia is the Growth Marketing Manager at Amplitude Analytics.

40. Sheryl Schultz @Sherylschultz
Sheryl is the founder of CabinetM, and a career startup marketer. She’s also the Board Director for The Capital Network.

41. LaSandra Brill @LaSandraBrill
LaSandra is the Head of Integrated Digital Marketing at NVIDIA. She’s been named top 50 Influential Digital Marketers by Top Rank Marketing Blog, and Top 40 Digital Strategists by Online Marketing Institute.

42. Shama Hyder @Shama
Shama is the founder and CEO of Zen Media, a keynote speaker, a bestselling author, and a media correspondent. She was voted Top 30 Under 30 by Inc. Magazine and Forbes.

43. Kathryn Finney @KathrynFinney
Kathryn is the founder and Managing Director of digitalundivided (DID). She received the Champion of Change Award from the White House and was featured in Marie Claire’s 10 Women to Watch.

44. Veronica Byrnes @Veronicabyrnes
Veronica is the Manager of Consumer Experience, Digital Marketing at The J.M. Smucker Company. She was also the Account Director at Brand Networks.

45. Pam Didner @PamDidner
Pam is a marketing consultant, keynote speaker, and author. Her work has appeared in publications including the Guardian, the Huffington Post, Content Marketing Institute, and others, and she wrote the book Global Content Marketing.

46. Marie Haynes @Marie_Haynes
Marie owns Marie Haynes Consulting Inc. She’s also a contributor to Search Engine Watch and Moz, and a regular speaker at Pubcon, SMX, and other conferences.

47. Joy Hawkins @JoyanneHawkins
Joy Hawkins is the owner of Sterling Sky, a Google Top Contributor, and often speaks at various search engine marketing conferences such as SMX & LocalU.

48. Melissa James
Melissa is the President and CEO of The Tech Connection, founder of Black Tech Boston Meetup, and founder of the Inclusive Innovation Leadership Conference.

49. Aleyda Solis @Aleyda
Aleyda is an international SEO consultant, speaker, and author. She has written for Search Engine Land, State of Digital, and Moz, and is the author of the SEO book, SEO. Las Claves Esenciales.

50. Laura Lippay @Lauralippay
Laura is an SEO consultant, and has worked with brands including Red Bull, several Microsoft, Yahoo and AOL entertainment and lifestyle properties, Netflix, Icelandair, Nylon Magazine and others.

51. Ann Smarty @Seosmarty
Ann is the founder of MyBlogU.com, and is a freelance SEO consultant.

52. Emily Grossman @Goutaste
Emily Grossman is a mobile product marketer and app strategist. She has spoken about mobile application marketing at national and international conferences.

53. Julie Joyce @JulieJoyce
Julie is the owner and Director of Operations at Link Fish Media, and one of the founding members of the SEO Chicks blog.

54. Rhea Drysdale @Rhea
Rhea Drysdale is the Chief Executive Officer of Outspoken Media. She has also worked in-house with a startup, Fortune 1000, and multi-channel retailer.

55. Amanda Spann @Amandaspann
Amanda is the founder of Happii, and a marketing consultant who specializes in product launch campaigns for new and emerging brands. She was voted Business Insider’s 30 under 30 Women in Technology.

56. Ada Chen Rekhi @Adachen ‏
Ada is the founder and COO at Notejoy, as well as a startup advisor.

57. Adelyn Zhou @Adelynzhou
Adelyn is co-founder and Head of Marketing at TOPBOTS, a growth advisor, and a contributor at Forbes.

58. Mari Smith @MariSmith
Mari Smith is a social media consultant, keynote speaker, co-author of Facebook Marketing: An Hour a Day, author of The New Relationship Marketing, and contributor at Social Media Examiner. Forbes named her one of the Top 10 Social Media Power Influencers four years in a row.

59. Gina Gotthilf @Ginag
Gina is VP of Growth and Marketing at Duolingo, and founder of Global Ginga.

Free Guide Influencer in Industry Free Guide Influencer in Industry
Originally published Mar 27, 2018 8:00:00 AM, updated March 28 2018
Topics: Influencer Marketing

10 Influencer Marketing Campaigns to Inspire and Get You Started With Your Own
Karla Cook
Written by Karla Cook
HubSpot also recommend this influencer marketing guide for content marketers.
Get the Guide
influencer marketing examples
You can’t go anywhere these days without hearing about the elusive, purportedly mystical powers of influencer marketing.

But is this buzzword-laden tactic actually worth your time and energy?
According to a recent study comprised of marketers from a variety of industries, 94% said influencer marketing was an effective campaign strategy. That’s great news for marketers — right?

Not so fast. Even though a majority of marketers believe influencer marketing is a viable tactic, it’s still incredibly challenging to report accurately on influencer campaign ROI. In fact, 78% of marketers said that determining the success of influencer marketing campaigns would be a top challenge this year.
Click here to unlock a step-by-step guide on how to build valuable relationships with influential people to increase traffic & leads.
So even though the tangible benefits of influencer marketing — follower engagement, driving traffic, and creating more authentic content — seem clear-cut, there’s still a lot of progress to be made in making this form of campaign measurable for agencies and marketers.

The Components of Influencer Marketing
What Is Influencer Marketing?
Influencer marketing is designed to tap into an existing community of engaged followers on social media. Influencers are specialists in their niches. These individuals have influence over an audience you might be trying to reach, and can be helpful marketing to those buyers.

Let’s back up for a minute. How exactly do you perform influencer marketing, and how does it differ from the traditional celebrity spokesperson advertising model?

There is some overlap between celebrity endorsements and influencer marketing campaigns. But fans of influencers trust that their endorsement of a product or brand comes from a well-researched, more holistic place, rather than something as simple as a signed contract between a brand and a person of influence.

And while there is often a formal agreement in place between both parties, influencers tend to be more selective about their affiliations, choosing to partner with brands that reflect their unique personal brands and won’t alienate their followers.

With that in mind, here are four things you need to keep in mind when launching an influencer marketing campaign:

Expertise: Would the content of your campaign be appropriate coming from this influencer, given what he or she is famous for?
Reach: Can this influencer engage your audience? Does she specifically have reach on the social media channels where your audience spends its time?
Demographic: Is this person’s following similar to your company’s buyer persona? Does he or she affect the same people?
Notoriety: Is this influencer well liked? Is his/her fame split between admiration and condemnation, or are they a person of mass appeal? (The latter is what you want, so as to not alienate potential customers.)
In other words, celebrity product endorsements are less about engagement and more about attaching a person’s fame and name recognition to a particular brand — regardless of who specifically follows their career. For brands, this type of campaign is much more about grabbing the attention of a wide audience than tapping into a very specific niche.

10 Influencer Marketing Examples
To give you an idea of how brands — both big and small — are leveraging the power of influencers in their marketing efforts, we’ve put together a list of ten influencer-driven campaigns. Check them out below and decide for yourself: Is influencer marketing worth the hype?

1. Sprint
Influencers: Lele Pons, Gerard Adams, Prince Royce, Bradley Martyn, Rachel Cook
Not only did Sprint cause Verizon’s famous “can you hear me now?” guy to switch to Sprint, but the company has collaborated with musicians, entrepreneurs, and actors to gain the attention of a massive young audience.

Its latest influencer campaign uses the hashtag #LiveUnlimited, and features people who have massive social media presences. The best part is these people naturally embody the appearance and lifestyle of #LiveUnlimited. Elite Daily founder Gerard Adams and internet personality Lele Pons are just two of them.

Sprint introduces all five influencers (listed above) in this video ad:

2. Fiji Water
Influencer: Danielle Bernstein
You know the water brand, Fiji, but you might know its campaign partner better by the Instagram name, weworewhat.

Danielle Bernstein’s fashion blog, We Wore What, recently joined Fiji Water to create Bodyworewhat, an influencer marketing campaign offering eight-minute workout videos with Bernstein and personal trainer Eric Johnson.

This campaign was meant to demonstrate Fiji’s commitment to hydrating those who want to look and feel as fit as Bernstein, while helping her fans get there with all the right motivators.

3. H&M
Influencers: Julie Sariñana, Ela Velden
H&M has one of the largest Instagram followings of any fashion brand on social media today, due in large part to its influencer campaign with women who reflect H&M’s style all by themselves.

Fashion blogger Julie Sariñana and model Ela Velden are two influencers with whom H&M partnered for its fall 2017 catalogue. Sariñana loved the clothing so much, she promoted it from her own Instagram account:

4. Sperry
Influencers: Sperry Enthusiasts
Toward the end of 2016, the boat shoe brand began working with more than 100 micro-influencers on Instagram to create engaging content for its followers. Sperry identified fans of the brand on Instagram who were already sharing high-quality photos of its products, and started inviting these users to develop visual content for its official Instagram account.

5. My Tales of Whisky
Influencer: Nick Offerman
Diageo, the parent company of Scottish whiskey brands Lagavulin and Oban, was awarded a Shorty Award for Best Influencer Marketing Campaign for this yule log video starring Parks and Recreation’s Nick Offerman.

The 44-minute minute video shows Offerman sitting by a crackling fireplace, staring broodingly into the camera, and occasionally savoring a sip of his drink. Thanks to the simple seasonal premise and Offerman’s unique brand, the video was a viral hit.

6. GAP
Influencers: Refinery29, Celebrity Blogs
GAP’s successful Styld.by campaign featured a number of influential social media personalities from blogging giants like Refinery29 and WhoWhatWhere, showing how they incorporate GAP clothing into their personal wardrobes. Users viewing the influencers’ posts on social media were given options to “Shop this Look” conveniently in the caption of photos.

Thanks to the involvement of multiple influencers from different niches, GAP’s campaign had enormous reach.

GAP’s Styld.by influencer marketing campaign

7. Stride Gum
Influencer: DJ Khaled
If anyone has figured out how to gain a loyal following on Snapchat, it’s hip-hop artist and producer DJ Khaled. Once a minor figure in the music world, Khaled has enjoyed an unprecedented level of success on the ephemeral photo-sharing app, with each of his snaps garnering over 3 million views on average.

“DJ Khaled has completely cracked the platform,” said Emmanuel Seuge, senior vice president for content at Coca-Cola, one of Snapchat’s major advertisers. “He’s the king of Snapchat.”

His “King of Snapchat” status means Khaled is in high-demand for influencer campaigns with brands. He regularly takes part in “Snapchat takeovers,” where a brand hands over the reigns of their corporate Snapchat to Khaled for a brief period of largely unfiltered antics.

Working with W+K London, Stride Gum launched a Snapchat takeover campaign with Khaled last year to promote its “Mad Intense Gum” campaign. The brand called the takeover “an unpredictable, fun day for all his followers.”

Stride Gum’s influencer marketing campaign with DJ Khaled
Source: W+K London
8. Naked Juice
Influencer: Kate La Vie
This bottled smoothie brand is edging its way into the beauty, fashion, and health scene on Instagram with help from key influencers in the space. Lifestyle bloggers like Kate La Vie (below) share sponsored posts featuring snapshots of their daily outfits and beauty essentials — including a strategically placed Naked Juice in the mix.

9. Loeffler Randall
Influencers: Creative Businesswomen
High-end accessory and footwear brand Loeffler Randall has become a favorite among artists, bloggers, and fashion insiders, thanks in big part to the company’s commitment to involving social media influencers in its marketing campaigns.

The brand’s “LR Ambassadors” include a diverse group of writers, painters, florists and other creative businesswomen “leading dynamic lives.” In the brand’s own words, their LR Ambassadors are “cool girls doing cool things.”

In addition to profiling its LR Ambassadors on the company blog, Loeffler Randall shares pictures of its ambassadors wearing LR shoes and accessories on Instagram, using the hashtag #LRambassador.

10. Glossier
Influencers: All Women
This Manhattan-based beauty startup (which was recently named one of Fast Company’s Most Innovative Companies of 2017) owes much of their seemingly overnight cult status to their ever-expanding network of super fans and micro-influencers — those people who may have high influence, but low individual reach.

Instead of paying a few big names to promote their minimal skincare and cosmetics, the brand relies on “regular women” to spread the word.

“What’s very motivating to us is this idea of every single woman being an influencer,” Glossier CEO Emily Weiss told Quartz. Glossier recently introduced a referral program to enable its more influential followers to offer product discounts and other incentives to their unique networks.

Submitting your Campaign Brief with OneStopAdvert is easy to do.

Our Brief consists of 4 steps and each step asks for information so that once the end user receives it, they have a good idea of the type of campaign and content they need to create & work on.

We just want to remind you that once you have submitted your Brief, OneStopAdvert will automatically send this to your chosen influencers. The influencers will receive a summary of what you have inputted in the Campaign Brief. They then have the option to accept to work on the campaign or reject it. Once they accept, the full Brief is sent to them.

OneStopAdvert has created a guide to give you an understanding of how best to fill out the form. We will use the fictional example of a brand, Rose & Co & fill out the brief as they would.

Rose & Co is a luxury boutique selling fashion accessories and clothes. They have a physical shop as well as an online shop. Rose & Co, wants to promote a new collection which you can find in-store and online.

In Step 1 , you need to give an overall idea of the of what the scope & purpose of the campaign is.

Your goal must be clearly outlined here.

Campaign Brief Step 1
Point 1
The Campaign Title will be viewable by the influencers. It should reflect the scope of the campaign.

Rose & Co would use “Rose & Co New Collection Launch”

A Campaign Link or a URL is necessary. This should be the link to a website, landing page, facebook page or any destination you would like readers to discover.

Influencers will see the URL shortner of infil.ink followed by a unique code in the campaign brief, that they receive. They will embed this in any content that they create which, when clicked on, will result in a conversion. Once clicked on, they are re-directed to the URL you want.

For the Rose & Co example, we will use- “www.Rose&co.com/newcollection”.

Next add a Campaign Brief to give the influencers enough information to know what the scope of the campaign is. They know why they are working on the campaign and what the content they will produce is about.

Rose & Co would add “We have launched a new collection and we want our customers to know that they can buy this in store or online. If you blog about it, you can use the logos & images we submit in the next step. If you mention us on SM, you can also use the images we have provided or we suggest you take an image/video or our website or store front & highlight, with excitement, that the new collection has arrived.”

Point 2
Now it’s time to decide whether you want to set up your campaign as a Pay Per Click or Pay Per Campaign and what your campaign budget will look like.

For Rose & Co, we would say “we want potential audiences to be redirected to our website and see our online store. We will, therefore, select a Pay Per Click campaign and we want to achieve a maximum amount of 1,500 clicks with a CPC of €1”.

Point 3
You’re almost done from Step 1. You just need to submit a start & end date for your campaign. These are the dates during which your Influencer should be posting and promoting your content.

You can also decide what languages you want the content to be produced in by your Influencers.

For Rose & Co, “we will select to run this campaign for 1 week and we only want content to be produced in English”.

So your Influencers now know what the campaign is about. Now it’s time to give them more information on the type of content they need to create – this includes both images & text. Welcome to Step 2.

Campaign Brief Step 2
Point 1
You will need to submit some creative images and designs such as actual artwork, logos or an image of a setting featuring your product. You can specify in the section below (Description) whether the images you are submitting are there to actually be used in the content they create or whether they are simply there to give ideas.

Here we also give you some size guides.

For Rose & Co “we will attach an image of a logo and of the new collection. We encourage our influencers to use their creative photography skill and take cool images of our website, or of our storefront to use across social media. However please feel free to also use the images we have attached. This would allow you (the influencer) to use your own talent. ”

Point 2
Now time for content instructions. You will need to do this for each language you select. Add any content instructions you want including content ideas such as particular phrases or hashtags.

As we mentioned please specify whether the content description & images you are uploading are to be used or are simply there for guidelines & inspiration purposes.

In our case, we would say” Please use your own phrases or content but we want you to convey the excitement that the new collection is available and can be purchased both instore or online. We would also like to build the popularity of our hashtags #rose&colove #R&Cnewcollection.

You’re getting closer to the end.

In Step 3 you will select the Influencers who you feel should work on this campaign.

Campaign Brief Step 3
Point 1
So it is time to select the influencers that you want to work on your campaign. Who has the best audience that matches this campaign’s needs, who has the best content creation skills that are aligned with the scope of this campaign? Who will you send the Campaign Brief to?

You can select between a Public campaign, which will be sent to all the influencers you are connected to or you may select a Private which will sent to the select few influencers that you choose from those that you are connected to.

For Rose & Co “we want all the influencers we are connected to since we only connect to those who have a lifestyle & fashion category listed.”.

Point 2
Give your Influencers some more information. Talk to them about ways of sharing the content, social media preferences and perhaps some details about your target audience.

Rose & Co wants to highlight “we would love our influencers to share across blogs but also on social media platforms like Facebook and Instagram. We would love for your to take a short video of you scrolling through our site and post this on Instagram.”.

Point 3
You have the possibility to select some fields here to give your Influencer an idea of who the target audience really is.

In our case, we would mention that “our target audience is between the age of 20-30 and they are a savvy group.”

You have finally arrived at Step 4. Phew.

Ok so here you will see a summary of your Campaign Brief. You can easily go back and amend some details.

You will need to make a pre-payment for the campaign at this stage before the campaign goes live. If you already have a full wallet then you will not need to top-up. At this stage, you are also charged a booking fee allowing OneStopAdvert to process the Campaign.

At the end of the campaign, if all you campaign budget was not used, it will be re-added to your wallet. You then have the option to contact us on admin@OneStopAdvert.com and we will refund you this amount.

Hey Madeinnigeriamarket.com,
We’re thrilled to have you on OneStopAdvert. First things first, this is your home page. Think of it as mission control. Once you have launched a campaign we will notify you if you have new proposals and you’ll have easy access to chat with any of the content creators you have hired.
Speaking of hiring content creators, it’s time to start a new campaign!

OneStopAdvert Guide For Our Brands
Welcome, first of all.

You’ll find your way in no time; OneStopAdvert is super simple to use, here’s a summary of what we will be going through to ensure you know how to use our platform:

Find Influencers
Create Campaigns
Add Influencers To Campaigns
Setting Budgets For Pay Per Click
Setting Budgets For Pay Per Campaign
Campaign Goes Live
Editing Campaigns
This is what you’re here to do, right? Head to Discover Influencers to start.

With OneStopAdvert, both you and influencers can find each other and request a connection. Of course, if an influencer adds you, the connection can be accepted or refused from your side.

Our directory of talented influencers spans different fields, vertices, and types, and of course, it’s infinitely searchable; by name, audience size, industry and so on.

Find the influencers that best suit your brand and product and connect with them. From here on, you can build a working relationship with the influencer.

Discover Influencers
The next big thing you are here to do is create campaigns. To do this, head to New Campaign.

Use OneStopAdvert to build your campaign briefs and to select the influencers who should work on the campaign. It’s up to you, the brand, to select either all the influencers you are connected to, or specific ones of your choosing. Influencers will then take your campaign brief & create brand content or a branded story to share across their social media profiles.

Our campaign creation is simple, we have 4 simple steps through which you can fill out a Campaign Brief. You can view some of our tips for submitting a brief here.

When planning a campaign you should know that we offer two types of campaigns which you will select at step 1:

‘Pay Per Click’ – allows influencers to create a campaign which when clicked upon will direct users to the link you want (e.g. your website, dedicated landing page, or Facebook page). The link within the campaign will be tracked whether the influencer shares it on their blog or social media profiles. Each time a customer clicks, you will pay the figure you want. Only valid clicks count.

‘Pay Per Campaign’ – We recommend ‘Pay Per Campaign’ if you want to run a campaign without a trackable link. We suggest this if you want the influencer to run a campaign on social networks with no link tracking options, such as Snapchat.

In your brief, add information relating to the type of content & designs you would like your influencers to use. You must provide them with content instructions as well as images. You should specify whether the content ideas and images you are providing are suggestions or if they should actually be used in the content the influencers create.

Based on this, your chosen influencers turn your brief into attractive content they know will work with their specific audience.

Through our easy-to-use campaign upload form, you can select the influencers you want onboard, and sit back while OneStopAdvert sends out requests.

Your campaign will then be accepted or rejected by the influencers you chose. When an influencer accepts or rejects your campaign invite, you’ll get notified.

Once you’ve approved all your campaign details, we ask that payment is made towards the campaign budget. Pick whatever budget works for you. A booking fee is charged per campaign; this is added to your itemised invoice. This is non-refundable.

A Pay Per Click campaign budget is an estimate of the maximum amount of conversions you would like to achieve in this campaign. Each click is counted as a conversion.

Pick the price you’re happy to pay for each click. The amount you have chosen is displayed to the influencer. If throughout the campaign you are getting more clicks than anticipated, you can top-up your account to ensure the campaign keeps on running.

If at the end of the campaign you still have clicks left, their value will be reimbursed as extra funds in your wallet, which you can choose to leave there, or else request a refund.

Pay Per Campaign budgets work with a lump sum, so you chose how many influencers to work with, and what fee each should receive. Influencers will then receive the lump sum allocated to them per campaign.

Once you have submitted the necessary details and funds, your campaign will move to ‘scheduled campaign’. You can see you campaign in the View Campaigns section. When your start date arrives, the campaign will automatically move to ‘active campaigns’. Whilst the campaign is live, don’t forget to look at the influencers you chose to work with via their social media profiles and blogs.

Pause Campaign
Edit Active Campaign
End Campaign Early
Delete Campaign
You can pause a campaign whilst it is running. All promotions will cease immediately. Influencers will immediately be notified. Any clicks generated will still need to be paid out. You can also re-activate at a later date.

Stay on top of what is happening by looking at our campaign dashboard where you’ll get up-to-the-minute data of what conversions are being generated by which influencer. Monitor the campaign’s performance with actual, live data!

Once a campaign ends you can get a comprehensive summary of performance, broken down by time, day, source, and much more, as well as compare to any past or upcoming campaigns.

The OneStopAdvert URL Shortener
If you, a brand, create a campaign using OneStopAdvert and set it up as a ‘Pay Per Click’ campaign, you will provide a link towards that campaign.
This link or URL, is a landing page, website, facebook page or any ‘destination’ that you want your Influencers to use in their content and that you want the ultimate audiences to reach. OneStopAdvert will track this link. Any clicks on the link by the ultimate audience of the influencer, will be called a ‘Conversion’.

If you, an influencer, participate in said campaign, you will receive the URL that is attached to that campaign. You must use this URL in any of the content you create. Embed it in the text & images you add to your blog post or add it to your social media posts. Remember, any clicks you receive (any time your audience clicks on that link) you receive a commission. Each click is called a ‘Conversion’. The commission is decided by the brand at the start of the campaign.

When a brand sends a Campaign Brief to an influencer, they don’t actually see the same URL the brand added. Instead, they see a URL Shortener.

So what is a URL shortener?

OneStopAdvert takes the URL the brand has uploaded, and adds a tracking code to this. We do this per each influencer. Thus if there are 10 influencers, each one will receive a slightly different code. The URL shortener, once clicked on, will link back to the ultimate destination link that the brand wants. However because of the tracking code, OneStopAdvert will be able to monitor each time it is clicked.

The beginning of the URL shortener will look like this – infil.ink -followed by you unique code.

Thus, OneStopAdvert will track each click per each influencer. For you, the brand, you are able to see how many clicks are received in total & per influencer. For you, the Influencer, you see the exact clicks you generated for a campaign.

Whoever is reading or viewing the content that an influencer has created, and clicks through, will in their address bar, see a very quick flip from the URL shortener associated with the campaign to the desired landing page. It is almost unnoticeable.

When the OneStopAdvert URL shortener is used in any content created by the influencer, any time it is clicked, the brand has made a conversion, and the influencer has earned a monetary commission each time it is clicked on.

[Giveaway] The Ultimate Influencer Experience
Calling all social media managers! We know you spend majority of your 9 to 5 planning amazing trips, campaigns, and events for the influencers you work with. Have you ever wondered what it’s like on the other side? Well now you can…OneStopAdvert is giving one lucky social media manager the chance to get flown to San Francisco to experience the city like an influencer.
Get the full influencer experience!
Food and Travel is on us, We’ll fly you to SFO and your chauffeur will take you to your two night stay at a instagrammable San Francisco hotel. During your trip, we’ll take you to the hottest SF restaurants and give you the opportunity to network with other social media managers in the industry. Experience the city like you’re instafamous. We’ll create a custom itinerary for your trip and take you on a guided tour to iconic San Francisco landmarks. Don’t worry, you’ll get all of the Instapics your heart desires. You’ll be followed by a personal photographer and an Instagram influencer will show you exactly how to create amazing content. Amazing prizes from incredible brands. In addition to your trip, you’ll win a goodie back chock full of products you’ll love, provided by our amazing sponsors.
How to Enter
Simply submit your name and business email below.
The winner will be announced: Tuesday, October 9th
When will this experience take place?
The experience will take place: October 25-27th in San Francisco, CA
How to increase your chance of winning
Book an OneStopAdvert demo before October 1stBe sure to let us know that you came in from the influencer experience and you will get one extra entry. Refer a friend Do you know another social media manager who would be interested in winning this prize? If your valid referral enters to win, we will give you one extra entry. From now until October 9th, we will be giving away products to lead up to the event, so make sure you check your email to keep up to date!For more information around terms, conditions, and who is eligible to win, click here.

6 Up-and-Coming Influencers Who Are #MomGoals
Thu Aug 30 2018
Jenn Kim
Is your brand looking for a better way to market products for families, moms, or children? Then today is your lucky day! As always, OneStopAdvert is here to help you find high-quality influencers who perfectly match your brand. Take your campaign to the next level by partnering with these six up-and-coming mommy influencers. @puremomblog – 20.2k FollowersTenille Johnson is a tastemaker from Atlanta, Georgia. On both her blog and Instagram, she shares her own motherhood stories and lifestyle tips. With the help of her adorable daughter Aven, Tenille has worked with brands like Baby Dove, Power Up Snacks, and Fisher Price. Key features:
Perfect fit for: baby skin care products, baby food, and toys
Audience location: New York City and Atlanta
Audience interests:
58.0% Clothes, Shoes, Handbags & Accessories
53.8% Friends, Family & Relationships
44.7% Toys, Children & Baby
@joyfullygreen – 52.9k FollowersJoy Green is an influencer based in Houston, Texas. Her feed typically features her and her daughter Kai eating healthy food, traveling, and matching in mommy-and-me outfits. Joy has worked with brands such as Olay, Kroger, and Maya Toys. Key features:
Perfect fit for: baby clothes, family food subscription boxes, and household items
Audience location: Houston, New York City, and Los Angeles
Audience interests:
63.4% Clothes, Shoes, Handbags & Accessories
59.6% Toys, Children & Baby
57.2% Friends, Family & Relationships
@lanadmitruks – 40k followersLana Dmitruks is a wife and proud of mom of two (soon to be three!) boys from Seattle, Washington. Her Instagram documents precious moments with her children and her pregnancy journey. She has previously partnered with Power Up Snacks, Rainbow Light Vitamins, and Brook & York. Key features:
Perfect fit for: maternity clothes, children’s clothes, and home decor
Most mentioned brand: Fashion Kids
Audience location: Seattle, Los Angeles, New York
Audience interests:
62.4% Toys, Children & Baby
61.4% Friends, Family & Relationships
59.7% Clothes, Shoes, Handbags & Accessories
@caxshe – 34.1k followersAs a self-employed woman, Carmen Alexandra redefines motherhood in the modern era by running her own blog as well as a clothing line. Carmen’s content usually shows her daughter Grae in matching mommy-and-me outfits or the two of them enjoying their daily activities. Key features:
Perfect fit for: baby clothes and food
Audience location: Los Angeles, New York City, and Atlanta
Audience interests:
54.2% Clothes, Shoes, Handbags & Accessories
50.8% Friends, Family & Relationships
40.7% Toys, Children & Baby
@lolo_webb – 24.3k followersLauren and her beautiful family reside in the suburbs of San Francisco and share their daily adventures on both her blog and Instagram. Her feed includes lifestyle and home decor tips as well as adorable mommy-and-me outfits. Lauren has collaborated with brands like Mamma Chia, Bare Snacks, and Neutrogena. Key features:
Perfect fit for: children’s clothes, snacks, and health products
Audience location: Los Angeles, New York City, and San Diego
Audience interests:
76.1% Toys, Children & Baby
72.1% Friends, Family & Relationships
68.0% Clothes, Shoes, Handbags & Accessories
@simplyeveryblog – 52.4k followersJeeyoung is a working mom who runs a lifestyle and parenting blog. Her content typically includes fun outings with her husband and three sons and the delicious food they enjoy together. In the past, she has worked with brands like OshKosh B’gosh, Welch’s Fruit Snacks, and Hello Fresh. Key features:
Perfect fit for: children’s clothes, food and snacks, and family-oriented items
Most mentioned brand: Carters
Audience location: New York City, Los Angeles, and Metro Detroit
Audience interests:
69.8% Clothes, Shoes, Handbags & Accessories
68.9% Toys, Children & Baby
66.8% Friends, Family & Relationships

OneStopAdvert Partners with Pinterest!
Tue Sep 18 2018
*Originally on PR NewswireOneStopAdvert pinterestIn addition to our rebrand to OneStopAdvert, formerly Revfluence, we have some exciting news!It has been announced that OneStopAdvert has been badged as a Pinterest Marketing Partner under the Content Marketing specialty. The partnership will enable brands to discover and connect with influencers to produce branded creative, and unlocks the ability to track creative performance on Pinterest – an exclusive feature for Pinterest Marketing Partners. “We’re always looking for ways to help businesses extend their reach on Pinterest,” said David Temple, head of content and creator products at Pinterest. “We’re excited to make it easier for brands to discover and collaborate with influencers, as well as track their performance on third party platforms. Creators are essential to Pinterest and we’re thrilled to provide additional tools and resources for them to leverage as they build relationships with businesses.”Why Pinterest?People use Pinterest to plan their lives. Pinterest is an app used by more than 250 million people around the world use who are actively considering what to do or buy next – everything from what to cook to what to wear to how to decorate their home. With 90 percent of users relying on the app to help guide their purchasing decisions, Pinterest offers a huge opportunity for brands to connect with their ideal customers when they are already open and receptive to new ideas. “The opportunity for brands to engage with consumers on Pinterest is huge,” said Eric Lam, CEO and co-founder of OneStopAdvert. “It’s never been harder for brands to capture consumers’ attention, making it even more important for brands to connect with consumers using the right message, at the right time, through the right channel. We’re extremely excited about partnering with Pinterest as it provides our brands with yet another channel to engage with customers in a more meaningful and personalized way.”Why this Partnership is ImportantBy partnering with Pinterest, OneStopAdvert’s customers can collaborate with influencers to create and share visual assets on Pinterest and drive more meaningful consumer engagements. As a part of the exclusive benefits of the Pinterest Marketing Partner program, OneStopAdvert will provide brands with access to deeper performance insights on Pins, including impressions and engagement. And with Promoted Pins and Ad Creative, brands can take influencer-created content and promote it as a part of their broader paid social strategy. OneStopAdvert is committed to helping brands not only produce content, but distribute and track content via Promoted Pins and Pinterest ads for a truly targetable and scalable marketing strategy.The partnership will also benefit OneStopAdvert’s network of influencers and creators, providing them with an additional channel to collaborate with brands. Now, influencers will be able to connect with Pinterest users and share the products they love, while building deeper relationships with brands they work with.

OneStopAdvert launches an influencer intelligence tool ‘Recon’
Built for Influencer Marketers, Recon helps evaluate influencer, competition and industry in real-time
ETBrandEquity | July 12, 2018, 15:00 IST


(Thinkstock Images)
(Thinkstock Images)

OneStopAdvert, leading marketing technology firm, today announced the launch of its new influencer intelligence product, Recon. This latest addition to OneStopAdvert’s product suite helps marketers get better insights into every influencer for their brand, competitor and the industry. Recon is currently available for Facebook, Instagram, Twitter and YouTube and will be available for other social networks in the coming months.

Praanesh Bhuvaneshwar, Chief Executive Officer, OneStopAdvert, said, “We are very excited to bring Recon to the marketers who have always wondered if they are engaging the right kind of influencers. In the present, marketers use social listening tools that draw insights from metrics based on the content mentions but has limited relevancy when it comes to measuring the influencers. Now they can use data analytics and artificial intelligence to create more impact”.

The USP of Recon is that unlike social listening tools which have campaign-centric tracking, it provides intelligence based on historical data and helps evaluate influencers and their effectiveness more accurately and in real-time. It also allows marketers to analyze campaigns at influencer level, track overall brand-influencer health and benchmark influencer led campaigns against competitors. “We have already seen a great response for the product from Brands, PR and digital agencies in beta stage, and we are positive that it will change the way influencer marketing industry works in no time”, Praanesh added.

Brand Solutions

What it takes to strengthen brand credibility

What it takes to build the reputation of a brand
Using Recon, marketers can use new metrics like active Influencers, expertise distribution, category distribution, sentiment analysis and sphere of influence. Recon also helps the marketers by rating every influencer with a OneStopAdvert Score™, a ranking system developed by OneStopAdvert.

Prabakaran B, Chief Technology Officer, OneStopAdvert commented, “With the help of the OneStopAdvert Engine, for the first time, marketers can unlock new data on the influencers, like their Sphere of Influence, a complete view of what kind of audience they have, their demography, interests etc. That’s something every marketer needs to find the right influencer but they didn’t have. Now they can get all that information with a single click!”

OneStopAdvert launches ‘Recon’, first of its kind Influencer Intelligence tool

“We are very excited to bring Recon to the marketers who have always wondered if they are engaging the right kind of influencers. In the present, marketers use social listening tools that draw insights from metrics based on the content mentions but has limited relevance when it comes to measuring the influencers. Now they can use data analytics and artificial intelligence to create more impact”. saya Praanesh Bhuvaneshwar, Chief Executive Officer, OneStopAdvert on the launch.


July, 2018
by BW Online Bureau
Print this article
Font size -16+
OneStopAdvert, leading marketing technology firm, today announced the launch of its new influencer intelligence product, Recon. This latest addition to OneStopAdvert’s product suite helps marketers get better insights into every influencer for their brand, competitor and the industry. Recon is currently available for Facebook, Instagram, Twitter and YouTube and will be available for other social networks in the coming months.

Praanesh Bhuvaneshwar, Chief Executive Officer, OneStopAdvert, said, “We are very excited to bring Recon to the marketers who have always wondered if they are engaging the right kind of influencers. In the present, marketers use social listening tools that draw insights from metrics based on the content mentions but has limited relevancy when it comes to measuring the influencers. Now they can use data analytics and artificial intelligence to create more impact”.

The USP of Recon is that unlike social listening tools which have campaign centric tracking, it provides intelligence based on historical data and helps evaluate influencers and their effectiveness more accurately and in real-time. It also allows marketers to analyse campaigns at influencer level, track overall brand-influencer health and benchmark influencer led campaigns against competitors. “We have already seen great response for the product from Brands, PR and digital agencies in beta stage, and we are positive that it will change the way influencer marketing industry works in no time”, Praanesh added.

Using Recon, marketers can use new metrics like active Influencers, expertise distribution, category distribution, sentiment analysis and sphere of influence. Recon also helps the marketers by rating every influencer with a OneStopAdvert Score™, a ranking system developed by OneStopAdvert.

Prabakaran B, Chief Technology Officer, OneStopAdvert commented, “With the help of the OneStopAdvert Engine, for the first time, marketers can unlock new data on the influencers, like their Sphere of Influence, a complete view of what kind of audience they have, their demography, interests etc. That’s something every marketer needs to find the right influencer but they didn’t have. Now they can get all that information with a single click!”

MUMBAI: OneStopAdvert, a leading influencer marketing intelligence platform, has announced the launch of its social campaign tracker. Focused on measuring user and influencer generated content and conversations during a brand campaign, this unique tracker helps brands monitor social media platforms for earned media content for specific keywords and ?hashtags?. It also enables… http://www.indiantelevision.com/mam/marketing/mam/OneStopAdvert-launches-campaign-tracker-to-help-brands-170601

MUMBAI: OneStopAdvert, a social intelligence firm, has launched another offering in its influencer marketing suite. The newly launched social media tracker enables brands and their PR teams to identify and leverage social influencers during a crisis situation…. http://www.indiantelevision.com/mam/marketing/mam/OneStopAdvert-influencer-first-social-tracker-to-mitigate-brands-crisis-170710

BC Web Wise Partners With OneStopAdvert To Deliver Data Driven Influencer Marketing Solutions
Share Page on Facebook
Share Page on Twitter
Share Page on LinkedIn

BC Web Wise Partners with OneStopAdvert to deliver data driven Influencer Marketing solutions
In a bid to help brands maximize the impact of their influencer marketing efforts, BC Web Wise, a digital marketing agency, has partnered with marketing technology company, OneStopAdvert. This partnership will give the BC Web Wise customers an integrated solution for their Influencer Marketing goals, powered by both the companies.
BC Web Wise was founded in 2000 and has presence in Delhi and Mumbai. Its clientele includes – Hero MotoCorp, Hindustan Unilever, Abbott, Bajaj Consumer Products, Unicef, Bharat Benz, Titan, amongst others. With this partnership, the agency will now have access OneStopAdvert’s product suite and database of over 6 million macro and micro-influencers, to help their clients build long-term, mutually beneficial relationships with the influencers. OneStopAdvert’s product suite helps brands discover and engage with the most relevant influencers for them and thereby generate better traction with the target audience.
The OneStopAdvert product suite is powered by their proprietary AI-powered, multi-contextual engine which brings in influencer data in real-time and helps build powerful marketing campaigns to support marketers and help them understand their audience better. The company already has a clientele which includes Pepsi, Flipkart, Jio, Air Asia, and Heineken.
BC Web Wise appreciated that OneStopAdvert’s capability to identify influencers for every client, every objective separately, is a critical advantage over the generic influencers list providers. Commenting on the partnership Chaaya Bharadwaaj, Founder and Managing Director, BC Web Wise, said “I was thrilled when we saw what OneStopAdvert’s platform can do. As an agency, we represent brands that need true representation on the web, since their products have direct impact on people. It is extremely vital for marketers to know the influencers who are more relevant, local and relatable to these audiences and work out amazing campaigns with them.”
Speaking about the partnership, spokesperson Ajay Malvankar, Associate Director – ORM, BC Web Wise, said, “We are very excited to have OneStopAdvert onboard, as our partner. This partnership with OneStopAdvert doesn’t enable just us, but our clients and influencers as well, to engage in a win-win model. We are confident that together, we will be able to create a more powerful influencer marketing experience for the end-users, influencers and the brands.”
Praanesh Bhuvaneshwar, CEO and Co-founder, OneStopAdvert, said, “The business of Influencer Marketing has transformed completely in last five years. Earlier, influencers were celebrities, business, and public leaders, sportspeople, etc. But today, anyone with an access to the internet can become an influencer, especially in niche categories. This means that influencer marketers need to adopt a more data-driven, and focused approach involving these influencers. We are really excited that BC Web Wise shares our visions in helping businesses build deeper trust with their customers using influencer marketing.”


Case StudyInfluencer Marketing
Non-Paid Influencer Campaigns Actually Work: Here’s How Comic Con India Created Nation-Wide Buzz
By Varun Tyagi – January 17, 2018597 0
Share on Facebook Tweet on Twitter

Influencer marketing is on the rise, and as marketers turn to social influencers for content, one frequent question they ask is – “Is there a way to execute non-paid influencer campaigns so that we don’t blow out too much money, yet get quality content from influencers?”

Non-paid influencer campaigns, or more simply put barter campaigns (owing to the nature of transaction between a brand and an influencer) are indeed becoming popular. Many brands are willing to offer free products, premium services, exclusive experiences or insider access to influencers, all in a bid to get quality content from them in exchange. While the concept is promising, it is still relatively new and some brands are skeptical of results.

With OneStopAdvert Rewards, we are trying to create a streamlined dashboard that helps brands execute such non-paid influencer campaigns. Recently, we worked on a Rewards campaign with Comic Con India to promote their pan-India event, and received tremendous success. Read more about it below.


Comic Con India

The Indian counterpart of the globally popular event, Comic Con India is one of the largest gatherings of comic lovers, geeks, nerds, and gamers in the country. One of the biggest draws of the event is Cosplay, along with a chance for fans to meet and greet like-minded enthusiasts. Comic Con India is a multi-city event, being hosted in Delhi, Mumbai, Bengaluru, and Hyderabad.


For this year’s events, Comic Con India wanted to connect with the real comic fans in India, and wanted to leverage their fandom to promote the event across the country. But the brand team had a unique condition – they did not want to pay influencers for content creation or promotion.

The idea behind this was two-fold – Comic Con wanted only the truest of the true fans to show interest, and they wanted to generate authentic word of mouth.


Two major challenges existed in taking this idea from drawing board to social media leaderboards. Firstly, how could the brand find ‘true comic fans in India’? How could they assess various factors like expertise, popularity, content, and audience in an accurate and data-based manner? Secondly, because of the unique non-paid nature of the campaign, it was essential to design a campaign management and execution structure.

That’s where Team OneStopAdvert kicked in! Using an advanced discovery engine, OneStopAdvert scanned through more than 2 lakh Indian influencer profiles, to find the people best matching the criteria laid down by the brand. This was further enabled through a state-of-the-art search functionality that can help find influencers based on content categories, keyword mentions, personal identifiers (“Batman fan”, “Comic Hoarder”, “Cartoonist” etc.). Using different combinations of these searches along with a detailed analysis of social engagement, audience, and peer influence, OneStopAdvert was able to zero in on the best possible influencers.

The next step was to come up with a unique proposition for these influencers, which should show Comic Con’s acknowledgement of these influencers, and create a win-win scenario. For this, OneStopAdvert deployed Rewards -a unique, wizard-based offering where brands can provide influencers with exclusive event invites, products, or services and influencers in turn can share their experiences online. And in this particular scenario, the ultimate reward for these comic fans was a Super Fan VIP passes, fully loaded with free access to the event and loads of goodies and merchandise!

Comic Con India used OneStopAdvert Rewards to secure the association of comic book loving social media Influencers for a non-paid campaign. OneStopAdvert Rewards included exclusive experiences, products and services for the Influencers through the Comic Con SuperFan pass, a privileged all-expense paid VIP entry to the Comic Con event with a string of other perks and memorabilia.

Through a streamlined wizard that automates outreach, campaign management, and campaign analytics, OneStopAdvert Rewards turned this unique campaign into reality.


A total of 57 social media influencers participated in the campaign, generating more than 225 pieces of social media content, opening the floodgates to an unprecedented buzz around any such event in the country.

The quality and authenticity of content was so compelling, that it received total engagementsexceeding 31k, with an astonishing unique reach of 175k. With Rewards, OneStopAdvert helped Comic Con reach the right people, through the right people, at virtually no cost!

To know more about OneStopAdvert Rewards, visit the website.

The original article was published in Social Samosa on January 3, 2018.

TAGSbarter campaignscomic concomic con indiainfluencer marketingnon-paid influencer campaignnon-paid influencer campaignsnon-paid influencer marketingOneStopAdvertOneStopAdvert rewardsrewards

6 Unique Ways to Reward Influencers during the Holidays
During the season of lights and joy, spread the cheer to your influencers!

By Sanchana Krishnan – September 18, 201701189
Share on Facebook Tweet on Twitter

One of the 13 winning entries for Starbucks’ Red Cup winter campaign
The holiday season brings about a great opportunity to launch new campaigns, release products and have themes promotions to help customers get into the holiday mood and drive sales better. Influencers have always played an important role in grabbing eyeballs during this season. Their presence becomes even more important today, with chronological feeds becoming a thing of the past. Rewarding influencers for the holiday season is not only a great gesture towards your influencer community, it also serves as double promotion for the product or feature you wish to promote.

How do brands creatively execute reward campaigns for their influencers in the holiday season? We have seen some stunning examples in recent times. Here they are :

A Timfluential Christmas with Tim Hortons

Tim Hortons allowed their influencers to hold fun giveaways for the holidays, and this is what happened!
Tim Hortons, Canada’s much loved coffee and donut cafe went all out in their hometown for Christmas in 2016, when they decided to allow their influencers to host giveaway contests instead. Not only did the influencers get their very own goodie bag, they also got a huge boost in their social media following. Happy influencers creatively held contests and were more than pleased to be associated with the Tim Hortons brand.

2. #HappierDiwali with CitiBank

Back in 2013, CitiBank wished to giveaway high-end technology products as a way of saying thanks to their customers. In the bargain, they brought together ten technology bloggers for the first time in Indian advertising history and ran a wonderful campaign with them! These premier tech blogs of India came together in a unique giveaway, where 3 blogs gave away a brand new iPhone 5s while the other seven promised an iPad Mini to it’s readers. This not only made the campaign seem absolutely organic, it also gave the tech bloggers a load of exposure and established them as leading authorities in India. The campaign generated more than 28.7 million impressions, with over 8000 campaign shares on Social Media.

Toys for all with ToysRUs

ToysRUs decided to testrun its new mobile wishlist feature by encouraging mums to go shopping with their kids and use the wish list. The influencers gave a smashing surprise to their kids, courtesy ToysRUs – and did not forget to demonstrate their gratitude via Instagram posts that got plenty of engagement.

A Ride to Remember with Mercedes

Mercedes-Benz giving their influencers a slice of a road trip before the holidays
In the holiday season of 2014, the luxurious car company Mercedes-Benz handed over the reigns to their social media channels (Instagram and YouTube), along with a Merdedes-Benz car itself! Their team of social influencers told incredible stories based on their real life journey in the vehicle. They drove the car around, took photos, and curate a story that features more than just the car and hashtag, #MBPhotoPass. The results of the campaign were massive. #MBPhotoPass generated over 173 million impressions, 2.3 million likes, $4 million worth of earned media, and 1,700 brand assets!

A Merry Christmas with Starbucks

One of the 13 winning entries for Starbucks’ Red Cup winter campaign
Having noticed the raging success of their previous draw-on-the-Starbucks-cup campaign, Starbucks called all customers to create beautiful designs for their red christmas cup. The famous coffee chain received over 1,200 submissions hailing from 13 countries across the globe. The winning entries were officially featured as Starbucks red cups for the entirety of Winter 2016!

Happier Holidays with Hallmark

Hallmark’s holiday influencer campaign hits a success
In 2016, Hallmark partnered with several family-friend Instagram influencers to promote their holiday 2016 collection of keepsake ornaments. While receiving a whole load of ornaments to jazz up their festive season, influencers offered their followers candid glimpses into their family holiday traditions. Evoking emotions, they shared personal, tender moments along with a link for their users to purchase their own keepsake ornament. While the campaign only lasted the holiday season, influencers boosted Hallmark’s brand awareness and increased sales.

It’s never a bad idea to say thanks to the army of influencers that drive your brand forward, and what better time to do so than the holiday season? Go ahead and think of how creative you could get with your own rewards campaigns and watch as your influencers make some magic.

TAGSholidaysInfluencerinfluencer marketingrewardreward influencersrewardssocial media campaignsocial media influencers
SHARE Facebook Twitter

Instagram Opens Doors for Influencer Marketing with Branded Tag Option in India
By Aditya Gurwara – September 13, 201702843
Share on Facebook Tweet on Twitter

Proud collaborations between influencers and brands
It’s 2017, and the influencer marketing boom is here to stay. In India, the major social media platforms used for influencer marketing are Twitter, Facebook and Instagram. In a calculated way, LinkedIn is making it’s way into influencer marketing as well. Why Snapchat isn’t on the list yet is because brands are looking for performance on collaborated posts. Currently, Snapchat doesn’t offer that because of the disappearing act of the content, which is the USP that made Snapchat famous in the first place.

How do you know if influencer marketing is working for your brand?

Influencer marketing has quickly become a top marketing strategy. However, it means very little if the performance of each influencer and their content pieces are not being measured in terms of money spent and impressions gained. While it looks great to have a prominent influencer engaging with your brand and creating a social media buzz, it does not mean much if it reaches below 10,000 people for a person with a following of over 400,000.

A sweeping view of the monthly users active on each social media platform
Facebook is a platform that understood this early and created a tool to make life easier for brands engaging in influencer marketing. They created the Handshake model, where an influencer can tag the brand page on a post created for them. This way, the brand has access to the metrics of the post. They can now analyse the performance of the post without being dependant on the influencer.

How crossposting of branded content works on Facebook
Instagram is arguably one of the platforms that holds the largest potential for influencer marketing. However, brands are limited to viewing the number of likes and comments on the post. This is data that anyone can have access to if they simply view the post! This tracking mechanism not only lacks insight, it is also unreliable because influencers with fake followers or access to Bots can also increase numbers on their post. One does not know where the numbers are coming from. This makes it difficult for brands to distinguish fake influencers versus those who have tirelessly built a strong following from ground up with quality content, hence having a much stronger and actual relevant reach.

All spammers do is create useless noise on social media
Instagram joins the tracking bandwagon for branded content

It’s 2017 and things have finally changed. Instagram has opened up the branded tag option to India! This feature is just as simple as Facebook’s branded content option. To recap, Facebook defines “branded content as a creator or publisher’s content that features or is influenced by a business partner for an exchange of value. FB policies require creators and publishers to tag their business partners in their branded content posts. When tagged, a business partner will be notified and be able to see high-level performance insights as well as have the ability to share the post to their Page and put additional spend behind it.”

Now the same is possible with Instagram. All that the influencer has to do is tag the brand handle before posting the content piece. The brand accepts the notification, and voila! Every detailed insight required to determine the success of a post will be accessible with one tag. Easy tracking of influencer marketing campaigns has become a reality.

Proud collaborations between influencers and brands
Instagram tells us more about the insights available to creators : “Not only is this level of transparency beneficial for our community, it also gives creators and businesses the ability to track and share insights around a partnered post. When the partners use this tag, they will both have access to insights to track exactly how their branded content posts and stories are performing. Creators will continue to see metrics in their Instagram insights, and business partners will see shared reach and engagement metrics in their Facebook Page Insights.”

NOTE: Currently, however, branded tagging on Instagram can only happen between two verified accounts in India.

You can now be an active part of your influencer campaign and track all the influencers under one roof with Instagram’s branded tag option. Pick the best influencers you believe can take your brand forward and go from being just a brand to a name that people see in action – everywhere.

TAGSbrandedbranded contentfacebookinfluencer marketinginstagramsocial mediasocial media influencerstag
SHARE Facebook Twitter

This is how Indian twitteratis celebrated #internationalyogaday
By Varun Tyagi – June 27, 2017817 0
Share on Facebook Tweet on Twitter

The International Yoga Day is commonly or unofficially addressed as the Yoga Day, is celebrated annually on 21st June since its inception in 2015. It is that time of the year when even the laziest, exercise shy people pull out their yoga mats and join the movement in stretching and bending their bodies. This year we celebrated the 3rd international Yoga day and people are spamming Twitter with pictures and videos of how they’re celebrating Yoga Day. People on twitter are hilarious. If something is trending, it is expected we’ll get to see some jokes and memes about the trending topic. We have tracked the top content stream and top influencer conversations through OneStopAdvert. Here are the most amusing tweets on #internationalyogaday you don’t want to miss –

1On Yoga Day, Husband be like:

2Yoga Level: IRISH!

source: https://OneStopAdvert.com/tracker

3Pre – Yoga meal is a must!

source: https://OneStopAdvert.com/tracker

4Who says I don’t practice Yoga?

source: https://OneStopAdvert.com/tracker

5 Them feels!

source: https://OneStopAdvert.com/tracker

6Laluji ne kursitod asan ke sath manaya Yoga!

source: https://OneStopAdvert.com/tracker

7There are more ways to do Yoga than you can imagine!

source: https://OneStopAdvert.com/tracker

8 How can we leave Rakhi Sawant out of this discussion? 😛

source: https://OneStopAdvert.com/tracker

9We hear what we want to hear 🙂

source: https://OneStopAdvert.com/tracker

10Yoga mat has multiple uses!

source: https://OneStopAdvert.com/tracker

11Man performing Sirsasana while the buffalo performs Savasana 😛

source: https://OneStopAdvert.com/tracker

12Yoga does have its advantages

source: https://OneStopAdvert.com/tracker

13More like a traffic Policeman directing traffic! Sari gadia ulte hath ko nikle.

source: https://OneStopAdvert.com/tracker

14 Vodka : Helping people do Yoga since ages.

source: https://OneStopAdvert.com/tracker

15These dogs are giving people some serious yoga goals!

source: https://OneStopAdvert.com/tracker

SHARE Facebook Twitter

Previous article
How PR Firms are getting Influencer Marketing all wrong
Next article
Instagram Opens Doors for Influencer Marketing with Branded Tag Option in India

Varun Tyagi
Varun leads the Product Marketing at OneStopAdvert. Beyond work, his interests include long distance biking, sports and fitness, music, and reading.

5 Social Media Marketing Predictions for 2017
By Prabakaran – June 7, 20171206 0

Share on Facebook Tweet on Twitter

If you are a digital marketer then focusing on your social media strategy should be a top priority for 2017. The second half of the year is even more critical for improving your social media presence, considering the holiday seasons are approaching and consumer spending and sentiment both takes a positive upswing. So here are few predictions that we believe might be worth remembering as you tweak your 2017 social media strategy.

1Live video content will become (even more) bigger

In 2016, 14% of marketers used live video at least once, according to Social Media Examiner, and 43% have planned to use interactive video this year according to new data from Wyzowl.

Although, there are many streaming platforms present out there, however Facebook Live and Periscope continue to remain the most popular ones.

In 2016, Periscope noted that users have watched 110 years of live video daily on the platform. Similarly, live streaming on Facebook reached record-breaking numbers around the world.

Twitter and Instagram aren’t behind in the race as both the platforms have integrated live videos .

So, how can you leverage live videos in 2017? A good starting point is to first understand which social media is your audience spending the most time on. Once you’ve identified the platform, the next step is to identify touch-point opportunities where you can engage your audience. One of the most common touch-point is to live stream events. Live event streams help potential consumers connect with your brand without having to be physically present at a particular location. Other instances where live videos can come in handy are:-

Q&A sessions – These videos will drive engagement because the host can ask for comments, feedback and questions from the audiences.

Live videos series – Check out this weekly series from Allure, where the host reveals and reviews a new variant of their lipstick, and asks the audiences what they want to see in the next video. This kind of content is not only exciting, but also consumer-driven, which makes it highly engaging. According to Facebook, engagement rates on live videos are 10X higher as compared to normal videos.

2Social media commerce will become a dominant way of sales

Twitter, Instagram, Pinterest and Facebook provides users with a way to buy products directly from their apps. Check an example on Instagram below:

According to a study from Aimia, 56% of consumers have told that they follow brands on social media platforms to browse products for sale and 31% have agreed that they are using social media specifically to look for new items to buy.

Brands should focus on these shopping habits and look to creatively embed sales call-to-actions in socially-driven content. People spend time on social networks to find interesting content that they can relate to and information they can possibly make use of, and simply sharing a photo of your product with a ‘Buy Now’ options ticks neither of those boxes. Instead, look for sharing information that your audience can use and embed your product pitch as a solution to their problems rather than simply forcing it down their throats.

Say if you cater to beauty industry, you could share informative content on beauty, skincare, and related topics. For example, ‘tips on how to get rid of tanning’ will definitely make for a crisp and interesting video, along with a natural plug-in of your product as the solution at the end of the video.

If this seems difficult to you, there is another idea. This research proves that product demonstration videos get as many as 4X views compared to any other form of product information. Your audience is willing to view and share video of your product, so why not give them the ammo and let them fire at will!

3Ephemeral content will continue to get eyeballs
Marissa Emanuele (Social Media Marketing Manager of HubSpot) coined the term “FrankFeatures”, an instance when a social media platform launches its own version of some other platform’s best feature.

Need an example? Snapchat started disappearing or ephemeral content trend and Instagram launched a similar feature but with the ability to also share the ephemeral video. It is not like that you will abandon marketing video production and professional photography but disappearing content on Snapchat and Instagram is good way to showcase the “other side” of your brand.

The ‘urgency factor’ associated with ephemeral content creates a strong pull as users understand that the content is available for only limited amount of time. And hence, such content usually drives high engagement in a short period of time. And because it’s usually crisp, ephemeral content also commands attention of the audience.

Content ideas for ephemeral stories can include:

Contests and giveaways
Live events
Daily or weekly video series
Product reveals
Behind-the-scenes looks
4Brands will rely more on messaging apps

If the only thought that comes to your mind when we say ‘messaging app’ is Whatsapp, and Facebook Messenger (and maybe WeChat) as the alternatives to traditional text messaging then think again- messaging apps are used by more than 4 billion user’s people worldwide and there is marvelous opportunity for brands to take advantage of this presence.

Brands are using messaging apps to communicate with customers, which is completely revamping the way the customer service is done. These apps provide the customers an easier and faster way to get assistance rather been waiting for an email.

For example, Hyatt uses Facebook messenger for 24-hour customer service, where guests can ask questions, get recommendations and make reservations.

Source: Digiday

There is another research that will make you think twice about messaging apps, that a quarter of apps which are downloaded and uninstalled after just one use, except for messaging apps. So, in 2017 marketers should expect less social networking and more messaging to develop real time connection with audiences.

5Brands will make a switch from Snapchat to Instagram for stories
Instagram launched its stories features in 2016 and just after two months, Buzzfeed News reported that Instagram stories were getting 100 million daily active users and it represents two-thirds of Snapchat’s complete user base. This is the reason why brands will start switching from Snapchat to Instagram for sharing stories.

At 600 million users, Instagram offers a bigger audience than Snapchat which is only at 150 million. Plus Facebook owns Instagram, Instagram advertisers can target based on Instagram and Facebook insights. Instagram also allows a user to publish videos and photos in a permanent portfolio in addition to ephemeral stories, so sharing content is much easier with friends.

Despite the rapid growth in Snapchat, it offers fewer means of measurement and analysis for the social media marketers, so Instagram offers more ways to measure ROI in 2017. Instagram is also adopted by a large number of public figures and celebrities and the interface of Instagram is slicker.

These were the 5 social media marketing predictions that we think will come true in this half of 2017. Social media is changing constantly and one prediction we didn’t include was to prepare for anything. So, what are your social media marketing plans for 2017? Share them in the comments section.

TAGSsocial media marketingsocial media marketing predictions for 2017

3 Killer SEO Trends to Prepare For in 2017
By Varun Tyagi – May 29, 20171585 2

Share on Facebook Tweet on Twitter

Business is considered as a game and as a marketer; your role is to stay ahead of your competition which you can do with the help of SEO.

SEO is considered as the lifeline of online business. And it might seem simple in theory but it is very tough to understand and you can only know with the help of algorithms and search patterns which will inform about your SEO efforts.

It means that it’s one of the most important ways to have a competitive edge within your industry is to watch the minor changes in SEO trends.

So, as you are gearing up for 2017, take a look what you can get from the world of search engine optimization.

SEO Trends to Prepare For in 2017
Increase in quality content and in density
Have you ever seen in a day, you can go various websites and read the same content over and over again? Well, that is the same with Yahoo, Google, Bing and the rest of the world. This problem came with the rise of long-form, detailed guides that covers topics in detail.

People are subjected to the remakes of the same old boring content that you have seen for many years or they forced to read content which are lengthy in content.

Solution: Density in content. It can be described as simply as content’s per word value. So, for example if you want to write about the growth of Snapchat, the actual value you deliver per value could be less. So, if you can explain the topic in 500 words then there is no need to write an article of 3,000 words.

Most of the major SEO authority agrees that 2017 will be the year where we will see the rise of content across the board. The world of content marketing is adjusting meaning you will spend less time in writing content and your audience will receive more time.

User experience will count to SEO
Over the past years, the expectations of the users have increased exponentially. People are not limited to good speeds and navigable sites. All they want now websites which can load faster than anything and which are easy to navigate.

And because of the rise in expectations of the users, the user experience has become identical with SEO. Google has started to favour sites with fast load times, indications that users are enjoying their experience, mobile optimization.

If your aim is to maintain a high search engine ranking in 2017, then you have to invest into user experience. It may require only simple tweaks to improve your user experience.

Brands will leverage personal branding
Personal branding is one of the secret weapons in the world. You can take the example of people like Pewdiepie or Casey Neista is the perfect examples of power of branding. They don’t even sell products but they still make money and more than young business people. But it isn’t a tool only for YouTubers. It’s actually one of the most powerful ways to ensure the success of your SEO campaigns.

The importance of SEO to the modern entrepreneur, it is also critical that you will have to pay attention to advancements and trends within the world of SEO. What are the SEO trends to prepare for in 2017 according to you, share in the comment section.

TAGSseo predictions 2017tips & tricks

Influencer Spotlight: Harsh Chauhan
By Varun Tyagi – May 23, 20171631 3
Share on Facebook Tweet on Twitter

1Briefly, tell us about yourself. (Credentials, profession, social media channels)
Hi, I am Harsh Chauhan, a 23-year blogger who loves to write about Smartphones, Guides on How to Root them, I was not doing this for Money this time all that was in my mind was just my passion.My passion for guiding people on How they can get the Most out of their Smartphones and this gave birth to RootUpdate which got successful. So my suggestion to anyone who is new to blogging would don’t do this for money, follow your Passion and Money will flow in. Social Profiles. Connect with RootUpdate on (Facebook, Twitter, Instagram).

2Tell us about your ‘influencer story’. (How did it start and what has been your experience)
I started Blogging in 10th Class and My first blog was Copy-Delete. I failed around 8 times on 8 different blogs and then I quit blogging. But Then After some days I again started blogging and Here I am. Rootupdate is one of the most Popular Smartphone Blogs in India and We have Around 25 Websites on Different Niche under the Rootupdate Networks. My overall experience in Blogging is a little bit salty and sweet as well, As there are different types of people you meet here.

3What brands have you collaborated with? Any particular campaigns that you’ve most enjoyed.
I have Collaborated with both National and International Brands out of which some of them are Samsung, Xiaomi, Meizu, Nikon, Lucid, Zhiyun, YI, HP, Wondershare, Dr fone and a Lot more .

4What are your favourite brands on social media?
There is no Such Specific brand but if it comes to my areas of Interest then I love all those brands who are directly or Indirectly related to Technology.

5Which social media platform do you think will be the biggest marketing tool in 2017 and why do you think so?
Facebook 🙂 No matter Which new network comes and goes but Facebook will be always the King for Consumer as well as Merchants. Second is twitter as it gives you ease to get directly in touch with brands and Anyone.

6What’s your opinion on paid influencer campaigns vs gratification based campaigns? (Branded experiences, Freebies, Advocacy Rewards Program etc.)
Paid Campaigns are always Good 🙂 the biggest reason is that in a paid campaign both the sides ( The Blogger and The brand ) gets Equal Amount of Benefit whereas gratification based campaigns don’t do much well.

7What’s your viewpoint on brands collaborating with influencers to improve their reputation and advocacy with consumers?
See believe it or not but everything will be Online Only one day and in that case, bloggers play a very important role in providing information to users/Viewers. So my Take on Collaboration is that it can give Mutual benefit to USERS/BRANDS/BLOGGERS.

TAGSinfluencer interiewtech influencertechnology blogger
SHARE Facebook Twitter

Instagram Pods Effect on Influencer Marketing
By Prabakaran – May 22, 20171128 0

Share on Facebook Tweet on Twitter

In 2016, Instagram stopped its chronological feed for an algorithm timeline. Naturally, after this change many users lamented because it would now be more difficult for them to reach audiences.

But now as it appears that Instagram communities are looking to counter the algorithm by creating Instagram pods.

What are these pods and what do they mean for influencers and brands? Here is a look at situation.

What are Instagram Pods?
Instagram pods are groups of people who join forces to increase the engagement on the posts. They do the same thing as the Instagram bots – leaving comments and liking the posts to confirm that posts appear higher in in the user’s feeds. There are some rules which are followed so that the engagement would appear natural such as not posting comments which are less than four words. So, the members of the pods turn on notifications in order to like it as soon as it is published.

It is not easy to become a member as each member is invited by an “invite” only and the members are able to know about the opportunity via Instagram direct messages or on other platforms such as Facebook and Twitter.

Who’s doing it?
Seems like, the majority of pods are made up of influencers or micro-influencers looking to improve their presence on the platform, so that brands would look and take notice.

@NiaSky Instagram pods are a great way to interact with other bloggers, but the best thing is to be active and connect with others! #bbloggers

— chelsey ocean (@chelsocean_x) April 23, 2017

The main problem with Instagram pods is that they make it difficult for brands to see which influencers are succeeding. So, potential partnerships are formed on fake engagement and will only lead to skewed data.

Eventually, pods seem to go against the reasons the brands want to work with influencers in the place of traditional advertising.

By this engagement, influencers could run the risk of harming their own reputation in the long run.

Will Instagram find a way to stop it?
So far, it looks like Instagram is not doing anything to prevent pods. But it is demonstrated that Instagram is not willing to let fake accounts impact the user experience for everyone else. If Instagram pods continue to grow in popularity, then we can expect to see a crackdown on fake engagements in near future.

TAGSinfluencer marketinginstagram

Influencer Spotlight: Garima & Shivi
By Vidhi Bansal – May 16, 2017796 0
Share on Facebook Tweet on Twitter

1Briefly, tell us about yourself. (Credentials, profession, social media channels)
Cosmochics is a fun project that was started few years back and it turned out as a life changing step for us. Managed by two friends Garima (Mumbai) & Shivi (Bangalore). Here we talk about wearable fashion and makeup and help an average woman to understand the intricate details of both fashion and lifestyle to the comfort of their computer screen! www.facebook.com/2cosmochics www.instagram.com/cosmochics.

2Tell us about your ‘influencer story’. (How did it start and what has been your experience)
It started with just a talk on what’s app about starting a website where we can jot down our ideas about Fashion, beauty and lifestyle. We finally put down our roots here 4 years back. Brands seeing our work started contacting us for brand collaborations which included reviewing their products/services, experiential, outfit posts, new launches etc. Now sky is the limit! Brands are open for new ideas and they don’t step back from taking our advice into consideration.

3What brands have you collaborated with? Any particular campaigns that you’ve most enjoyed.
We have collaborated with Max, Nautica, Reliance Trends, L’Oréal , Maybelline, Colorbar, Sony, Oppo, Vivo, Mirenesse Australia, Organic Harvest, food/beverage & spa giants, Online shopping websites and many more! Honestly it was new for us each time so we liked every campaign. We were welcomed to an industry where bloggers and influencers are treated no less than celebrities as we help them create genuine trust.

4What are your favourite brands on social media?
Gosh there are so many! We like brands that are blogger/influencer friendly, brands that create opportunities for us as well through brand association. Brands those are quick in responding to buyers and are actively engaged in building scalable programs. Today many brands are active across all social media channels and they are the ones who will stay and create an impact.

5Which social media platform do you think will be the biggest marketing tool in 2017 and why do you think so?
Its a tricky question as different platforms works differently for influencers. YouTube has already marked its presence. But for us it is Facebook and Instagram that are our power tools! From Instagram’s live feature to stories and saving an idea in your gallery there is so much to explore! Facebook’s reach is also more than what it was before and together, both Facebook and Instagram are easy to handle.

6What’s your opinion on paid influencer campaigns vs gratification based campaigns? (Branded experiences, Freebies, Advocacy Rewards Program etc.)
Please know that every blogger and influencer works hard to create something new and original. This requires us to invest as well many times, and therefore paid influencer programs help us to present a campaign in an impressive way. If brands are looking for “Larger than life” promotion, paid campaigns become easier. However we have done so many experiential and enjoyed that as well.

7What’s your viewpoint on brands collaborating with influencers to improve their reputation and advocacy with consumers?
It’s amazing to see how brands are collaborating with influencers. It’s a win-win situation for both of us. While we get a platform they get a voice! They get engagement through personalization and engaging content! It’s more like relationship marketing! A term we learnt some time back!

TAGSfashion bloggerinfluencer interiew

How To Reach Out To Millennials via Influencer Marketing
Who are Millennials?
Millennials are people who fall between the age of 18-34 years. These young, globally immersed, digital natives have a strong penchant to express opinions on social media, and have relatively higher consumer purchasing power than the generations preceding them. They are early adopters when it comes to gadgets, technologies, trends, and are willing to experiment with those. A lot of these millennials have become influencers on social network platforms like Instagram, YouTube, Snapchat, Vine, etc. As social media influencers, these real world celebrities it big as they are funny, able to reach youth, is young and beautiful.

Interesting Facts About Millennials
Millennials are always on their smartphones – nothing new here. They have, on average, 7.7 connected devices and use 3.3 every day.
30% of Millennials have done their grocery shopping online.
28% of Millennials watch original programming mostly on their mobile phones and laptops.
43% have liked more than 20 brands on Facebook. [Mr Youth]
77% have participated in loyalty reward programs. [Aimia]
By 2018, Millennials will have the most spending power than any generation. [Bazaar]
80% of Millennials want brands to entertain them. [HireInfluence]
Millennials are 2.5x more likely to be early adopters of technology. [HireInfluence]
Millennials engage more deeply with brands on social networks. [HireInfluence]
Marketing Trends for Millennials
Let us take a look at some of the millennial marketing trends out there:

User Generated Content: It is a great way to engage millennials and move them further down the conversion funnel, as they trust it 50% more than any type of media.
Influencer Marketing: Millennials do place more trust into social media influencers. 60% of millennials have said that they would buy a product which has been suggested by a YouTube influencer.
Live Streaming: Live video is exploding for Millennials. Facebook has also jumped to fray with live streaming feature which is available to everyone.
Mobile First: Millennials are the mobile generation, especially when an overwhelming 87% have their phones by their side every second of the day.
Why Influencer Marketing is so effective with millennials?

It is one of the best ways to gain the attention of millennials and woo them with your products and services. Influencers have the ability to talk to millennials like they are one of them. The recommendations from influencers are highly trusted compared to those that come straight from brands.

Therefore, the most important part in executing an influencer marketing campaign is to choose your influencers wisely. They should be expert in the subject and willing to engage with the target group. So, collaborating with social media influencers and bloggers to target millennials is an area with huge potential for marketers particularly in industries like beauty and fashion, travel, gadgets, lifestyle and luxury, and more.

By letting influencers experience and experiment with your product or services and letting them talk about it, you can leverage their current audiences and reach your ideal customers.

92% of consumers rely on referrals from people they know over anything else when making purchases – and every time you have a doubt on the effectiveness of influencer marketing, just remind yourself of this statistic.

How to Approach Influencers?

If you want your product to get featured in some post from a blogger or a social media celebrity, one of the simplest method is to ask. Most of the influencers publicly provide their contact information in their profiles and are open to promote products.

The key to successful influencer marketing is to find influencers whose audience is similar to your target audience. It might look easy, but reaching out to influencers with proper homework is critical to convince them to associate with your brand, hence make sure you do extensive research to understand who will work best for you and what’s in it for them.

Let us look at a few examples of how some leading brands across the world have worked with Teni Panosian, who is a YouTube beauty guru, to engage their audience.


Teni was contacted by Target to select plaid clothing items from their store to create a lookbook video around it. Lookbooks are popular types of YouTube content, so it’s a delicate way to promote its products.


For this video, Teni was flown to the Bahamas by Benefit Cosmetics and asked to document her adventures. This type of content shows the lifestyle that brand is trying to sell to its customers.

Old Navy

The next example is about how Old Navy used a social media influencer Meghan Rienks, she appears in a series of promotional posts on YouTube, Instagram and Twitter. In videos , Rienks shows fans how to style outfits for different occasions using the pieces from Old Navy.

She is known for her lifestyle content and comedy sketches, has formidable following on social media, with more than 1.3 million followers on Instagram and over 2 million subscribers on her YouTube channel.


Another example you can notice is when hallmark promoted their holiday 2016 collection of keepsake ornaments. They partnered with number of friendly Instagram influencers to share their tender moments from their families holiday season.

With the help of the hashtag #KeepsakeIt, the influencers used this hashtag to catch glimpses to their family holiday traditions, along with a link for the users to purchase one of their own keepsake ornaments.

Influencer marketing is a proven way to build relationships and communicate with Millennials. The better your understanding of how millennials use social media, the more you would be able to leverage influencer marketing. Did you find value in this post? Please leave a comment below.

TAGSinfluencer marketingmillennials

Brands and Instagram Influencers warned by the FTC
By Prabakaran – April 28, 2017722 0

Share on Facebook Tweet on Twitter

The Federal Trade Commission has begun cracking down on content from social media influencers whose posts aren’t clearly recognizable as advertising. On, Wednesday the FTC revealed that it had sent 90 letters to influencers and their brand partners which clarified the guidelines for sponsored posts. Previously, the FTC had stated that anyone having a “material connection” to an advertiser needed to make that connection clear. But because terms have not been defined well, some sponsored posts have skirted the line, adhering to the letter, but not the guidelines.

Source: Campaignlive

So now, using unclear hashtags like #sp or #spon to indicate sponsored content does not meet the requirements and is not enough as consumers might not understand. Neither should the disclosures be hidden within strings of ignored hashtags nor should these disclosures be such that the viewers viewer requires to click to see the whole content of the post before they appear. On Instagram, the disclosures need to be in the first three lines of a post.

Source: Campaignlive

The relationship between influencers and brands leaves adherence to guidelines in the hands of the influencers, not brands. Influencers write and post the sponsored content, so it falls to brands and agencies to make sure that the people they pay to promote their products also take care of guidelines while making sure that the brand has acted in good faith.

Some agencies which work with influencers agree that “the role of influencers is to support and to amplify traditional marketing. Yes, branded posts are less obvious to the common consumer but if the content is of high-quality and relevance, then the caption is not significant” said Brian Salzman, founder of relationship-marketing agency RQ.

The FTC letters don’t have any penalties for failure to comply, but the regulations have forced companies to change their business practices as did Warner Bros. in the previous year.

Even the threat of legal action can prompt influencers to shape up. Let’s take an example: In July 2016, Kylie Jenner changed her Instagram post to make it clear that an Airbnb stay she praised on social media had been a gift from the company. The original post read “thanks for the birthday home @airbnb,” while the updated post now reads “thanks for the gift of a lovely birthday home, @airbnb.”

Source: Campaignlive

Some influencers might think of ignoring guideline as more beneficial. The FTC’s civil fines is $40,000, but Instagram accounts which have 3 and 7 million followers can easily make $75,000 for a single post. It means that influencers who have less following and are able to make only $1,000 for a post or receive a product in exchange for a positive review are in danger of bearing the brunt of the regulations.


In the end, the ones to blame are the brands which work with influencers and not the influencers themselves while responsible companies have already been meeting the requirements of the guidelines.

TAGSftc guidelinesinfluencer marketing

What Brands Can Grasp From Facebook’s Approach on VR, AI and mind-reading
By Prabakaran – May 2, 2017776 0

Share on Facebook Tweet on Twitter

Facebook has recently revealed its intentions on chatbots on Facebook messenger 2.0. They are taking on virtual reality social platform, competing with Snapchat that already uses AR filters, while also taking on hearing impairment via haptic feedback and facing Slack with Facebook Workplaces.

The big revelation: Facebook wants to read your mind! One can see that Facebook has dived all the hyped technologies such as: artificial intelligence, augmented and virtual reality. And they have decided to go after all of this simultaneously.

It is a strong strategy.

So what should brands do in response?

Change in consumer-brand interactions

Social media has transformed the way we communicate with each other and with brands. What Facebook is hoping with this announcement is that they can repeat their original penetration in new and emerging spaces and easily dominate them.

But for marketers the question remains that: how will these technologies change the way the consumer interact with brands?

Facebook’s investment in brain-computer interfaces has massive potential due to new forms of communication. While we haven’t seen most of it, but to create a seamless connection between machine and human will have benefits for brands in near future. If getting information about a project is as easy as thinking about it, then marketing campaigns will have even a greater impact.

When one takes a look at the Discover tab for Facebook messenger, one can see that Facebook is expanding its chatbot and third-party app integrations to cover the earlier stages in consumer-buying cycle.

Source: Techcrunch

Till now, bots and apps have focused on consumers who are actively considering a purchase – you have to seek out the brand in order to interact with it. Discover’s launch allows Facebook to suggest branded bots and apps to those who haven’t had any interactions with the brand. This point of engagement hasn’t existed till now, but with meaningful benefits for the brands to interact with customers in a way that they have potential to navigate them to purchase in app.

How build-up can turn technology sour

Unfortunately, publicity over an emerging tech has been a consistent disappointment. However, in the case of virtual reality it is slowly getting there but only when it is implemented well. Facebook Spaces could easily transform online social interaction, turning social networks to immersive space for interactions. And if you go by the sales of HTC Vive and Oculus, people are not willing to take risk.

Artificial Intelligence has one of the worst faring platforms when it comes to the hype. It can be seen as a promising development for technology to have Facebook incorporate its strategy into its 1 billion users through Facebook Messenger platform. It can be seen as a gamble when the technology is in its nacent phase and can stall in growth if chatbots cannot be used quickly.

Brands which are tempted to jump on the bandwagon need to do so with caution and have a clear strategy before doing it. Facebook is willing to take a gamble with these technologies in the hope of dominating their emergence. But it is ultimately considered a gamble and brands should watch all the developments with a keen eye. They would be wise to avoid wandering into this blindly.

TAGSFacebook artificial intelligence
SHARE Facebook Twitter

Previous article
Brands and Instagram Influencers warned by the FTC
Next article
Influencer Spotlight: Megha Jain

Prabakaran is the CTO and Co-Founder of OneStopAdvert, India’s leading influencer marketing intelligence platform and the latest offering from OneStopAdvert. OneStopAdvert is India’s leading influencer marketing agency based out of New Delhi.

OneStopAdvert Spotlight
Influencer Spotlight: Megha Jain
By Megha Shireen – May 2, 20171343 1
Share on Facebook Tweet on Twitter

1Briefly tell us about yourself. (Credentials, profession, social media channels)
Lifestyle Photographer who Loves to document Love. Couple sessions, Weddings, Maternity, New-Born, Kids, Family & Portraits is what I enjoy working on the most. Also, in between all this, I blog about the books I read, the fabulous food and personal Travel experiences. Connect with Sunflare Arthouse on (Facebook, Twitter, Instagram)

2Tell us about your ‘influencer story’. (How did it start and what has been your experience)
Life has been an exciting journey for me and I am enjoying every minute along the ups and downs of the road. I love the idea to capture a gorgeous moment and make something that lasts forever! It also thrills me when I’m able to touch someone’s life, make a happy moment for them even if it is in the tiny simple way! Blogging came along because I love to write. Writing and photography are two mediums of memory making and I guess I am a memory hoarder hence love doing both – this leads me here.

3What brands have you collaborated with? Any particular campaigns that you’ve most enjoyed.
I have been blogging for a long time and then started sharing the stories of people I photographed and the couples I worked with during my life as a professional photographer. My most memorable have to be the book review with Bloomsbury Publishing which was special for so many reasons and will remain on top! http://sunflarearthouse.com/book-review-my-little-epiphanies/

4What are your favourite brands on social media?
For obvious reasons, the favourite brands on Social Media are the brands I have been involved with and have worked around.

5Which social media platform do you think will be the biggest marketing tool in 2017 and why do you think so?
Even with a massive reach drop out leading to major disappointment almost everyone – Instagram will remain on top. Simply because in a fast paced life, people don’t want to click anywhere else and get all the updates in on one platform.

6What’s your opinion on paid influencer campaigns vs gratification based campaigns? (Branded experiences, Freebies, Advocacy Rewards Program etc.)
In my opinion, paid influence campaigns are what I focus on – by that I mean I really go through what I am promoting and do so only when I genuinely like it. Working extra time for a brand in exchange for a product doesn’t do any justice to the hour’s anyone is putting behind it. One can always buy what they like, what’s the benefit to hoarding on the things one doesn’t want and in return spend time working hard to make a campaign come to life. That’s unfair in so many ways!

7What’s your viewpoint on brands collaborating with influencers to improve their reputation and advocacy with consumers?
That’s a fantastic marketing approach. I speak for myself here, I am an influencer to people following me who I have worked with and a majorly their friends and family who loved the work I have done. Anything that goes up on social media leaves a lasting impact. Any post – be it Travel, Food, Books, Makeup haul, Camera equipment or any shout out really – leaves an impact and follows up with a lot of inquiries which I take time to respond. I collaborate with budding artist to help them reach out.

TAGSinfluencer interiewlifestyle photographer

OneStopAdvert Spotlight
Influencer Spotlight: Bharti Puri
By Vidhi Bansal – May 4, 2017873 0
Share on Facebook Tweet on Twitter

1Briefly, tell us about yourself. (Credentials, profession, social media channels)
Hi, my name is Bharti Puri and I’m a full-time Indian beauty blogger and YouTuber. I’m 26yrs old and I’m based in Delhi NCR area. my blog is CrazyPopLock.com, I’m a self-taught makeup artist and I love to talk about beauty, fashion and whatever new I find, I love to share it with my readers. Connect with CrazyPopLock on (Facebook, Instagram, Twitter).

2Tell us about your ‘influencer story’. (How did it start and what has been your experience)
I was always into beauty/makeup and back in 2010, I discovered that people actually blog about makeup and I really loved that. That inspired me to start my own blog in late 2010 and slowly I ended up building up my readership. Just recently I started blogging full time and I love what I do. I’m always trying to improve and I believe in delivering quality in a presentation for my readers who enjoy makeup and beauty as much as I do.

3What brands have you collaborated with? Any particular campaigns that you’ve most enjoyed.
In the past, I have collaborated with brands like Dabur, Loreal, shopbop.com, Himalaya Herbals, MAC, The Body Shop, Innisfree. I’ve really enjoyed working with brands like Himalaya Herbals and The Body Shop.

4What are your favourite brands on social media?
My favourite brands on social media would have to be beauty brands like the @paccosmetics, @thebodyshopindia, @hudabeauty because they deliver good quality content for their followers on Instagram. In the end I believe image really matters and posting good quality content really attracts the right kind of people who are into that as well.

5Which social media platform do you think will be the biggest marketing tool in 2017 and why do you think so?
In India I feel Instagram is still is a very big thing and I feel for the future Instagram will still play a big roll for marketing because Instagram is a very user-friendly social media app, its not complicated.

6What’s your opinion on paid influencer campaigns vs gratification based campaigns? (Branded experiences, Freebies, Advocacy Rewards Program etc.)
Most of the time freebies doesn’t work in the long run. If the brand is really serious about working with influencers I would suggest to come up with a good campaign and budget. In the end its a job from both the sides. Personally, I’m not a fan of freebies/barter deals because its useless for me and if I get offered that, I would simply reject the freebie offer.

7What’s your viewpoint on brands collaborating with influencers to improve their reputation and advocacy with consumers?
Communication really helps, if the brand wants to know anything regarding how to collaborate, the terms and conditions and to learn more, one can always ask. Educating oneself regarding the importance of hiring an influencer, working with one by just searching on the internet would really help as well. In the end, influencers are like just any group of the community which is connected to each other and they help in spreading the word depending on there and the brand’s vision.

TAGSbeauty bloggerinfluencer interiewyoutuber
SHARE Facebook Twitter

Top 10 Travel Bloggers in India
By Sayan – May 8, 20173988 3

Share on Facebook Tweet on Twitter

We all love to travel, but there are some who are very passionate about it while making it a core part of their career and life. For all travel lovers out there, we have compiled a list of top 10 travel bloggers in India. Get the complete information from people who have first-hand experience of visiting the most sought-after holiday destinations, where to stay and where to eat according to your budget. These travelers can make your holiday an experience of a lifetime with the help of their detailed journey schedules.

10 Kunzum – Ajay Jain

This blog has served as an important guide for travellers planning journeys in India. Kunzum is a high altitude pass in the Lahaul Spiti region of Himachal Pradesh which was the inspiration behind the blog. Ajay has a unique style of writing which has won him many followers.

9Lakshmi Sharath – Lakshmi Sharath

You will find nation-wise and state-wise account of Lakshmi Sharath which focuses more on Indian villages. Get to know more about the cultures of your hinterlands in your own country through her well written blog. Her blog has also been featured in many dailies. So, get inspired and check the places for yourself.

8Travelling Slacker – Jitaditya Narzary

The blog has everything what you need in a travel blog. If you are looking for Traveller FAQS, Decoding Delhi and Only Photographs, then this blog is for you, his travelogues are very popular with fans.

7Indi Tales – Anuradha Goyal

If you love walking, then you will love these posts by Anuradha Goyal on her blog. The blog will take you through streets while experiencing the social image of India. You can also have a peek into the hotel reviews she visited on her trips.

6Be On the Road – Sankara

If there is one blog which offers all the information on travelling, then it is ‘Be on the Road’ by Sankara. His list of travel tips will help you with your checklist, stay fit on your trip, book cheap flights, get tips on capturing beautiful pictures and much more. There is an ‘Incredible India’ section on the blog which lists all top holiday types such as motorcycling, honeymoon destinations, monsoon vacations, food trails, etc. You can also find a section which is devoted to videos and pictures and will give you an idea of your journey.

5Desi Traveler – Prasad Np

If you aim is to find the most visited destinations which can be explored with families around India, then you must visit this blog by Prasad Np. You can get all the advice you need on travelling to locales such as UK, US, Thailand, Hong Kong and Switzerland from his blog. You will get an insight on holy temples of India.

4Travels Tales From India – Mridula Dwivedi

You will be welcomed by a collection of beautiful images from various corners of India. The blog captures the core of the country and also some foreign lands in a unique manner. She takes you through an unforgettable journey as she talks about her travel experiences. Her blog has been mentioned in the likes of The Guardian and BBC .She also offers plenty of hotel reviews that can help you decide the perfect place for your journey. You will find a separate section for adventure enthusiasts. You can also find all transport data on Indian Railways, air and buses to your preferred destination for supreme convenience.

3The Tales of a Traveler – Sam & Swati

This blog is one of the most followed bloggers in India. In the blog you will find best of food finds, luxury stay, weekend getways, travel tips, offbeat locations, restaurant reviews to plan your vacations. You will also find a menu tab called ‘travel tips’ in which you can access helpful tips for travelers such as tourist visa for Indians, travel ideas, etc.

2The Wanderer – Siddharth Joshi

This blog talks about culture, architecture, street food and also captures the soul of places across the globe. You can also easily check out the detailed review of hotels, coffee shops and restaurants with pictures that will make your travel easier. You can also find travel tech related posts.

1The Shooting Star – Shivya Nath

Solo travelers can learn a thing or two from her blog and her tips are trustworthy to say the least.In her blog you can read about living in chocolate farms of Costa Rica to hitch-hiking tour of Romania. She has also been voted as the best Indian travel blogger by Vogue India in 2015. She has also been featured on various leading channels and publications like Times of India, NDTV, BBC Travel, etc. In her blog the ‘My Travels’’ section provides continent-wise stories with some breath-taking pictures.

If you like this article then you can share this information or if you are having any other travel blogger which we missed. Do mention it in the comments section.

TAGSinfluencer interiewtravel bloggers

Influencer Spotlight: Apurva Saxena
By Vidhi Bansal – May 9, 2017959 0
Share on Facebook Tweet on Twitter

1Briefly, tell us about yourself. (Credentials, profession, social media channels)
Hey! My name is Apurva Saxena. I am from Delhi and I’m a Fashion & Lifestyle Blogger and an independent entrepreneur. Connect with Kalapalette on (Facebook, Instagram, Twitter).

2Tell us about your ‘influencer story’. (How did it start and what has been your experience)
Mine has been a roller coaster ride. I started off as a 3D animator, switched to Graphic Designing and over boredom started surfing through various international blogs. 7 years back, blogging was purely about sharing personal experiences via blogs, hence, use to read a lot of blog ‘articles’ and soak in the inspiration. One day, being very bored, I thought of logging-in Blogspot and start my blog. Psst.. The first name of my blog was ‘ Cheese and Berries’ but I changed it to Kalapalette.

3What brands have you collaborated with? Any particular campaigns that you’ve most enjoyed.
United Colours of Benetton, FCUK, Tissot, French Connection, Accor Hotels, PUMA, H&M, etc. Most memorable one has to be working for & with Allen Solly as a part of their seasonal lookbook model. #Bliss

4What are your favourite brands on social media?
Luxury – Chanel, Ferragamo, Miu Miu, Nyx, Mac & Victoria Beckham. Indian – Vajor, Tjori, H&M, Zara, etc.

5Which social media platform do you think will be the biggest marketing tool in 2017 and why do you think so?
Instagram has become a rage. It’s a conflicting platform where the debate is between selling fake audience with limited ROI VS Genuine content which hyperlinks to an old-style blog post with more definition and details.

6What’s your opinion on paid influencer campaigns vs gratification based campaigns? (Branded experiences, Freebies, Advocacy Rewards Program etc.)
Paid influencer campaign is a great way of making bloggers blog and promote the brand in the best possible manner, without having to worry about their bread & butter. As long as the inputs by the influencer are genuine and non-spammy, it’s a win-win situation. Gratification can be considered as an add-on for the influencer to get a first-hand experience of the product/service in question.

7What’s your viewpoint on brands collaborating with influencers to improve their reputation and advocacy with consumers?
It’s a great way of reaching out the wider audience now that even print media is investing more on digital space.

TAGSfashion bloggerinfluencer interiew

Influencer Spotlight: Rajshri Foods
By Megha Shireen – April 25, 2017667 0
Share on Facebook Tweet on Twitter

1Briefly, tell us about yourself. (Credentials, profession, social media channels)
I am the Creative Head for Non -Fiction Content Production at Rajshri Entertainment. RajshriFood, GetCurried, Swaad Anusaar, MindBodySoul, RuchkarMejwani. Connect with Rajshri Foods on (Facebook, Twitter, Instagram)

2Tell us about your ‘influencer story’. (How did it start and what has been your experience)
It started in 2012. Rajshri was one of the early movers into original content production for web. Rajshri Food was started in late 2012, showcasing simple recipes with Chef Ruchi Bharani. In January 2014 I was given the responsibility of expanding Rajshri’s content production and since then we have added 4 more channels (producing original content for web). Now we work with close to 10 to 12 food & health experts. Quality & consistency over quantity has been my motto.

3What brands have you collaborated with? Any particular campaigns that you’ve most enjoyed.
Bajaj Electricals, Tata Sampann & Bosch Appliances. Each of these campaigns have been creatively satisfying and has taught us a lot.

4What are your favourite brands on social media?
Apart from our own brands, I am a big fan of TVF. Buzzfeedvideo is also doing an amazing job.

5Which social media platform do you think will be the biggest marketing tool in 2017 and why do you think so?
Both Facebook & Twitter will continue to dominate as the go to platforms for marketing.

6What’s your opinion on paid influencer campaigns vs gratification based campaigns? (Branded experiences, Freebies, Advocacy Rewards Program etc.)
Viewers have become very smart. They can easily spot when an influencer is a sell out, so any brand advocating campaign must strive to be transparent & credible.

7What’s your viewpoint on brands collaborating with influencers to improve their reputation and advocacy with consumers?
It is great to create initial awareness. But this will have long term significance for the brand, the influencer and the consumer only if the product in question truly works or achieves its objectives.

TAGSfood bloggersinfluencer interiew

Amazon has launched its influencer marketing program and here’s what you need to know about it
By Prabakaran – April 21, 2017725 0

Share on Facebook Tweet on Twitter

Social media influencers such as YouTube stars or Instagram celebs have been promoting products and services through their social media profiles, and have either monetized this ‘service’ via affiliate sales or doing it as a part of their brand associations and affiliations. The boom in influencer marketing has prompted many traditional, digital, as well as specialized agencies to venture into this business. Now, global e-commerce giant Amazon has also ventured into this field. The company recently launched the “Amazon Influencer Program” which as of now is in the beta testing phase.

Introduction To Amazon Influencer Program
The service will work similarly to Amazon Affiliate program, and influencers who are a part of the program will earn commission based on the product sold. The program is currently being tested on an invite-only platform and is not open to the public.

One of the key features that differentiates Amazon’s latest venture Amazon Affiliates is its exclusivity factor. While in the case of Amazon Affiliates, anybody can sign up to become an affiliate and build shopping ads and links which they can use on their blog or website. When readers click on those ads and buy the subsequent product, the affiliates receive a variable commission on the sale.

The process of enrollment is not so straight forward for the Amazon Influencer program.Here, influencers must fill out an application to be considered for inclusion.

Source: Techcrunch

According to the details section on Amazon website, only influencers who have huge number of following will be accepted, at least during the pilot phase. Additionally, Amazon would also consider other metrics such as fan engagement on the posts across different social media channels, the quality of content, and the level of relevancy for Amazon.

Once inducted into the program, the influencers would be given a unique URL on Amazon’s domain. Shoppers will be able to browse through the selection of products that has been recommended by a particular influencer. Influencers can also share their unique Amazon Influencer URL on various social media platforms.

Amazon has not yet revealed any information on whether influencers would receive higher commissions than affiliates.

Here’s an example to help you understand how it all works:

WhatsUpMoms, one of the most popular parenting channels on YouTube, can put up the URL to their Amazon shop in their video descriptions, in the format: amazon.com/shop/username.

Source: YouTube

Once a visitor on the blog clicks on this link, they would be redirected to a page on the Amazon website that will feature thumbnail images, descriptions, and other details of the products that have been recommended by the influencer.

The advantage here is that Amazon doesn’t interfere with influencers’ choice on what products they would like to recommend. Also, brands cannot use Amazon Influencer platform to reach out to these influencers.

How to apply for an invitation for Amazon Influencer Program?
Fill the URLs of your social media accounts in Amazon’s Public Profile Page settings
Verify your email address in Amazon’s Account Settings
Click on this link if you are interested in Amazon Influencer Program
How to know if you have qualified as an “Influencer” according to Amazon?
Amazon is reviewing all the requests made and would be reaching out to selected influencers.

It’s still early days for Amazon’s latest platform offering, and it will take a while before we get further information on the customer response to these curated pages and their impact on sales for Amazon. As of date, only a small group of influencers have joined.

Have something to say on this? Share your views in the comment section.

TAGSamazoninfluencer marketinginfluencer program

OneStopAdvert ‘Influgraphics’: India’s Most Influential Politicians
By Varun Tyagi – April 19, 20171516 0
Share on Facebook Tweet on Twitter

At OneStopAdvert, we are always excited about how the online world influences and reshapes our real world. That’s why, when we are not busy wracking our brains on how to make OneStopAdvert the smartest influencer marketing platform in the world, we are instead focusing our nerd skills on decoding the ‘oh-so-complex-yet-it-makes-total-sense’ equations of online social influence.

The outcomes of the recent Assembly elections in India and the visible emergence of a Narendra Modi-led BJP wave in the country attracted our attention and got us curious enough to ask ourselves – “Does the online influence of a political leader really shape the political landscape of the country? If yes, how much impact could it have?”

Well, the answer is –yes it does. And the impact is significant, to say the least. Our study involved analyzing the Twitter profiles of political leaders to see which ones were exerting the most influence on Twitter power users. In short, we wanted to see which political leaders are India’s Twitter super influencers, and what it means for their political success. Check out this infographic to see the results of our study.

Methodology: As a part of this research, we analyzed 500-1000 tweets of the top 50,000 Twitter influencers in India, specifically in a political context. These influencers are the most powerful Twitter users in India and were selected basis their follower count and audience engagement figures.

Next, we mapped the influencers to the political leaders they follow and most often engage with on Twitter, and analyzed their tweets to extract information. All the information presented in the infographic has been sourced from public profile data on Twitter.

TAGSArvind Kejriwalindian politiciansindian politicsinfluencer marketinginfographicsNarendra ModiRahul Gandhitwittertwitter influencers

Influencer Spotlight: June Biswas
By Megha Shireen – April 18, 2017736 0
Share on Facebook Tweet on Twitter

1Briefly, tell us about yourself. (Credentials, profession, social media channels)
I am from an army background and have lived in various parts of the country. I have an MBA in marketing and have a full time day job where I work as a data analyst. I am also a fashion, beauty and lifestyle blogger and have been blogging for a decade now! My blog has a large number of readers from all around the world and I have been featured in various international and domestic magazines and newspapers.

2Tell us about your ‘influencer story’. (How did it start and what has been your experience)
Since I have always been very passionate about fashion and writing, I started a blog back in 2007. Blogging has been a wonderful experience and journey for me. I have been featured in many publications, made many blogger friends around the world and worked with various famous brands. I also won a blogging contest which got me an all expenses paid trip to Dubai!

3What brands have you collaborated with? Any particular campaigns that you’ve most enjoyed.
I’ve worked with a wide range of brands like L’Oreal, Schwarzkopf, Kiehl’s, French Connection, Calvin Klein Jeans, Hard Rock Cafe, Double Tree by Hilton, Flipkart, Myntra, Moroccanoil, Chili’s, Neutrogena and many more.

4What are your favourite brands on social media?
Free People, Nasty Gal, For Love and Lemons, Revolve.

5Which social media platform do you think will be the biggest marketing tool in 2017 and why do you think so?
I think Instagram is going to continue as a space for advertising through influencers though I personally feel that Facebook and blogs have a higher impact on readers.

6What’s your opinion on paid influencer campaigns vs gratification based campaigns? (Branded experiences, Freebies, Advocacy Rewards Program etc.)
I think both are equally great. Sometimes an experience is absolutely necessary when it comes to a product review or a restaurant review so gratification based campaigns are the ones where you truly express what you feel. In case of paid campaigns, it’s kind of a known fact that you will always end up writing highly positively about the brand but it works as it’s a win-win situation for both parties.

7What’s your viewpoint on brands collaborating with influencers to improve their reputation and advocacy with consumers?
I think it’s a great thing that brands collaborate with influencers. Its very easy to advertise on TV, web, print or radio but when you collaborate through an influencer there is a much bigger impact on audiences and it has a personal touch too.

TAGSfashion bloggerinfluencer interiew

Influencer Spotlight: Deepa
By Megha Shireen – April 14, 2017702 0
Share on Facebook Tweet on Twitter

1Briefly, tell us about yourself. (Credentials, profession, social media channels)
I am Deepa, blogging in the name of Madraasi – a Tamilian tales for almost 3.5 years. Started it as a healthy time pass during the first year, now it has driven me as a professional. I am proud to be a key contributor from India on WorldExpoMilano 2015. I do teach my recipes online. Got featured in few of Indian magazines – dtnext, deccanherald, Kumudam Snehidhi. Social Media Facebook Profile – Madraasi Deepa Facebook Page – Madraasi Twitter – ImMadraasi Instagram – ImMadraasi Youtube – Madraasi
2Tell us about your ‘influencer story’. (How did it start and what has been your experience)
In my first year of blogging, I got a mail from Eastern condiments US, requesting for a product review. This is how the influencer in me came to exist. As an influencer, I strongly believe experience first and then influence. I don’t compromise on the content/ review which will be purely based on my experience be it pros/cons.
3What brands have you collaborated with? Any particular campaigns that you’ve most enjoyed.
I have collaborated with many brands varying from food products, restaurant reviews, home interiors, household and appliances. To name a few – Bosch, ITC Sunfeast, Eastern Condiments, Britannia, Marriott, Hyatt, Dr. Fixit, Lal Hit, ekgaon etc. I enjoy all the campaigns or reviews, as I have learned new things from each and every brand/ campaign.
4What are your favourite brands on social media?
The list would grow big… I will make is short here… I have been working with Bosch, ITC Sunfeast, Eastern Condiments, Britannia, Marriott, Hyatt, ekgaon etc. Love to get associated with – Vaya, Prestige, ITC Hotels, Milton.
5Which social media platform do you think will be the biggest marketing tool in 2017 and why do you think so?
My personal feeling is Instagram, by looking at the way it is evolving, 2017 might turn out to be the year of Instagram.
6What’s your opinion on paid influencer campaigns vs gratification based campaigns? (Branded experiences, Freebies, Advocacy Rewards Program etc.)
My POV is, only if you are satisfied with the work you would be delivering the best. Be it paid campaigns or gratification based ones. Hence, I don’t see them as two different entities.
7What’s your viewpoint on brands collaborating with influencers to improve their reputation and advocacy with consumers?
Influencers play a vital role in improving the reputation and advocacy with customers, though brands also should identify and choose the influencers matching their needs. With the social media influences growing worldwide, influencers can create wonders.
TAGSfood bloggerinfluencer interiew

10 Digital Marketing Conferences That You Must Be Attending In 2017
By Varun Tyagi – April 13, 20171032 0

Share on Facebook Tweet on Twitter

If you’re looking to amp up your digital marketing knowledge and connect with the best brains in the industry, 2017 could very well be your year. 2016 saw some really great digital marketing events, and 2017 looks to be even more exciting. With multitudes of events lined up in 2017, it could be difficult to figure out which marketing conferences should you be prioritizing. Don’t worry, here’s a list of the digital marketing conference worth checking out this year:-
1Hero Conf: April 18-20 (Los Angeles)

If you want to learn especially about pay-per-click marketing, then this event is for you. Make connections with the best guys in PPC business and learn how to organize your PPC campaign as which trends can help you get more conversions.
View image on TwitterView image on Twitter

Kirk Williams
Impromptu #ppcchat dinner going on now at #HeroConf with @John_A_Lee et al.

11:41 PM – Apr 25, 2016
See Kirk Williams’s other Tweets
Twitter Ads info and privacy
2Marketing Nation: April 23-26 (San Francisco)

Marketing Nation’s four-day event will provide you with knowledge you need to improve the way you deal with the customers and will get you better results from your digital marketing efforts. There would be some big names which will include previous year’s speakers Will Smith and Arianna from Huffington, plus 6k+ marketers, which pretty much makes this a must-attend event.

Cloud Specialists
If you sell something you make a #customer today. If you help someone you make a customer for life @Marketo @jaybaer #MKTGNATION

1:23 AM – Nov 22, 2016
See Cloud Specialists’s other Tweets
Twitter Ads info and privacy
3C2 Montreal: May 24-26 (Montreal, QC)

Much as its host city, C2 Montreal is a combination of commerce and creativity. This three-day business conference will focus on exploring the latest digital trends. The conference is designed to push its participants to think outside the box about their business. C2 Montreal guarantees to challenge the way you think about digital marketing.
View image on Twitter
View image on Twitter

Elijah Renard
The #garden #experience #lab begins!#C2M2016 #C2Montreal2016 #MC2 http://ift.tt/20BfdFg

3:34 PM – May 25, 2016
See Elijah Renard’s other Tweets
Twitter Ads info and privacy
4WistiaFest: June 11-13 (Boston)

This event is organized by Wistia, and is touted as the coming together of the greatest minds in video marketing. WisitiaFest will teach you everything you wanted to know about video marketing and will also include discussions on future trends. The centre point of most discussions, however, remains to create ludicrously productive videos for your business. WistiaFest is bound to be a visual knowledge fest!
View image on Twitter
View image on Twitter

Enget Dang
Great lighting techniques from @CalebWojcik. #WistiaFest #icelights

8:11 PM – Jun 7, 2016
See Enget Dang’s other Tweets
Twitter Ads info and privacy
5MozCon: July 17-19 (Seattle)

MozCon is held by the search engine marketing powerhouse Moz. The conference is for participants willing to build up their search marketing game and learn what’s trending in the world of SEO, community building and social media directly from the industry leaders.

Heidi Conklin
If you have too many internal links on a page, you dilute your authority. Cleaning it up improves authority and UX @sonofadiplomat #MozCon

11:39 PM – Sep 13, 2016
See Heidi Conklin’s other Tweets
Twitter Ads info and privacy
6Content Marketing World: September 5-8 (Cleveland)

This conference is a gold mine for the content writers anywhere on the planet. Content Marketing World is focused on forthcoming content marketing trends and discussions around innovative ideas for content marketers and strategists. Content Marketing World is the melting pot of the most brilliant brains in content marketing from across the world.

Shannah Hayley
Trust your instincts when you think “It’s such a crazy idea, it might just work.” @HamillHimself #CMWorld

10:24 PM – Sep 8, 2016
See Shannah Hayley’s other Tweets
Twitter Ads info and privacy
7B2B Forum: October 3-6 (Boston)

B2B Forum assures to be the knowledge hub you need to build a kickass marketing strategy. Ann Handly will take care of this conference plus it is also a once in a lifetime opportunity to network with B2B businesses across the world. This is a unique event that provides the participants with full-day workshops on various marketing related topics.
View image on Twitter
View image on Twitter

AJ Huisman
An anthropologist at a #B2B #Marketing Conference?! HELL YEAH!!!! What an AHHHH-mazing talk by @mwesch !! Thanks Mike .. #mpb2b

10:48 PM – Oct 20, 2016 • Boston, MA
See AJ Huisman’s other Tweets
Twitter Ads info and privacy
8RD Summit: November 2017 (Brazil)

It is the biggest marketing event in Latin America. With more than 5,000 attendees, 50 exhibitors and 120 presentations, RD Summit is the largest sales strategy and inbound marketing event of its kind. Whoever said that Brazil was all about fun!
9Dreamforce: November 6-9 (San Francisco)

Last year, Dreamforce conference attracted nearly 200,000 attendees from over 83 countries. Organized by Salesforce, Dreamforce promises to provide you with the knowledge you need to increase your marketing ROI. With over 2,000 sessions, this conference is a dream come true for every marketing and sales professional.
10Internet Summit: November 15-16 (Raleigh)

Internet Summit is a forum which brings together thought leaders in the field of digital commerce. If you are looking for pragmatic solutions, user experience strategies, and analytics tips, this is the place where you should be. You should get ready to network with world’s leading brands such as AOL, The Onion and Facebook. Whether you are a PPC manager, SEO buff or content marketer, these conferences promise to build your knowledge bank and professional network. Is there any marketing conference missing from this list? Share it in the comment section.
TAGSdigital marketingtips & tricks

Influencer Spotlight: Nilu Yuleena Thapa
By Megha Shireen – April 13, 2017938 1
Share on Facebook Tweet on Twitter

1Briefly tell us about yourself. (Credentials, profession, social media channels)
I’m Nilu Yuleena Thapa and I’m a blogger at www.bighairloudmouth.com . I started BHLM to document my personal style daily but lately, I got so interested in blogging that I now combine my passion for sharing my style, with my interest in makeup and skincare and a bit of travel. I also share my work on my Facebook Page: Bighairloudmouth and Instagram: @bighairloudmouth
2Tell us about your ‘influencer story’. (How did it start and what has been your experience)
It started in 2012 when I just wanted to document my daily style but later I saw some traffic coming to my site and also an increase in avid readership which led me to take blogging more seriously and convert this passion as a full-time job. However, I still see it as a passion and I’ve never once considered as a work that I need to do. My experience has been amazing so far. Blogging has opened so many doors of opportunities for me and made me visit places and meet people that I never imagined.
3What brands have you collaborated with? Any particular campaigns that you’ve most enjoyed.
I’ve collaborated with a lot of National and International Brands. My recent collaborations that we just shot for and is not yet live on the blog is Jimmy Choo, Armani and Furla which I had a lot of fun creating editorial content for. I enjoy all campaigns I work in to be honest. Each campaign is different and it is a challenge to create content that is not repetitive.
4What are your favourite brands on social media?
There’s too many to name for a blogger is always subjected to multiple brands and numbering favourites is not really easy.
5Which social media platform do you think will be the biggest marketing tool in 2017 and why do you think so?
I think Instagram and Facebook will reign supreme this year as well. I see how people are so engaged on these platforms and seeing the trend from the last couple of years I think these platforms are here to stay and own the top places as the biggest marketing tool.
6What’s your opinion on paid influencer campaigns vs gratification based campaigns? (Branded experiences, Freebies, Advocacy Rewards Program etc.)
When I started blogging, the Indian market had not yet opened to the concept of blogging as a form of marketing. However times have changed since then and while I started with free collaborations just to have a mention on the brand’s page, I no longer work on barter basis as this is a full-time job for me and Rewards program, Freebies for promotion doesn’t really help me personally.
7What’s your viewpoint on brands collaborating with influencers to improve their reputation and advocacy with consumers?
I think influencers are called so for a reason. Because we are able to influence people who are like minded and are helped by the products we feature. I don’t work on campaigns where a brand reviews and wants to make changes to my review prior to it going live as that would make my platform an advertorial site rather than a platform with a voice. Brands and influencers need to respect one another for us to express our loyalty to a brand.

Influencer Spotlight: Deeba Rajpal
By Varun Tyagi – March 30, 20172396 0
Share on Facebook Tweet on Twitter

1Briefly tell us about yourself. (Credentials, profession, social media channels)
Food Writer | Food Stylist | Recipe Writer | Food Photographer

A compulsive baker, food stylist & photographer, I share my creativity and food styling on my blog. www.passionateaboutbaking.com. For me, visual appeal holds as much significance as healthy and delectable food. Any idea that grabs my fancy becomes a springboard for creativity. A ‘locavore’, a ‘bake-o-holic’, an ‘absolute’ baker.

Instagram and Facebook: @passionateaboutbaking
Twitter: @vindee
Pinterest: @deebarajpal.
2Tell us about your ‘influencer story’. (How did it start and what has been your experience)
My story began with writing a food blog, offering consistently quality work, being creative, and most importantly being ethical & honest with my audience. My experience as an influencer has been mostly good. There have been a few bad apples in the basket but then, that’s life! You learn and move on!
3What brands have you collaborated with? Any particular campaigns that you’ve most enjoyed.
I’ve collaborated with Saffola {Marico},Teabox, Chumbak, KitchenAid, Hyatt, Mother Dairy, Big Banyan Wines, Del Monte, Olive Tree Trading, Motorola, Vivo 5, Maple Syrup Consortium of Canada, Pepsico…and several small startups. I have enjoyed Saffola possibly the most as Marico is a great company – ethical, respects the collaboration, is forward thinking too. Chumbak, Teabox and Olive Tree Trading are others that have made me happy by letting me explore my creativity. These have been refreshing experiences.
4What are your favourite brands on social media?
Chumbak, Ikea, One Plus, KitchenAid, Nestle, Valhrona, BBC GF…
5Which social media platform do you think will be the biggest marketing tool in 2017 and why do you think so?
I think it might be Instagram as it is very dynamic, hugely consumer driven ,and has great engagement. With limited time on hand, people are consuming images like never before.
6What’s your opinion on paid influencer campaigns vs gratification based campaigns? (Branded experiences, Freebies, Advocacy Rewards Program etc.)
I prefer paid influencer campaigns as it makes one more accountable and allows someone like me to explore my creativity. I’m not a huge believer of gratification based campaigns. Brands need to invest in influencers that offer value for time and money, and need to build long lasting relationships. There are no shortcuts to building loyalty.
7What’s your viewpoint on brands collaborating with influencers to improve their reputation and advocacy with consumers?
I think both sides need to be honest and ethical. Reputations are a fragile concept if the foundation isn’t stable and built with passion. Nobody wants to promote a brand/product that they don’t align to or believe in.
TAGSfood bloggerinfluencer interview

Influencer Spotlight: Aarthi Satheesh
By Megha Shireen – April 12, 20175097 0
Share on Facebook Tweet on Twitter

1Briefly, tell us about yourself. (Credentials, profession, social media channels)
My Name is Aarthi, Author of Yummy Tummy. I am a full-time stay at home. My husband name is Satheesh who is my best friend and my best food critic, no recipes can be shared on my blog without the approval of him. I have two adorable daughters who make my life meaningful. These three are the love of my life. Connect with Yummy Tummy on (Facebook, Twitter, Pinterest)
2Tell us about your ‘influencer story’. (How did it start and what has been your experience)
I started cooking when I was in college. I used to small dishes at that time and my friends used to like it so much. After I graduated i got a job and then only cooking got serious in me. I used to cook a lot of my lunches to an office and my colleagues asked me for the recipes. So I decided to start my very own blog where i can save my recipes. Hence I created YUMMY TUMMY. This blog was a tiny one before, but as days passed by it got lots of exposure and my viewers started increasing.
3What brands have you collaborated with? Any particular campaigns that you’ve most enjoyed.
I have collaborated with many brands like Horlicks, little moppet, Ragu, Pam, Dunkin Donuts.
4What are your favourite brands on social media?
I love most of the food brands.
5Which social media platform do you think will be the biggest marketing tool in 2017 and why do you think so?
In my opinion, it is Facebook and Instagram. Many people are active on those platforms.
6What’s your opinion on paid influencer campaigns vs gratification based campaigns? (Branded experiences, Freebies, Advocacy Rewards Program etc.)
Paid influencer campaign helps the blogger to spend more time on their blog since they know that spending a considerable amount of time on the blog would help them to earn from it and it not going waste. Gratification based campaigns are also good since their blog gain exposure. But I prefer paid influencer campaign.
7What’s your viewpoint on brands collaborating with influencers to improve their reputation and advocacy with consumers?
Since we blogger have a wide range of viewers, it is easy for brands to reach more people. We can take their brands and help it get more exposure.
TAGSfood bloggerinfluencer interiew

Start Your Qoruz Subscription Today
Qoruz Basic
Starts from $999/month
1,000 Influencer Searches
300 Influencer Profile View
15,000 Conversations Tracked
Have Questions? Talk To Us.





Each Qoruz Subscription Includes

Influencer Discovery from a huge database
Database of 6million+ Influencers across 40+ categories with 2 million+ Indian Influencers

Keyword Based Tracking across 4 platforms
Track your campaigns across Facebook, Twitter, Instagram and Youtube with relevant metrics

Advanced Influencer Profiling for every Influencer
Each Influencer Profile comes with advanced social media and demographic insights

Unique Scoring mechanism to Qualify Influencers
Qoruz Score- A percentile based scoring ranging from 1-10 to segment and qualify influencers

24×7 Dedicated Support from Team Qoruz
Doubts, Bugs, Recommendations or Feedbacks? Our Team is available over phone/mail

Onsite Team Onboarding and Training
With Training sessions, our Team ensures that you and your team is well versed with the product

Advanced Influencer Search with extensive filters
Shortlist influencers fitting your requirements with advanced influencer search and filters

Get Our Feature Upgrades at zero cost
The product is constantly updated as per the needs and get these feature upgrades for free

Export Influencer Lists through Excel Sheets
Discover, Shortlist and create custom influencer lists which can be downloaded in excel/csv formats

Influencer Campaign Management made Effective
Create Influencer Networks and manage your entire influencer campaigns in a single platfrom

Free Influencer Outreach Platform via DM/ Email
Bulkmail/ Reachout to your selected influencers via email/DM through the platform

Real-time Listening of Content and Influencers
Get updated about what your influencers are saying about your brand real-time with the platform

Stay Updated
Get the latest news, information, and tips from the world of content and influencer marketing.

OneStopAdvert “Social Media Campaign Tracker” to help companies measure up
OneStopAdvert Social Media Campaign Tracker helps brands measure the earned media performance. This product help measures the effectiveness and feedback of a brand’s social media campaign by monitoring social media platforms for earned media content for specific keywords and hashtags. It also enables marketers to discover top social influencers creating content that carries a mention of their brands and understand the total social reach and engagement generated via these earned media content pieces.
When asked about the social media platforms that OneStopAdvert tracks platform is working with Twitter and Instagram because almost everyone is there. The other major feature of OneStopAdvert is YouTube as we also track the videos and content there. We also work with blogs. If a blog reviews product from a brand, we track that. We also monitor Facebook page likes if any page mentions brand names. We don’t track individual profiles because of Facebook protection.

Campaign Influencer Dashboard
When a campaign is sent to you, you will be able to view the full details. If you feel the campaign is relevant to you and your audiences, accept and get ready to develop some exciting content. You may choose to reject a campaign for any reason too.

This menu is where all the new campaigns sent by brand details will be visible for influencer to accept edit or reject.

Once you are connected to brands, you will start being invited to work on their campaigns. Navigate our Campaigns page with the following guidelines:

Upcoming Campaigns – All campaigns that the Brands you follow have published.
My Campaigns – All campaigns that you are invited to work on or have worked on.

Active Campaigns – All campaigns you are working on and are active right now.

Advice for Bloggers: How to Pitch and Land Brand Partnerships

Anyone who maintains an engaging blog knows it’s no easy feat to gain exposure with the right people. But you may be overlooking one powerful tactic to reach the audience you’re looking for.
Collaborating with your favorite brands can inspire fresh ideas and introduce your blog to new groups of potential readers. These collaborations offer advantages for both bloggers and companies, and you can use these selling points to land your dream partnerships.
The advantages of collaborating with a brand
By working together, bloggers and brands can tap into each other’s networks. You can reach not only fans of the brand, but also other bloggers who have partnered with the brand — expanding your audience and enhancing your network. By targeting brand loyalists who overlap with your audience, you’ll build your following and connect with more readers in your niche.
At 9th & Elm, we recently collaborated with Kate Heimann from Wear In LA, a popular fashion blog. While we benefited from featuring our products on her blog by scooping up a new, engaged audience, Kate gained new readers and followers when we shared her posts and photos through our social media channels.
Working with great companies will also help you establish credibility. When you have a positive track record of working with brands, other companies will be more inclined to partner with you in the future, boosting your ability to gain exposure with the audience you crave.
How to successfully land a partnership with a brand
You might see your favorite brands as out of reach, but there are plenty of ways to begin building relationships with them.
Displaying your genuine interest on social media shows you’re in it for the right reason: to promote something you actually love. Liking their Facebook pages, leaving complimentary comments on their Instagram photos, or following them on Pinterest are great starting points.
After you’ve connected through social media, send a note telling your favorite brands who you are and why you want to work with them. This process is similar to pitching guest posts to editors: You must make sure to grab their attention so your email doesn’t get lost in the sea of other inquiries.
Most companies have a designated social media manager who handles posts and interactions within the community; this is the person to contact with collaboration ideas. If you can’t find the manager’s email address via a brand’s website, reach out to customer support to be directed to the proper channel or leave a message on the brand’s Facebook page asking for information about brand collaboration.
When bloggers or social media professionals express interest in working with 9th & Elm, we encourage them to write us an email. Although we reached out to Kate after coming across her on Instagram and identifying with her style, this type of situation is rare.
In fact, Kate reached out to us later with another collaboration idea, following the traditional model I’ll outline below. What made it easy for us to agree was that we had information about her social reach — I can’t encourage bloggers enough to prepare their numbers and expectations ahead of time to make that “yes” a no-brainer.
What to include in your pitch email
To help differentiate your proposal, here are a few important elements you should include:
• Your reasons for wanting to work with the brand: Detail why you love the brand and how it relates to your blog content to show you’ve done your research.
• Statistics about your blog and readership: These can include your average monthly views, number of followers, the length of time you’ve been blogging, etc.
• Details about the potential collaboration process: Would you like to give each other social media shout-outs, feature products on your blog, offer giveaways, or do something else? Let the brand know exactly what you’d like to do. This piece is key — suggest an idea rather than expecting the brand to come up with one.
• Expected results of the partnership: Explain where you will share the content, how many times you’ll post about the brand, and what that will mean for the company. Be as detailed as possible.
Bringing up your own expectations is tricky, but it’s information that can make or break your proposal. Blogging is still a new platform for brands to wrap their heads around as a form of marketing that requires compensation. The key in bringing up “the money conversation” is to lay out exactly what kind of work the collaboration will entail (e.g., how many posts, how often, etc.), then set your price.
Bloggers should approach this conversation with confidence and a strong sense of professionalism that shows they’re in it for a business relationship, not to gain free merchandise.
Generally, it’s expected that a blogger will request compensation in one of two ways: product or a monetary compensation. While it’s common for well-known bloggers to receive both, it’s best for smaller bloggers to start with one. Once you’ve shown your value, you may propose a change in compensation.
You have a lot to offer brands, and this proposal is your chance to explain exactly how you can help them.
Nurture your relationship with a brand
Like any type of relationship, you need to stay in touch. You could send regular emails notifying them of upcoming projects or new collaboration ideas, or engage with them on social media to stay top of mind.
Taking an interest in the brand’s other projects, even if you’re not directly related or involved, also shows you value the relationship as more than a one-time business transaction.
There’s something special about the collaboration between bloggers and the brands they love. Bloggers perceive and speak about a brand in creative ways the brand’s marketing team might not consider, and that can serve as a powerful way to reach new audiences.
Enjoy the benefits of brand partnerships
In the case of 9th & Elm, seeing our products through the scope of Kate’s personal style was a joy. We eagerly shared her photos on our social media platforms, and Kate did the same.
Thanks to those posts, Kate earned 100 new followers. In addition, showcasing our brand as a sponsor helped boost her credibility with others and snagged her collaboration opportunities with several Etsy shop owners.
On our side, we connected with a valuable media source who provided positive press, showcased new photos of our products, and offered a new avenue for marketing them.
Partnering with a brand could give your blog the edge and exposure it needs to truly take off. Don’t let the size of brands intimidate you. If the opportunity makes sense, they’ll see the value in working with you.
Bloggers, have you partnered with a brand? If not, is this something you’d like to try?
How to Get Sponsored on Instagram: A Complete Guide to Getting Your First Paid Post and Quitting Your Day Job

Kaley Hart
September 28, 2017
These days it seems like everyone either is an Instagram influencer—or wants to be one—and it’s easy to understand why.
The average price of a sponsored post is $300. And rates only go up from there!
Many folks see IG as an easy way to make quick cash. However, the reality is that for every person making 5 to 7 figures on Instagram, there are hundreds of thousands of people struggling to make even a dollar. This is the sad reality of the Instagram influencer game—nothing is guaranteed.
But before you give up hope, consider the implications of creating a plan of attack for how to get sponsored on Instagram. By putting in a little effort, you’ll have a leg up on those who act without thinking.

Even Micro Influencers Can Get Sponsored on IG
Newsflash: Even if you have a small account right now, you can make money from Instagram. You might be what’s known as a “micro-influencer.”
Micro influencers are a segment of the Instagram influencer population that is typically defined as having a low amount of followers when compared to the big players. They retain the identifier of “influencer” because of their success within a niche, and for having an engaged audience.

How Brands and Companies Evaluate Potential Sponsors
While most brands usually look for numbers first, they’re now starting to realize the implications of working with micro influencers whose audiences represent a more exact match for their target demographics. From a budgeting standpoint, they can also understand the benefit of working with micro influencers, as the most popular Instagram influencers charge much higher per post. Even small businesses with limited budgets are wising up to micro-influencers as a low-cost, high-reward marketing tactic.

It would seem that working with popular Instagram accounts actually puts brands at a disadvantage when comparing the ROI between the two situations. This is in part because Instagram accounts with millions of followers get less engagement.
Hopefully, you understand that just getting started on Instagram or having low numbers doesn’t necessarily put you out of the running. But there are a lot of other factors you’ll need to consider before securing your first sponsored post on Instagram.
And now with the new Instagram sponsored posts features available for brand + influencer collaboration, this is even more important than ever.
Without further ado, here are some tips to get your first sponsored post on IG:

Branding is Everything
Influencers become popular because people associate them with something specific. The idea is that an influential Instagram account focuses on one thing, and does a really good job of doing this.
As far as what an influencer is specifically known for, it may be the kinds of photos they post, the style of photos in their feed, a theme or cohesive look, or the things they do in their daily life. Some influencers break into several categories (ex/ lifestyle influencers can venture into travel, food, fashion, etc). The important thing is that there’s still some way of knowing that post is distinctly theirs.
Influencers gain trust from their audiences because these followers see them as tastemakers or ‘experts’ in that field. As a result, brands like working with influencers, because they make it easier for the brand to reach their target audience.
If you want to crack the code for how to get sponsored on Instagram, start by thoroughly defining your personal brand—what it is, and what it is not. That said, don’t be afraid to experiment with different types of content, like different types of images, videos, Instagram carousels/gallery posts, and stories. It’s also considered ideal to post your own “branded” content, while also sourcing curated content from other related accounts (with permission and proper attribution).

Post Consistently
If you’re serious about learning how to get sponsored on Instagram, you need to understand that there has to be some level of consistency in your posting to gain trust with your followers. Besides building trust, this activity is necessary for favorable placement with Instagram’s latest algorithm update.
To achieve consistency, post at least once a day, or several times, separated by a few hours to get the best engagement and likes. There’s really no magic number for a set number of posts to aim for every day, but it helps to post anytime between 8-9am and 2am in your local time zone.
As a bonus, posting consistently, combined with many of the other tactics on this guide for how to get sponsored on Instagram, will set you well on your way to securing a coveted feature on Instagram’s explore page.

Grow Your Following
How to specifically go about growing your following will depend on your industry, audience, and even your personality. Regardless, consider adopting the following Instagram best practices to help when you’re getting started:

Hashtags categorize content and make them more discoverable. It was found that content with at least one hashtag gets up to 12.6% more engagement. You can add up to 30 hashtags per post, but TrackMaven has found that 11 is the most optimal number.
Include a mix of both branded and unbranded hashtags, but be careful not to use hashtags that are too broad. Because most people use them, there’s a chance that your post won’t get seen. Think strategically in terms of hashtag use, and get ideas for the best from hashtag guides.

Tag Brands
When you feature content with products from a brand you like, tag their Instagram page so that when they like your post, it will be discoverable to their followers. Besides that, it catches their attention. If they like your posts enough, they will re-gram your posts on their page, which also gives you exposure to their audience.
It’s important to note that when you do this, you are aware of the quality of the images you’re tagging brands in. These images, and your feed as a whole act as a portfolio of the future work you will produce for them!

Improve Your Feed Appearance
As an Instagram influencer hopeful, you have to work on the coherence of your feed so that people will want to follow you. People won’t follow you just because you were featured on a prominent brand page, they will follow you because you have awesome content.
More often than not, people follow an Instagram page because it boasts of a certain aesthetic they like or can relate to. Here are some things you can do to improve your Instagram feed appearance:
• Create a specific theme or mood:
o Theme: think in terms of Instagram accounts dedicated to cats, babies or the beach.
o Mood: A certain look or feel the feed inspires, like dark, colorful, washed out pastel.
• Align your color scheme with the mood you picked.
• Use high engagement filters. Studies show that the Hefe, Rise, Mayfair, and Valencia filters generate the most response or engagement.

Use Geotags
Instagram allows you to add a geotag to every post, which shows physical places associated with your post. This allows users interested in a place to see what other people have posted about it. If your photos are interesting, people may look through your page and decide to follow you.

…But Don’t Neglect Your Engagement Rate
Another way to get on the Instagram Explore page involves interacting with your audience, so don’t neglect your engagement rate. Instagram’s Explore page gives influencer exposure to people that may not be following them and has a sort of viral status if you make there. Creating content and following the general rules of Instagram can boost your chances of securing this massive exposure opportunity.
Reply to comments on your posts, and visit your followers’ pages to leave comments on their posts as well. You can also opt to join Instagram comment pods, which are secret groups where people message each other when one of their posts go live.
From there, members like and comment on each other’s posts, which increases engagement for all members.

Make Sure Companies Know You’re Willing to Work with Them
You may have several thousand followers, but no brands reaching out to you. If you want to work with brands, you have to make your intentions clear that you’re interested in doing so.
Make sure to tag the brands you love when posting about them on your own. To encourage them to get in touch, add information in your bio regarding where brands can reach you for promotional opportunities.
It’s helpful to add a press page to your blog/website so that they know you’re interested in partnerships if they decide to look into your Instagram page.


Need help managing your company’s Instagram,
getting more followers,
creating awesome social videos, or
optimizing Facebook Ads?

You’ve come to the right place.
Get in touch for a free demo.


Don’t be Afraid to Pitch Paid Sponsorships to Brands
Another way to let brands know you’re interested in working with them is to directly pitch them a partnership opportunity.
Before hitting up your dream brand, you can start by looking for smaller brands where you think there may be a mutually beneficial partnership. Although smaller brands may have smaller budgets, they are usually open to collaborations for trade to get word of their brand out.

These smaller brands also have less influencer competition, representing an easy in for someone just getting started. If you’ve worked with multiple small brands, larger brands will eventually take notice and get in touch with bigger opportunities.
Apart from looking for smaller brands, you should look for brands that are clearly investing time, energy, and money into their Instagram presence. Look for brands that post consistently with high-quality content, run contests, or invest in ads.
Even better, find brands that are clearly already working with influencers. To do this, look at the Instagram accounts of other influencers in your niche and see who is sponsoring their posts. Reaching out to those brands, who are already investing in influencer marketing, will give you the highest success rate.

The process for how to get sponsored on Instagram when pitching to brands involves:

• Interacting with their posts and using their hashtags. If you do it often enough, some of them might take notice, especially if you have a decent follower count and engagement.
• Sending them a direct message (DM) saying that you love their brand, have some ideas for a collaboration, and specifically call out why you think it would be a good partnership for them. Ask for their email or contact number to talk more about it, as communicating purely through DM can seem unprofessional.
• It definitely goes down in the DM, but things can get lost in there, too. Don’t get discouraged if the brands you reach out to don’t respond to your DMs. They probably just don’t check them or are bombarded with so many that yours just got lost. One way to make sure they check their DMs is to comment on a recent photo of theirs and actually say: ‘ Check your DMs!’.
• Alternatively, you can go about contacting a brand “the old fashioned way” by finding their email and reaching out. Many companies have their email information included in their profile, but if not, you can usually find an email on their website.
• However, these “all-purpose” email addresses can also get cluttered. If you can, find the email of the actual person that manages their social media. LinkedIn can be another great place to connect with this person, just search “[company] Social Media Manager”.

Once you have an email, send a pitch letter, stating:

• Who you are
• What you do
• Where you’re from (if relevant)
• What industry/niche you operate in
• Notable achievements in the field or why it makes you an expert (if any)
• Important data such as figures (# of followers, average engagement rate)
• Your pitch and why you would be a good fit for the brand

If you haven’t sent a pitch letter to a brand before, consider a structure similar to this:

Hi [name],
My name is [name] and I run the Instagram account [hyperlinked @name]. My account focuses on [theme], based on my [related experience]. The people who follow me tend to be [various demographics and interests of followers], which seems like a good match for the audience your brand targets with marketing. I currently have [x] followers, and an [x%] engagement rate on my posts, and [plug in any related awards/achievements if applicable].
I think there’s an opportunity for us to benefit each other, and I’d like to propose a partnership. Here are my initial thoughts on how that might look:
[# of posts, payment terms, timeline, etc.]
Would this be something of interest for [brand]?
Thanks for your consideration!
• [your name]

A few additional tips on how to get sponsored on Instagram when sending your initial pitch:

• Don’t promise results off the bat! It’s embarrassing if you can’t follow through. You truly can’t claim to know if you can deliver if this is your first time collaborating with a brand.
• Be professional. Personalize every pitch letter. Brands will pick up on a generic pitch letter sent to them, and be turned off from working with you.
• Don’t demand things. There are plenty of horror stories where people have demanded items from brands on the sole basis that they are a ‘blogger’ or ‘influencer’, or on the basis of getting several retweets. Don’t be that person—provide value and answer the “What’s in it for me?” in your pitch letter.

Know Your Worth as a Sponsor
When you do start pitching to brands, make sure to know your worth going in. Understand that there is a lot of work that goes into creating an Instagram post: getting to know the brand, taking the perfectly styled photo, editing, scheduling, cross-posting (if that is included in the proposal you sent), and engagement—take all of this time into account when thinking about how much to charge.
Often times the influencer undervalues themselves. It’s important to keep in mind that depending on your influencer status and prior partnerships, you can charge a premium for your endorsement.
Some influencers charge depending on the number of their followers. Charging $10 for 1,000 followers is the norm, though a survey of 5000 influencers revealed charging between $200 to $400 per post. Additionally, some charge according to how many likes or comments they get.
The secret? There’s no right answer—you set your own pricing for the work that you do.
In some cases, there will be no budget for working with influencers, no matter what value you claim to bring, and how much the brand believes in you. In cases like these, you might consider working with the brand for free or for trade—your time and influence in exchange for free product. This is a great way to build up your portfolio or gain free access to a brand you genuinely love.
As a general rule for sales, before revealing your hand, it can be helpful to ask the company how much their budget is for this venture. From there, you can negotiate and work within their budget to come up with a solution that works for both sides.
Finally, when pitching brands and negotiating on pricing, don’t default to thinking in terms of one-time sponsored posts, which may be seen as spammy in bulk by your followers. Instead, explain to the brand that they will receive the most exposure and ROI when they buy multiple sponsored posts and partner with you over a longer period of time. When followers notice your continued partnership with a brand, it may help to increase purchase intent.

Be Clear About Deliverables Before You Start Working Together
When you’ve decided on a price, be clear about what deliverables the brand should expect. Make sure to answer questions like:
• Are you delivering one post or multiple posts?
• Will the brand get editorial control before the post goes live?
• When should the brand expect the post(s) to go live?
• Will you be using certain branded hashtags?
• Do you have to display a certain type of photo and caption?
Remember that you make the rules, but you must effectively communicate with them to keep the brand happy and interested in working with you.

How to Get Sponsored on Instagram: Guide to Getting Your First Paid Post
By following these tips, you’ll become a paid Instagram influencer in no time. (At the very least, you might hook up with a clothing brand for some new threads.)
As a reminder, make sure to disclose when you’re creating sponsored content versus you sharing a brand you like on your own. Instagram recently unveiled a new tool for making this easy to do.

Questions to Ask Before Accepting A Sponsorship!
Questions to Ask Before Accepting A Sponsorship!
If you’re new to working with brands, knowing which questions to ask before accepting a sponsorship is key to starting a successful relationship with a brand. As you know, the Message Center is where conversations take place between you and the brand. It’s one of our favorite tools in Grapevine and our Community Team is here to give you some expert advice on questions to ask, along with important factors to keep in mind. Keep on reading to hear this week’s #CommunityTipTuesday.
1) Video styles: Often times a brand is looking for a very particular theme or video style. It’s always important to reiterate and go over your creative to ensure you and the brand are on the same page. Questions to ask:
• “I’m really excited you’re looking for me to film a haul! I just want to make sure it’s okay for me to include other clothing companies in the video? It’s going to be titled, “Spring Clothing Haul!”
• “Typically with my Lookbooks, I record a voice-over. Is that okay with you?”
• “I know you mentioned that this is an integrated video. I’ll be sure to include you first for 2-3 minutes but, the 2nd half of my video has another sponsorship. It’s a non-competing brand, is that ok?”
2) Read the Campaign Overview: is there anything that seems a bit out of the ordinary? Check over the talking points. Are you comfortable relaying the content to your audience? It’s better to go over all those little details now instead of after you’ve already filmed! It’s never fun to go back and edit a video because you may have missed a few details.
• “The call-to-action has a specific promo code. Does this expire and should I let my audience know that info?”
• “You included a lot of talking points with specs and your product. Did you want each point covered verbatim or can I just include a few relevant points?”
3) Dates and deadlines: arguably one of the most important points to keep in mind during a sponsorship is your deadline! Why are dates so important to brands? Many campaigns are tent-poled around a specific event or internal marketing campaign. Sometimes life happens and dates may need to be extended but, it’s super important to keep the brand looped in. Additionally, if your video is due on June 25th, send over your unlisted video a few days earlier for review. Giving yourself a few days of wiggle room is always smart.
• “Excited to post on June 25th! Since that’s a Saturday, I’ll send over my video by Wednesday afternoon so you can review before the weekend!”
• “Totally happy to make the edits you requested however, I think that’s going to effect my update date. Could we push this to Monday? I can have everything completed by then!”
Moral of our #CommunityTuesdayTip – when in doubt, always ask the brand in the Message Center. It’s better to figure out all those little details earlier in the conversation, and not last minute!

5 Easy Tips For Writing The Perfect Sponsorship Proposal
You searched the Grapevine Marketplace and you found the perfect campaign, or two, that is a perfect fit for both you and your channel. Now you need to write a sponsorship proposal. There is where you’re stumped. You are really interested in the campaign and you want to make sure you do everything you can the ensure a spot. Don’t worry, Grapevine is here to help make sure your sponsorship proposal is honest, exciting, and grabs the attention of the brands you want to work for.
1. Do your homework
When applying for a campaign brands want to see genuine interest in their products. How will you be able to show interest if you don’t know anything about the brand? It wont take you too long to do a little research on the brand. It’s as simple as looking at the brands website just to get a better understanding of who they are as a brand and how they represent themselves. If you want to go a little further, do a Google search and see what top articles come up about the brand. Knowing a little background on the company, as well as current events the company is going through can never hurt. This could become useful when making your video, or when answering questions that your followers might have. You don’t want your name to be associated with something you don’t know anything about. Do your homework, and know your facts.
2. Sponsorship Proposal Logistics
Your sponsorship proposal should not have any spelling errors. You want the proposal to be neat, organized, and professional. Typos are not professional. Many people have questions about length, a paragraph is plenty. You don’t want it to be too long, the people reading these proposals are busy and don’t have too much time to read through pages for every application. Many people are not quite sure what it is exactly that Grapevine sees and what the brand will see. There is no need to provide a link to your channel, Grapevine does that for you. You are logged in, so when you draft the sponsorship proposal your channel is automatically linked to the draft. Here is a great example of what the brand sees when they open your proposal.

3. Sponsorship Proposal Content
Let’s get to the good stuff, the content of your proposal. As we mentioned it should be about a paragraph, short and sweet.
• Brief intro
• State why you should be on the campaign
• Mention how you plan to incorporate the product/brand into your video
• End with a “Thank you”
If you look at SeasonBeauty97’s proposal you will notice she gives a reason why she is good for the campaign, because many people have requested a fitness video from her. The says that she will use Shama Jade clothing in those requested videos, giving the brand an idea of how she will be using their product. She suggests further communication and brainstorming and ends with a thank you. She gets straight to the point and her proposal was successful.
4. Be Genuine
You can write the best sponsorship proposal and say everything you think the brand wants to hear. That probably wont give you the results you are looking for. Be genuine, channel your inner Don Draper and wow them with your character and personal connection to the brand or product. There are five things a brand will look for when reading a sponsorship proposal and researching the talent. Listed in order of importance.
1. Quality of content
2. Relevance to the brand
3. Personality of the Youtuber
4. Comments and engagement with their audience
5. Traffic and following of the channel
Your content is the foot in the door so make sure it truly reflects you and your channel. If it doesn’t the brand will quickly find out when they research your channel. Don’t waste your time and more importantly don’t waste the brands time. Think quality over quantity when choosing what campaigns to apply to.
5. Be Sure Your Proposal Matched Your Video
When you write your proposal do not suggest something you don’t intend to put in your video. If you explain a scenario in which your content would be perfect for the product, stick to it. If the brand approves you that means they like they idea and that is what they can expect from your video. So make sure to follow through on any promises you make in your sponsorship proposals.

How To Reach Out To Influencers So That They Can’t Say No
by David Zheng
Last updated on June 8th, 2018
If you’re a small fish in the massive ocean of online marketers, chances are you probably have a lot of difficulty getting your voice heard.
Sometimes it may seem that despite all the effort and time you put into creating “great content,” it never really seems to make an impact.
How can you make sure that your content marketing doesn’t go unnoticed? How can you place yourself among the top marketing pros, and finally swim with the sharks?
Your best bet is to ride along on the coattails of those influencers.
Before you get frustrated in disbelief and close this tab, hear me out! I’m telling you this because I experienced the results first hand, and it works.
My team and I reached out to hundreds of marketing experts and compiled a list of exclusive tips for creating addictive content.
Every single one of those tips came from direct communication with those experts, and the content we created was seen and shared by some really influential marketers.
I’m actually going to share my process with you in this handy guide so that you can finally get your voice heard and no longer be marked as a small fish in a giant ocean of digital marketers.
What is influencer outreach?
You’ve heard the term influencer outreach thousands of times before.
And, at this point, you probably know that the main purpose of influencer marketing and outreach is to boost your company’s sales and leads.
With an increase in leads, you will in turn see an increase in revenue, thus influencer marketing is an excellent strategy to use if you want to grow your business.
According to a poll on the Tomoson blog, 59% of marketers are planning to increase their influencer marketing budgets over the next 12 months.
The poll also showed that influencer marketing was rated the fastest-growing customer acquisition channel (and it can also be one of the cheapest if you use the right strategies).

Image Source
But there are other reasons beyond the fact that other marketers are tapping into influencer marketing.
For example, there’s been an explosive use of Adblock in recent years that makes it much harder for businesses to rely on traditional paid media.

With Adblock expected to rise 30% year over year, it’s highly likely that the day will come when online ads are a ghost of our past. Even now, relying on them might not be the most efficient use of your marketing budget.
Brands like TapInfluence have started cashing in on the influencer marketing wave by providing an engine that fosters connections. Their results have been impressive, too.

There are few strategies out there that give such drastic results for a single style of marketing, so it’s clear that we’re onto something.
If you need further proof at this point, take a look at this eye-opening statistic shared by Neil Patel:

For every dollar you spend on influencer marketing, statistics show that you’ll average a $23 ROI. Most ROI shoots for a 5:1 ratio, so you can see just how wild these statistics really are.
Click to tweet
The next step is finding the right influencers that will in turn bring you the customers your business wants and needs.
Start with a project worth creating
There’s an overabundance of data that’s going to be competing with your content, which means you need to make sure yours stands out. After all, you won’t get engagement from many influencers if your project is just so-so.
How do you create a great project then?
Start with a dynamite idea, great planning, and make sure your project is moving in the right direction from the beginning. In other words, get creative with your projects.
Start by brainstorming as many “good’ ideas as possible.
Leave nothing off the list, as this is simply the early stages of your planning.
If you’re struggling to find good ideas, it’s okay to go online to find motivation from other brands. There are thousands of online lists of marketing ideas.
Browse as many as you need to and write down the ones that stand out as the best.
Then, when you’ve compiled a list, see if there’s a clear winner, or try to find unique hybrid ideas that can leverage influencer input.
Remember in your planning that using influencers in unique ways always stands out, like in 2014 when Hubspot asked influencers to lend advice about influencer marketing for an infographic. Here’s a snapshot:

Much like our finished influencer project, they took advice from top-level experts and created a visually pleasing infographic. It helped them stand out from the vast amounts of content that were being created and shared alongside this project.
After you’ve determined what your project is, it’s wise to establish goals that are within reach and mapped out over time. I like to use the traditional SMART methodology.

This is a method loved by marketers everywhere, and if you adhere to it, you’ll have a clear path forward for every project you ever attempt.
Here are some examples of goals you could create for your project:
1. This influencer marketing campaign should improve conversion rates by x% by y date.
2. I plan to spend $x on research, design, and distribution.
3. I plan for this campaign to take x long and stay active for y long.
Whatever you decide to do, make sure it’s aligned with your specific project, the needs of your influencers, and your ultimate goals.
Finally, once you’ve picked a project and decided on goals, it’s time to determine the format you’ll be using for your finished piece of content.
When we conceived our expert tips project, we started with numerous different angles and ideas for how to approach our finalized piece of content.
Did we want to ask solely about content? SEO? Or their best general marketing tip?
What format best fit our goals? Did we want to create an infographic? Blog post? Slideshare? Ebook?
Then, throughout the process, we continued to assess whether the influencers we’d chosen accurately expressed the message we were trying to convey to our own audience.
By the end of this process, we’d decided on a two-pronged approach that allowed us to create an infographic and eBook that complemented each other. This was the best way to provide value to both our audience and the audiences of the influencers who responded.
Now you’re ready to start honing in on your influencers.
Finding the right influencers
It can be excruciatingly overwhelming to track down influencers.
If you’re just starting out your outreach strategy, chances are you were told which tools to use to find potential leads, but you’re still working out the details of the process.
The key to finding the right influencers is to remember that the more you know about your target, the better you can create a pitch that will engage and sell them on your idea.
Well, when my team and I were planning our content roundup, we knew we wanted approximately 50 exclusive expert tips to include in our ebook.
If we could get ahold of such insights, we would have a piece of really useful and actionable content that plenty of marketers would love to get their hands on.
We also knew we wanted to target content marketers looking to optimize their content for SEO.
The questions we would be asking each influencer were:
• What is your takeaway tip for making really great content?
• What is your #1 proven SEO tactic?
If we could get 50 different views and responses from these two questions, we could definitely create a guide that would help a lot of people out.
I used two different processes for tracking down influencers.
The first and easiest one is to simply Google the keywords you are targeting.
In our case, those keywords were content marketing experts and SEO experts, and more general variations of those terms like content marketing insights, and SEO tactics.
Stryde had published a list of the top 50 marketing experts, which gave a great starting point.
Another search pointed us to a list on Forbes written by Sujan Patel.
We found quite a bit of crossover between lists.
Meaning that it not only acted as proof that the listed individuals were influential since they were getting mentioned in Forbes, but it also meant they were willing to contribute their insights.
The second process I used was an influencer search on Buzzsumo. I used the amplification tool to track down more influencers in the content marketing and SEO niches.
Here’s an example of what the influencer search can look like:

As you can see, you get a customized list of individuals related to your search terms (I used content marketing here). You can also gain quick access to their social media, website, and other helpful information.
I added all of these influencers into a spreadsheet where I tracked their names, companies and websites, any relevant blog posts and articles, and of course their email addresses.
Some of the influencers included Kevan Lee of Buffer, Barry Feldman of Feldman Creative, Michael Brenner of NewsCred and many other experts from companies like Wordstream, Hubspot, and UperFlip.

However, not every project has to rely on high-profile influencers to achieve its goals. In fact, most don’t.
What I’m talking about is the practice of using niche-specific micro-influencers that have more “modest” online followings. I say “modest” because their following is still large by some standards, only they’re smaller than the millions of followers a high-profile influencer would have.
And this is good, too, because according to Markerly a large follower count doesn’t necessarily mean your chosen influencer is the best option.

They put the “sweet spot” of comment activity and following between in the 10k-100k followers window.
This means that you’ll still get a good amount of buzz and conversation with the largest audience possible.
But does this actually help your project?
The evidence says an overwhelming “yes.”
ExpertVoice found that Micro Influencers improve your chances of conversions even more than the normal batch of influencers. In fact, micro-influencers achieved 22.2 times more conversations than average when they recommended products to their audience.
Pretty impressive, right?
What’s more, they also found that 82% of consumers reported that they were highly likely to follow a recommendation made by a micro-influencer.
Are you beginning to see how a micro-influencer can be a powerful addition to your project?
Just look at how brands like Jord tap into micro-influencer content with strategic YouTube features.

This particular channel only has 23,000 subscribers, but Jord’s influencer video got more than 13,000 views. That’s thousands of more eyes and a positive review from a leader of a small online community, which is worth its weight in gold.
These viewers went from ignorant to interested in just five minutes.
And I highly doubt you would find this YouTuber on a list alongside the likes of Rhett and Link. You could miss her by a mile, which means you’d be losing thousands of impressions for your project.
And Jord doesn’t just focus on one group either. There are hundreds of thousands of reviews for this company on YouTube alone.

What other brands do you know of that have thousands of user-generated reviews?
Simply by relying on the goodwill of these micro-influencers, they’ve created quite a bit of stir for their brand. And they don’t stop there.
They also provide influencer giveaway campaigns that have a promo code attached, as you can see from this example.

So not only is Jord hoping for a good review, they’re incentivizing the influencer’s audience to check out their product with a discount.
And the benefit to the influencers? They get a nice watch. All in all, this is a perfect example of how you can use micro-influencers in an extensive campaign.
But how do you find these influencers?
Like I said, you won’t see them on a list of top YouTubers. But that doesn’t mean they’re not on a list somewhere.
To help shortcut your micro-influencer search, I recommend a service like Hypr.

This service lets you search for any potential influencer no matter how big or small their audience is. You can search either by audience or influencer with the option to narrow your search based on a variety of demographics.
For example, if you want to look for influencers who help their following be more productive, then you could enter a search term for “productivity.”
Here are the results.

Now, chances are you probably won’t land any of these influencers for your campaign. As much as all of us would love to have Elon Musk as an influencer, he doesn’t quite fit the “micro” bill here.
So how do you fine-tune your search to find micro-influencers?
Simply refine by followers:

If you go by our sweet spot from earlier, you’ll want to keep the follower limit between 10k and 100k. Here’s what one simple refinement accomplishes:

Looks much better, right?
These individuals might not have the clout of Elon Musk or Xbox, but they can provide a wider audience for your project if they fit the bill. To find out if they really are a good fit for your end goals, all you need to do is click on their individual profile.
This gives you a ready-made look into the specifics of their audience and gives you an idea of how active and engaged their profile is.

By looking at this information, you can decide whether you have a potential micro-influencer or not.
How you choose to use micro-influencers is entirely up to your imagination, but you can see how successful it can be simply by the sheer volume of Jord’s success. You can have them help you influence on YouTube, Snapchat, or even Instagram.

The more you know about your influencer, their niche, engagement, and habits, the better you’ll be able to cater your pitch when the time comes.
Click to tweet
Before I move on to how you should pitch your influencer, there’s one final element to consider in your search.
Within your influencer consideration, you should also think about how you handle “compensating” your influencers. Our project worked out where attribution and a little extra exposure were sufficient, but that won’t always be enough.
Nor is it the only way to do it.
The hard truth is that influencers do prefer monetary compensation for their services.

And this makes sense. If someone is saying good things about your brand or is lending their expertise to your efforts, you want to make sure they get something out of it.
Don’t be discouraged though. Just because your influencer might prefer financial compensation, there are still other ways to make your influencer feel that there’s a reward for their input.
Here’s a list of other “compensation” methods:
1. Shout out – Obviously, our method of attributing advice to an industry expert is the greatest of shoutouts you could imagine. They received recognition of their expertise and the ability to leverage our content in their own efforts.
1. Product discount or giveaway – Offering a discount on your services, especially for a micro-influencer, could be a great way to get further brand exposure in the future.
1. Commission – If you have an influencer that keeps coming back into your efforts and leads to bigger sales, setting them up with a commission might not be a bad idea.
If none of these work, never fear. There are plenty of other creative ways to compensate influencers as well. Find what suits your influencers best and create a custom compensation package that they can’t refuse.
In the end, we had a list of nearly 140 different marketing experts, and we were ready for the next step: the pitch.
The pitch
You can find volumes of advice on creating pitches for influencers. How do you know if their advice is helpful to your needs though?
The truth is, every pitch is different. If you want to look at template examples, that’s fine, but I don’t advise just treating them as a copy-paste effort for your project.
Whatever route you take, modify every pitch to your specific audience. I recommend being specific to each influencer too.
Any other advice I would give up front is a little more general but still in the realm of best practice for approaching an influencer.
Start by personalizing the pitch. Don’t start your pitch letter with “Dear blogger” or “Dear influencer.” That’s just going to be ignored altogether by 99% of your recipients.
It’s also not a good idea to start by talking about you, how great you are, or how important this opportunity is for them. Focus instead on building the relationship with your influencer.
Once you get started, share your thoughts on their content, work, or expertise. It’s usually a good tactic to reference a post or podcast that resonated with you and how that led to your decision to reach out.
From there, just keep your pitch simple. The offer should be clear, and your desired outcome shouldn’t be veiled.
Be upfront about how much work the influencer will need to do, and don’t be vague or beat around the bush. Their time is precious.
The easier you make it for your influencer to help you, the more likely you’ll get a favorable response. Provide instruction, sample content, or images that they can use or refer to.
And overall, just don’t be a burden to them.
Lastly, follow good email etiquette:
1. Be short and to the point.
2. Don’t mass pitch.
3. Pique their interest.
4. Don’t suck up.
5. Tell them why you want their endorsement.
6. Share the benefits of your project to their audience.
Formulating the perfect pitch takes a bit of getting used to.
The first email pitch I ever wrote was terrible, and looking back on it now it was too long, too preachy, and too “pitchy.”
As someone who receives a fair number of content pitches myself, it’s now easy to see what works and what doesn’t.
The most important thing to keep in mind is to keep your email short and direct. Here’s an example of how I reached out to Guy Kawasaki.

1. Keep your subject line vague enough to peak interest, but try to address the person by name right off the bat so that it still comes off as personal.
2. Greet them to show you are friendly, but keep it short and sweet.
3. Introduce yourself at the beginning of your email, or simply sign off at the end with your name and company.
4. Research the person you are outreaching to and make your pitch personal. Don’t just copy and paste a generic email template to everyone. These are experts after all and can definitely tell when you’re taking the easy way out.
5. Your pitch or ask should only be a couple of sentences at the most. Don’t go on and on about your company’s philosophy, history or any of that extra information. Get to the point and get out!
6. Finally, offer this person something you know they want. Chances are any marketer or entrepreneur you outreach to understands the value of being featured in a well-researched and promoted piece of content.
In the end, you will have your tip:

Naturally, not everyone will be as endearing and polite as Guy Kawasaki right off the bat.
It takes some persistence to get people’s attention.
These influencers are very busy, after all, and likely receive a lot of spammy emails in their inboxes. You need to show them how committed you are to getting their attention.
Still not working? Check for spam tendencies
Whether you want to admit it or not, many of your asks will end up in the spam filter of the influencer you’re reaching out to. Even major brands end up in the spam filter. I catch my Twitter alerts in there from time to time.

How do you check for spamming tendencies then?
Well, there are seven major errors that many tapping into an influencer’s audience ends up making.
1. Not doing a “1-2 punch.”
2. No follow-up or too few emails.
3. Too many emails.
4. Having an unclear ask (or none at all)
5. Using a one-size fits all approach.
6. No clear goal
7. Failure to quantify the relationship.
These missteps will land you pitch squarely in your influencer’s spam folder or trash bin. Thankfully, there’s still hope.
Quey goes on to share three powerful ways you can change your email’s destiny and reach your targeted influencer.
1. Change your frame of mind. Instead of treating this like networking, try to build a relationship.
2. Go above and beyond what your influencer likely expects.
3. Try to find out why they didn’t respond or denied you. This can help you improve your angle for next time.
If you suspect that you’re in the spam folder or are simply being ignored, it may also require you to go back to square one. While that’s not the most desirable option, it’s better than creating an under-sourced project with limited value.
Preparing for rejection (persistence, persistence, persistence)
You may recall that I mentioned we had compiled a list of almost 140 different marketers, but our final piece of content included only 46 expert tips.
The reason for that is that unfortunately most people just never responded to my emails, despite how charming and to the point they were.
That doesn’t mean that I didn’t try to get in touch with the ones who didn’t reply.
In fact, had I given up after the first round of emails, our expert tips ebook would have had substantially fewer expert tips.
The point is, a lot of these people likely get so many emails on a daily basis that my wonderful pitch very possibly got buried somewhere in their inbox.
So what do you do when this happens?
Well, you can send a follow-up email and hope for the best, or you can try to contact them via other channels. I used Twitter.

Twitter is a great way to signal someone or remind them that you sent an email. It indicates that you are still awaiting a response.
Whenever someone tweets me to alert me that they sent an email, I’m impressed.
The reason being that tweeting to someone puts you out in the open and signals to the rest of the world exactly what you are working on.
Many people may find this daunting and a premature unveiling of their content plans.
But, sometimes the more you talk about your upcoming projects, the more anticipation you build for them.
Furthermore, Twitter is a more immediate and direct (there’s that word again) approach to communicating with someone.
For instance, one of the most difficult people to get an answer from was Neil Patel.
I emailed him directly a couple of times and received no response, then I tweeted him, and finally, I send him a message using his contact form on Quicksprout.

At last, I received a response:

After this success, I felt invincible and even tried to get Chelsea Peretti to submit a tip:

She never answered. That’s ok though since I still got my marketing nugget from Neil!
When you face rejection, don’t give up.
Think of the process like a challenging game. If one strategy doesn’t work, you need to try something different and something slightly riskier.
If your email goes ignored, send a follow-up one. If that doesn’t work, try using different channels to get in touch with a person.
For me, every tip I successfully acquired from an influencer was like getting a powerup or a gold coin! Eventually, you will start to succeed, but it takes persistence.
And who knows, in the end, you might actually have a lot of fun with your influencer outreach marketing.
Completing your content
What’s important to note about influencer outreach is that you need to be able to offer the individual you are contacting something that they simply cannot refuse.
How can you ensure that what you are offering them is something they actually want?
Like I mentioned before, for many marketers, a solid backlink and promotion is an ideal prize!
Even more importantly, you need to deliver your promise in a way that is even better than what was expected. If you promised A-level content, deliver A+ content.
The reason for this is not only to impress each expert featured in your roundup but to make anyone who wasn’t featured jealous. Especially the ones who ignored you.
First: Trim the fat
Once we received all of the tips by the deadline we had given ourselves, we needed to pull out some of the juicier pointers.
Some influencers provided us with the requested couple of sentences, but others had provided us with paragraphs upon paragraphs of content.
For those, we wanted to pull out some takeaway points to include in the blog post and the infographic poster on our page.
The ebook would contain the full responses to encourage more people to download (which you can do by clicking here: 46 Expert Tips Ebook).
Second: Design the content
After we had compiled all of the condensed tips, we needed to work on designing the infographic and the ebook.
We have two designers, so luckily one was able to work on the ebook and one focused on the infographic. This process took about a week.
The infographic was made on our own infographic maker tool, and so were parts of the ebook. The remainder was done using Adobe Illustrator.
If you don’t have your own in-house designers, you can use an online tool to design your own content, or if anything, contract someone from a site like Fiverr or Upwork.
If you’d rather have total control of the look and feel of your content, a tool like Canva is a great way to quickly and cheaply design infographics or simple imagery for your content.
Let’s say you want to take your information and create an infographic. Canva has templates that you can choose from to help you nail the look and feel of your final product.

As you can see, these templates are typically set up as a “dummy” infographic that is easy to amend for your own purposes. With a little bit of love, you can take a template and turn it into effective content.
Simply click on a template you like, then click on “use this template” in the top right corner.

From there, you’ll be taken to Canva’s online editing tool. Here, you can change colors, imagery, and copy to suit your specific needs.

Once you’ve designed your content, simply save and download your file. Or, just come back to Canva thanks to their autosave feature when you need to revise your project.
Third: Revise, revise, revise
I can’t stress how important it is to read, re-read and get someone else to look over your work.
When you’re compiling content that is very rich and text-heavy, you will likely become eager to get it published and pushed out as soon as possible.
This eagerness can quickly cloud your vision and stop you from noticing what may appear to be obvious errors to outside eyes.
Even after we were ready to publish the “final” version, at the last minute, we would notice major errors that needed to be fixed.
When in doubt, wait a day after you complete the content and look it over again with fresh eyes. You might be surprised by what you find.
If you struggle with revision and editing, I recommend using a tool like Grammarly to help fine-tune your grammar, spelling, vocabulary, and perform a final check on your content.

This platform lets you upload your copy and get instant feedback for revisions. As you can see when I put this post into Grammarly, it had something for me to change almost immediately:

The worst thing you can do is publish something and then have the influencer email you telling you that you misspelled their name, or used an incorrect picture to represent them.
Be thorough to avoid embarrassment, and to impress anyone that comes across your work.
Fourth: Post Strategically
You can’t just create this stellar content with your influencers help and then not leverage it in the best places possible. That’s just a waste of everyone’s time and money.
So where do you post your content? It depends.
Tomoson found blogs and Facebook to be the two greatest places to post influencer content.

But as you can see, there are other platforms that have measurable success with influencer campaigns. My earlier example of Jord comes immediately to mind.
I would add for B2B players to also include LinkedIn high on their list, as it’s an emerging winner in that space. You can also research hashtags that fit your target audience by using a hashtag research tool to identify additional ways to leverage your content.
All in all, I recommend doing a little research for your niche, audience, and influencer audiences to find out where you should be posting. The more you know, the better your results will be.
Outreach round two
So now that your post is completed and it’s published on your blog error free, you can just sit back and wait for the shares and backlinks to skyrocket. Wrong! You’re not done yet.
This is the part where you need to do your second round of outreach. For the ebook, I used Brian Dean’s Skyscraper technique to pre-plan my outreach.
If you’re unfamiliar with the Skyscraper technique, it’s a three-step method of creating and sharing content for best results.
Step 1: Find link-worthy content.
Step 2: Make something even better.
Step 3: Reach out to the right people.
As you can guess by my bolding, this part of your influencer marketing focuses on step three of the technique.
In a nutshell, this means tracking down potential marketers and entrepreneurs who would be interested in your content, and telling them about it before you even publish it.
Build up their anticipation and then contact them again when the content is ready. We performed our outreach in two phases:
1. Contact all the experts who participated
I started out by individually emailing every participating expert (not email merging them all at the same time).
You have a really good chance of getting a lot of traffic to your post if they spread the word, and the majority of them will.
In addition, not only will they share posts from their personal social media accounts, but they will also share from their business accounts.
Within an hour of sending out the first batch of emails, we already had over 200 social shares.
Here’s what I said in my email to the experts:

1. Re-email all the participants individually.
2. In the email remind them of the study and include a link.
3. Explain to them exactly how you helped
4. Thank them again for their assistance.
5. Ask them specifically to share (and re-post) content with their followers.
6. End on a note that offers further opportunity for collaboration.
2. Then email everyone else
The next round of emails to send out is to the list of people who showed interest from the Skyscraper Technique.
Again, you just want to remind them that you are following up with them as per their request. You should do this manually as well, and individually contact each of these people.
Once that’s done, you can email a larger database of contacts (which you can do using a mail merge), including your own user-base of blog subscribers.
Anyone who you have done past collaborations and co-marketing with are perfect examples of who to contact.
Finally, in your outreach to these contacts, include the following sentence in your email:
“Also, if you’re interested in being featured in a future roundup, just shoot me a message and we’ll keep you in mind!”
Not only will this get other influencers excited about being contacted, but many of them will be eager to share your content in order to show their support.
Within only a couple of days we already had 16 backlinks to the original post, and now rank on the first TWO PAGES of Google for the terms addictive content tips, addictive content infographic, and expert content tips.

And of course, every day I receive notifications of more people linking back to the content, and more people sharing it on their social media platforms.
Use successes to build long-term relationships
When all is said and done, building long-term relationships with your influencers will always be better for you, your brand, and possibly even the influencer. The ultimate focus is on relationships after all, not one-off campaigns.
Throughout your project, consider how you can work with your influencers as part of a long-term strategy. As long as these influencers are aligned with your content, audience, and have experience worth sharing, they’re worth building a relationship with.
Find innovative and fresh ways to incentivize influencers to stay with you in the long-term and use them as frequently as you can. If you can prevent burnout and keep your ideas rolling, the mutual growth can be explosive.
If you ever had any doubts about influencer outreach, I hope that now you are at least beginning to understand the benefits behind it.
Influencer marketing will help you to establish newer and stronger relationships with individuals who can help you grow within your niche.
These people can also help point you in the direction of more potential customers that may find value in your products and/or services.
By creating the right project, finding the best influencers, and developing rich and high-value content that deserves to be read and shared, you’ll be successfully tapping into the incredible benefits of influencer marketing.
Reaching out to influencers can help you develop rich and high-value content that your audience actually wants to read. Don’t ignore the obvious signs- influencer marketingworks.

What is Influencer Marketing? Here’s the Ultimate Answer!
Jens WirdeniusJune 9, 2018Influencer Marketing0 comments
What is influencer marketing?

That’s a question that an ungodly amount of people are asking, so let’s sort things out.

Let’s sort out the most common question that is being asked about influencer marketing. That is the most fundamental question “what is influencer marketing?”.

Influencer marketing has exploded in popularity in just the last couple of years, and if you’ve been on the internet and social media, or even read a newspaper in recent times, chances are, you’ve come across the term “influencer” and “influencer marketing”.

The name itself is quite revealing, but as someone who has never heard the term before, you’re obviously left there with plenty of question marks.

I see the question “what is influencer marketing?” being asked more and more across the web, but despite this, there are surprisingly few answers that thoroughly answer that question.

This is why I thought I’d accept the challenge of defining what influencer marketing is, what an influencer is, and explain how influencer marketing works.

And I am glad you’re here because I’d love to have you on this little journey.

Let’s dig in!

What is influencer marketing?
Influencer marketing in the form we’re seeing today is a very new form of marketing, but the fact is that influence marketing is a psychological type of marketing that has existed for a long time.

As the name reveals, influencer marketing has a lot to do with influence. And since the word is followed by marketing, it’s easy to draw the conclusion that it is a type of marketing that has to do with influencing people, and that’s exactly what it does. But how?

At its core, influencer marketing is the art of leveraging individuals with an audience

And the reason why influencer marketing has grown so big in recent times is that of the simple reason that the infrastructure for it to do so has been in place, but because it hasn’t been like that forever, it hasn’t been able to evolve and expand to the sheer size that it is today until now. In other words, the preconditions for influencer marketing to expand and evolve into what it is today is called the internet and social media.

What is influencer marketing? – What is influence marketing?
There’s actually a difference between the two, but influencer marketing is a form of influence marketing.

Influence marketing just means that it is a type of marketing where customers are influenced to purchase from the brand, which, in a way, is all form of marketing. However, influencer marketing is solely the leveraging of influential individuals and having them promote the brands and spread the messages of the brands for them as opposed to spreading the message yourself as you normally would in all other forms of marketing.

More easily explained, influencer marketing focuses on using so-called influencers who are industry leaders and go-to individuals within a particular niche and industry on social media platforms and/or their blog.

Influencer marketing posts

What I mean by saying that influence marketing has always existed is that we humans have always looked up to people. Back in the days, we looked up to world-leaders such as presidents, and in more recent times, we started looking up to celebrities such as movie stars, actors, and musicians, such as Elvis Presley and Michael Jackson. And if you look at these individuals, brands approached them and asked them to promote their products and brand. Marilyn Monroe, for example, endorsed Coca-Cola in one of their ads, and Coca-Cola had her do so for two reasons:

First, they acknowledged that she had a huge audience. Secondly, they acknowledged that people looked up to her. In other words, by leveraging the influence of Marilyn Monroe, Coca-Cola could impact people at a much greater scale compared to if they would just use anyone in their commercial which people wouldn’t know who it was. In other words, their ad would have a much greater impact on people as a result of the psychology of influence.

Naturally, because people looked up to Marilyn Monroe, having her promote Coca-Cola now meant glamorizing the Coca-Cola brand because people now looked up to Coca-Cola. People started to associate Coca-Cola with her, and because people’s greatest idol drank Coke, shouldn’t they do as well?

The answer is, that’s exactly what people started doing.

Coca-Cola old commercial
(Photo Credit: Ed Clark)
The fact is that the same principle of influencer marketing still remains today with what we today know as influencers, but the difference is that influencer marketing has now, with the birth of the internet and social media become a commodity, because what influencer marketing has done is it has enabled virtually anyone to start building their audience on social media and thus build their influence by establishing themselves as go-to individuals within their very own niche.

Compare this to back in the days when only a selected few celebrities were the people who influenced people in the society and brands’ selection of individuals they could have promoted their brand was limited, to say the least. This, of course, also meant that having celebrities promote a brand was quite expensive and something that only a few brands could afford, such as Coca-Cola.

Today, having celebrities promote your brand is still very expensive, but the difference is that with social media influencer marketing, brands now have a much bigger selection of people they can partner with, and can now partner up with individuals who are social media “celebrities” and influencers, as opposed to people who are only celebrities.

Influencer marketing has, as a result, become a commodity that is attainable to all brands as opposed to just a selected few because social media has enabled the selection to grow much larger.

What is influencer marketing: How it works
Okay, so we’ve now sorted out the basics of influencer marketing and what it means, but how does it work exactly?

Well, the idea of influencer marketing is that brands partner with an influencer on social media and have them market and promote a brand’s product to their audience by writing a review or doing any other form of endorsement about the product to get their followers to engage in the brand and ultimately buy the product.

With social media, influencers have been able to build an audience, but there’s no exact number of followers that decide when you become an influencer, because as per definition, an influencer is just a person that influences other people’s thoughts, ideas, and decisions, so in theory, an influencer can be an individual which has an audience of only a few hundred people. After all, 92 percent of people trust peer recommendations. But you should remember, though, that the followers of influencers see the influencers as peers. This is why this principle can be applied here as well.

Influencer marketing statistics

Normally, however, the influencers that brands partner with have a larger audience than that, because the time it takes to reach out to individuals, and the payment etc is just not worth the effort of having someone promote products to their 5 friends. Influencers are therefore normally divided into two categories which are micro-influencers and influencers.

These categories are only focusing on the follower count of influencers, but it is important to know that for successful influencer marketing campaigns, there are other factors that go into the equation as well.

Generally speaking, though, micro-influencers are individuals who have less than 10oK followers on any given social media platform, down to at least a few thousand followers. Some define micro-influencers as individuals who have less than 10K followers, so this definition varies a little. Regular, influencers, however, are individuals who have 100K followers or more.

Then, we also have the celebrity influencers, and these are regular celebrities such as Justin Timberlake or Leonardo Dicaprio.

Note, that influencer marketing campaigns always take place on social media (or the blog of influencers). This is why influencer marketing’s real name is social media influencer marketing, but saying that is a mouthful so most people stick to influencer marketing.

The reason why brands partner with influencers on social media today is that of the very same reasons why brands partnered with celebrities back in the day, but the difference is that the form of which it happens vary slightly. First off, influencers have an audience of followers which they can reach. This means that by having influencers promote your brand, you can reach a new audience of people which you otherwise wouldn’t reach.

This is done as opposed to using other forms of marketing to reach these individuals. Secondly, since the followers of the influencers look up to them to a much larger degree, brands can get a much greater impact with their promotional messages as opposed to if they themselves would spread them, because people are a bit cautious with trusting brands, because everyone knows that brands only have one agenda and that is to sell more, so naturally, you’d expect that everything the brands say and do is done in an effort to support that goal. Influencers, on the other hand, aren’t considered to have the same agenda.

Lastly, today, social media influencers are industry influencers, which means they are focused and specialized in one industry and niche. This is also the reason why they are considered to be leaders in that industry and thus go-to leaders for advice and tips. Obviously, if an expert in the makeup industry recommends a specific product, then obviously that product is good because an expert who knows their craft recommended it. In other words, the words of the influencers are far more trusted than the words of the brands.

Since influencers are focused on a specific industry, it also means that they attract like-minded people to their following base.

This means that influencer marketing is quite a targeted form of marketing because the people who follow the influencer are interested and passionate about the same niche as the influencer. And so if a makeup brand teams up with a beauty influencer, they can expect to reach a lot of people who are the target audience of the brand, resulting in a targeted marketing campaign which generates a high ROI. So by using influencer marketing, you, as opposed to throwing your net wide, make it smaller, but despite this reach more relevant individuals.

Influencer Marketing quoteWhat is influencer marketing: different types of campaigns
Influencer campaigns can be run in a number of different ways.

The things that can decide how an influencer marketing campaign is done depend on factors such as the size of the influencer’s audience, niche, overall influence and much more.

When influencers promote your brand, they bring you immense value. When someone brings value, normally, they want something in return. You can’t just expect that influencers are going to promote your brand for free, even if they’re huge fans of your brand because doing so demands both time and effort. They have to create content, write about your brand, and then engage with their audience.

An important reason why influencer marketing has become such a huge marketing tactic that more and more brands are leveraging is that it has proven to generate a tremendous ROI. Just look at the statistics of influencer marketing.

And for a good ROI from your marketing efforts to be generated, two variables play their part: setup cost and generated results. Either, the campaign generates average results and is super cheap to run, or, costs a bit but still generates a return that is higher than the cost. Or, of course, the marketing campaign can be cheap and the results can be amazing.

And this is where successful influencer marketing campaigns are at.

A commonly asked question is how much influencer marketing costs, but there is no real universal answer to that. For the most part, though, the thing that costs the most in influencer marketing is the influencer. Some influencers, normally micro-influencers satisfy with just a product sample from you, but most influencers charge money for endorsements. The cost of this is normally based on the size of the influencer’s audience

But don’t get mislead into believing that follower count is the only thing that matters for a successful campaign because if those people aren’t targeted or relevant, it won’t matter even if the influencer has millions of followers.

What is influencer marketing: Content creating
Normally, an influencer marketing campaign goes down in the following way:

The brand sends the influencer a product for them to try it out, experience it, and form their opinions and thoughts about it. For some influencers, this may be the only payment, but for the most part, influencers want both a product sample and monetary compensation.

When they’ve done so, they photograph it or create some type of content about it, for example, create a video about it.

If you don’t provide the influencer with a product that they can photograph and share with their audience, then you have to create the content that you want them to post. This isn’t the most effective way to run an influencer campaign because if you as a brand create the content for the influencer, there’s a risk that it will come off as inauthentic because the content isn’t aligned with the influencer’s own visual theme and style-

NOTE: If you are to begin a collaboration with an influencer, have in mind that not all influencers suit all brands. This has to do with what I said earlier about different influencers attracting different audiences.

It is very important to study the influencers page very carefully before a partnership is introduced. This is to be sure that you will get the best results possible by targeting with the right influencers.

This is why, as you can imagine, the influencer you partner with is of the greatest importance.

This is where Veloce Influencer Network comes in and solves a previously major issue in influencer marketing which was finding suitable and relevant influencers.

With the help of the Veloce Influencer Network, you can filter thousands of influencers based on niche, followers, platform and much more so you can be sure to get the best ROI possible.

Another reason that influencer marketing has grown to be so incredibly popular in just a few years is that it’s a cheap way of reaching a bigger audience. Influencers with a few thousand followers can be a perfect marketing tool for businesses with a small marketing budget but also good for larger companies that can partner up with multiple of them at once to get a greater effect. Postfity has collected 11 best marketing tools to make your work easier in this article. Postfity help you save time on social media by letting you schedule posts in advance.

What is influencer marketing: the benefits?
Okay so by now, you’ve probably realized that influencer marketing is a very cost-effective marketing tactic which can generate amazing results. Frankly, if it wouldn’t generate amazing marketing results for brands, they wouldn’t be using it.

The benefits of influencer marketing are many, and the statistics of influencer marketing speak very loudly.

An extremely targeted way of marketing
Influencers are more trusted than companies
Improves your Search engine rank (only if you’re using blogging influencers)
YOU decide who you are going to work with to ensure that you reach your target audience
Increase brand awareness
Increase credibility
Save time
On average, businesses generate $6.50 for every $1 invested in influencer marketing. That itself is incredibly powerful.

Influencer directory

. These social media platforms can be Twitter, Instagram, Facebook, Youtube or blogs. The point is that influencers are influencing people’s lives in some way. Therefore, the name influencer. Influencer marketing is becoming a larger part of brands marketing strategy due to the great results it can generate.

What is a social media influencer?
I’ve already revealed a lot of answers to the question “what is influencer marketing?”, and this means that I’ve also revealed a lot of what a social media influencer is, but let’s see if we can find a definition for it.

The influencers are personalities that have a deep engagement with their followers and therefore have a bigger impact than if a brand would try to market their own product. The power of affecting someone to the point that they buy something is increased dramatically if the followers are looking up to the person recommending the product and this is the case for most influencers. The followers of the influencers are often fans that want to be just like them, or at least are inspired by them, and want to wear the same clothes and use the same products etc.

It’s hard to compare that to billboard marketing, right? Because who looks up to a billboard with an ad on it? Well, people are of course looking up at the billboard but not looking up to it.. (Pun intended).

And this is one of the reasons that influencer marketing is so effective when you can get the influencer to use your product.

Definition social media influencer

As you’ve probably been able to guess, influencers come in many shapes of forms, and so this makes a definition even harder, but the definition above is one that can be used and is used for influencers as a whole.

There’s a difference between celebrities/endorsers and influencers.

When celebrities and endorsers promote a product, they are leveraged because of their celebrityhood. Influencers, on the other hand, are powerful and effective in marketing because of their expertise within a particular niche.

As such, this is why influencer marketing campaigns tend to be much more trustworthy and thus impactful than celebrity campaigns, because, while celebrity marketing campaigns focus on building the reputation of a brand and giving it a better image, influencers actually help establish the product as leading and a top product within that space that is approved by experts.

The problem with celebrity endorsements in many cases is that the celebrity just doesn’t resonate with the product they are promoting. For example, let’s say that Beyonce would promote a perfume. What is it that would make you trust her when it comes to perfume? Is she an expert in the perfume industry? Probably not, right? Is she educated within the space? Probably not, right?

This is why it can create a disconnect in celebrity promotions because celebrities most often promote and endorse products that aren’t really within their space of expertise.

Influencers, on the other hand, have established themselves as leaders within their niche, and then, they only endorse and recommend products that are relevant to that industry. Plus, if an influencer doesn’t believe in a product, most of them will say no to the endorsement deal, and further, many will even tell their real opinion when doing a review.

What is influencer marketing – how many followers do you need?
Well, as mentioned earlier, there is no exact amount of followers you need in order to be classified as an influencer because really, it’s not about how many followers you have. After all, you can have millions of followers, but if all of them are bots and fake accounts, it’s all just an illusion, and you have no real influence over people, nor an audience, which means that per definition, you can’t call yourself an influencer.

What you should know, however, is that there are influencers of all audience sizes. There are individuals who have successfully built a loyal audience end engaged community with just a few hundred followers, and there are people who have successfully done the same thing with several million followers.

What is good to know, however, is the definitions of the two words that make up the term influencer marketing, which is influencer and marketing.

“the capacity to have an effect on the character, development, or behavior of someone or something, or the effect itself.”

“the action or business of promoting and selling products or services, including market research and advertising.”.

If you combine this, you have the answer to what is influencer marketing, as well as what an influencer is.

Why has influencer marketing skyrocketed in popularity?
Today, it is almost impossible to miss the term influencer marketing and its rise within social media and the marketing space.

Taking a look at the Google search history for the term “influencers” tells us quite a lot about the increased interest in it. Equally so when searching for the term “influencer marketing”.

influencer marketing google trends interest rising

Google trends influencer marketing

From a marketer’s perspective, the simple answer to why influencer marketing has skyrocketed in popularity in marketing is that it works and that it generates a tremendous ROI.

The consumer behavior is changing, and people are moving from television to now being on the internet and social media. This means that the attention of people has changed, and brands need to come up with new ways to each their audience.

And the way to do that is through influencer marketing.

Furthermore, the reason why influencer marketing has been able to grow so immensely is that the infrastructure and the preconditions for it to do so has been there. Social media has been and is available for everyone, and more than a billion people are using it. At the same time, more and more people turn to social media for inspiration and advice as opposed to the television, books, and even the web.

Hopefully, you’ve got the answer to the question “what is influencer marketing?”. Thanks for reading and don’t hesitate to let us know if you have any questions or need any assistance with your next influencer marketing campaign.

Explore Serfy tasks management software for property managers and field service providers.

5 Things Micro-Influencers Need to Learn from Top Influencers
Jens WirdeniusMay 26, 2018Influencer MarketingComments are off for this post
Are you a micro-influencer?

Do you want to join the big league and become a major influencer and a go-to-leader in your industry?

Chances are, there are several other influencers in your space that are dominating the industry and that you are looking up to.

But how can you replicate their success and ultimately surpass them?

In this article, we’ll reverse-engineer the top influencers to understand how they have come to the place where they are now and see how you as a micro-influencer can replicate their success.

Let’s dig in!

1. Create a theme and stick to it
Being an influencer means being unique and going your own path.

If you look at the top influencers, you’ll be able to mention a few things that all define them and make them unique.

Nobody remembers a copycat, but everyone remembers someone who dares to go their own path.

Therefore, you want to begin by creating your own theme that is coherent and appealing.

And most importantly, unique.

When you keep a coherent visual theme and style, people will be able to recognize you from miles away due to your unique nature and style, which in the long run make you an icon and a person that is always associated with the niche you’re in.

For instance, if you think about fast food, chances are, you’ll think of McDonald’s.

It’s not so strange, they’re industry giants.

And when you come to the point where you are associated in the industry you’re operating in, that’s when you’ll have the leverage – no matter if you have fewer or more followers than other influencers in your space. It can be difficult if you are in a less exciting niche such as canister vacuum cleaners and you may struggle for content, for this, it works well to look at a related niche such as mommy bloggers for inspiration

Remember that your visual theme resembles who you are, and also which people that will resonate with you.

Make sure you stay true to yourself because this is something that all influencers are doing.

Be consistent
If there’s something that all social media influencers have in common, it is that they share daily and on a regular basis.

And of course, they do. For the vast majority of influencers, it is their job, and therefore, they take it very seriously.

And if you want to become like them, or even surpass them, you have to do it too!

Consistency is key for all type of social media success, and it is the foundation to great performing content.

By posting at the same time every day, people will know when they can expect posts from you, and start tuning it at that time every day.

Don’t be like regular users on social media who shares tons of images within a short period of time when they actually have interesting things to post, and then be quiet for half a year.

If you know you won’t be able to keep a consistent schedule, then don’t give your audience that promise, because you’ll just give them false expectations and they’ll lose trust in you.

It’s better to post 5 posts a day consistently than it is to post 7 times a day at inconsistent times.

Run giveaways
When your audience engaged with you, supports you, and give you their support, they bring you value.

But what are you giving them in return?

Sure, you provide them with content (hopefully it’s great), but if you want to take it one step further and really give back to your community to show your appreciation for their support, why not run a giveaway?

The best part about being a micro-influencer is that many brands will want to team up with you for running a giveaway, which means you won’t have to buy the gifts you’re giving away.

People love free stuff, and this also goes for your own social media followers.

If you’ve seen other influencers rn giveaways, you’ve probably also noticed that those are the most that generate the highest engagement.

That’s because a precondition for winning is often to engage with the post.

Remember that the better the price is, the more people are going to join. This is especially important when you demand your audience to do a lot to join, for instance, sign up for your newsletter, tag 5 friends, and so on.

The better price you give away, and the easier it is to join, the more contestants you’ll get, and the more you’ll be able to increase your influence.

Not only do you increase your following with the help of giveaways, but you also increase your audience’s loyalty to you, because they feel like you’re actually giving something back to your community.

Value your reputation greatly
Your reputation is tremendously important as a micro-influencer.

It is what will affect how people will perceive you, how much people will look up to you, and how influential you’ll be in the industry you’re operating in.

If there’s something you need to value above everything else, it is your reputation.

Because if you damage your reputation. you’re harming the trust people have in you, and if people’s trust in you is harmed, people won’t trust your brand recommendations, and when they don’t trust your brand recommendations, you’ll generate lousy results for the brands you partner with, and in the long run, no brand will want to partner with you.

See how it’s all connected?

As an influencer, your reputation and your audience are all you have, so don’t throw that away just because you are greedy for a few bucks.

There are examples of brands who both do this and don’t do this.

Influencers are often much better at this than celebrity influencers, and regular influencers are often much better at protecting and valuing their own reputation, and saying no to brand deals they feel won’t resonate with their personality.

Not only is it important that you only promote brands that resonate with your personality, but it is also important that you only promote ethical brands.

The best example of the worst influencer marketing campaign that had a huge negative effect on a celebrity influencer’s reputation is Scott Disick.

When he promoted a brand, the band wrote the caption for him, which only that is a big mistake as it removes the personality of the influencer. But the big problem was that he accidentally copied everything the brand has sent him.

Including the instructions for the post.

Influencer marketing fail

Or.. when Naomi Campbell committed the same mistake:

Naomi Campbell Instagram fail

Just because you’re a micro-influencer, doesn’t mean you don’t have the right to choose which brands you want to partner with.

Because losing credibility and trust is tremendously harmful to influencers, most of them are highly selective with the brands they partner with.

This is something you need to be too!

If you get approached by brands, don’t say yes in a heartbeat just because you make a few bucks.

Because in the long run, a partnership that harms your credibility and reputation won’t be worth a few bucks.

Create top-notch content
You’ve probably noticed that the influencers who create the best content on social media are most often the top influencers on social media.

You could speculate a lot about the reasons for this, but I’d dare to say that the main reason is that the top influencers have been doing social media for a long time, they’ve learnt how to produce quality content, and they’ve learnt what their audience like so they can create content that resonates with them, and thus granting them better results.

On social media, content is everything.

If you don’t have any content, good luck with driving any results.

Content on social media is your value proposition, and it is what will ultimately help you build an audience.

The reason people follow you on social media is that you share content that brings them value in one way or another, and that inspires them.

This is why you need to emphasize content like nothing else.

If you can produce higher quality content than the top influencers in your industry, at least then, you deserve to be a top influencer.

And when you deserve to be one, the audience will come.

You just have to execute consistently and engage with your audience on a regular basis.

These are five of the best techniques you should learn from top influencers. They can help you grow your following, and income as a micro-influencer.

You need to attract brands and relevant followers with unique and consistent aesthetics as well as a consistent posting schedule. You also need to use trending hashtags to attract even more relevant followers to your content.

Try hosting your own giveaways to engage your audience, and boost their perception of you. And finally, be selective about the brands you work with, right from the start so you don’t associate yourself with any brands that could damage your reputation or credibility.

Got any questions about these tips for micro-influencers? Let me know in the comments below. Or you can get in touch with me if you need help building your influence and monetizing it.

Tackling Pods, Bots and Glots: Our Position on Influencer Fraud
Understanding the murky waters of influencer fraud and the role of illegitimate engagements
Teagan West
by Teagan West
Share on Twitter
Share on Facebook

Marketers and the media are having a meltdown about influencer marketing right now, and influencer fraud is at the core of it. But what the heck is influencer fraud, how do you detect it and what is the difference between pods, bots and glots (our nickname for those pesky algorithms).

Let’s start at the beginning – why has influencer fraud become a hot topic?
The answer to this question comes down to a few things – the influencer pricing model, confusion around the value of influencer marketing as a legitimate marketing channel, and the ongoing discussion around fake followers and fake engagements.

First, the influencer pricing model is typically based on followers and reach, however marketers are starting to realise that reach isn’t always the best metric to use as a benchmark or a KPI and impressions and engagements are much more measurable, plus they are a better indication of success. Marketers don’t want to pay $5,000 for an influencer with 1 million followers if they only receive 2,000 likes and comments. The number of followers is irrelevant if the other metrics don’t stack up.

Second, it is to be expected that changes in an industry result in people hanging on to the comfortable past. Influencer marketing is a relatively new channel, and debate about “fraud” and “fake” followers serves incumbents who are not ready to change. An easy way to throw shade at this new medium is to question its legitimacy as a marketing channel.

Third, the terms “influencer fraud” and “fake followers” are muddy, and everyone seems to be okay with that. It’s all because of the bots, pods and glots, right?

So, we’re drawing a line in the sand and stripping away all of the hype and misinformation that has seeded panic in the influencer marketing space. It all comes down to this…

The debate around influencer fraud does not threaten influencer marketing as a whole, it threatens the influencers who are doing the wrong thing to make their mark in this emerging industry.

The responsibility rests with the decision makers – the brands and agencies – to do the due diligence to identify who the legitimate influencers are, and work only with them. It follows that platforms such as Scrunch pay dividends in empowering brands and agencies with the data needed to separate the fakes from the real deal. Already, we can see market leaders such as Unilever taking a data-driven approach to working with influencers, and we hope hope that many others will follow suit in 2019 and beyond.

Breaking it down: types of fraudulent engagement
Fraudulent engagement can be broken down into three distinct types: pods, bots and glots (we promise we’ll tell you what these are). Understanding the differences between these three categories will help you to make decisions about which influencers to work with, and which to blacklist from your contacts lists.

“Quality of engagement comes down to… who can buy the shoes.

Can a person in an engagement pod buy shoes? The answer is yes.

Can a bot buy shoes? Can a glot buy shoes? The answer is no.

Focus on the bots, focus on the glots. The pods can be your friend. ”

Anna Harrison, Head of Product at Scrunch
What is a Pod
An engagement pod is a group of influencers who have an agreement to like and comment on each others content and communicate via a group message. When each member in the group posts on Instagram (for example) they message the other group members (the engagement pod) that a new post is live. Everyone in the pod must then go to the post and like and comment on it. Essentially, it’s a way for influencers to have guaranteed engagements on their content, and to get the ball rolling when the post first goes live.

Engagement pods popped up as a way to conquer the Instagram algorithm and have always been labelled a “bad thing” for influencer marketing and considered a “fake engagement,” but that’s not actually the case.


Because influencers are consumers – they are real people who purchase products and services and look to their peers for advice and recommendations. So although they didn’t naturally come across the content by scrolling on Instagram and there is an agenda to their initial engagement, what they write and how they respond is authentic and they genuinely do what to join the conversation.

What is a Bot
A bot is a fake user or algorithm that is employed to engage with particular content on Instagram, or deployed to crawl websites and click on links. Importantly, bots are just like algorithms – they cannot buy shoes. While they boost vanity metrics and give the illusion of increased traffic and engagement, this type of engagement has zero value to a brand.

Scrunch recommends that brands do not work with influencers who actively and knowingly use bots to boost their engagement and following.

So, how do you know whether an influencer has or is using bots to grow their following and boost their engagement? This article outlines the red flags to look out for.

What is a glot
A glot is an algorithm that performs actions on behalf of a human. An algorithm can be programmed to perform a particular task in an automated way, and often at a faster pace than a human ever could. In theory, bots and glots are pretty similar and play a similar role when it comes to influencer fraud, however, for the purpose of this explanation, we have split them up to make it super clear.

Glots (and bots) bolster engagement and followers. Glots are being used to perform social interactions on behalf of a user, without the using having to lift a finger. The important difference between a bot and a glot, however, is that the glot represents a real human (who theoretically can buy shoes). However, as the engagement is performed by the glot (and not the human), a brand will not be receiving the benefits it would if the human person were interacting with the content. For this reason, Scrunch does not recommend working with influencers whose audiences have a large proportion of glot-powered accounts.

For example, Instagress (which has since been shut down) was a program that allowed Instagram users to set up glots to like, comment and follow on behalf of their account. You could add in your target hashtags, like #foodie #foodstagram and #foodofinstagram (for example) and then task the Instagress algorithms to like and comment from your account, on all content that mentioned those hashtags.

While Instagress has been shut down, other platforms that support influencer fraud via glots still exist.

How Scrunch detects influencer fraud
At Scrunch, we leverage the latest techniques and technologies to detect influencers that use bots and glots to commit influencer fraud, and we have some big features in our pipeline which will make this even easier for users. Coupled with our team of influencer marketing experts and campaign managers, detecting influencer fraud is a combination of technology and human experience.

We’ve included a detailed guide to detecting influencer’s with fake followers here.

What brands can do…
To address influencer fraud, we need to move towards the next phase of influencer marketing, which is a phase where transparency, credibility and authenticity are critical. These values are the future of influencer marketing and the sustainability of this marketing channel, and there are some things that brands can do to support this movement:

Shift your expectations, or the expectations of your clients, away from superficial metrics and solo data points. Focus on a combination of data points to paint a complete picture of an influencer before investing. These data points include engagement, engagement rate, an analysis of the influencer’s audience, content aesthetic and reach. If the industry professionals shift their mindset to a data-driven strategy, the industry as a whole is better off. Plus, when brands use a data-driven strategy, it is harder for influencers to cheat the system, and for influencer fraud to continue.
Focus on quality over quantity, always. While a mass influencer marketing strategy has its benefits, it is only powerful when the right combination of influencers are engaged. It’s better to work with 10 high-quality, legitimate influencers, than 50 mediocre ones.
It’s not about the number of followers or the number of engagements, it’s about the quality of the interactions. The quality of the interaction will often dictate the legitimacy of the influencer.
Challenge the status quo that influencer rates are dependent on the follower range. In the past, influencers and their management teams have based their rates on reach, however, this is slowly changing and brands are starting to consider more than just reach when it comes to the cost of the influencer. Reach is not the only metric to consider, so consider all data points including the quality of the content, the audience of the content and the expected engagement on the content before coming to an agreement on price.
From strategy development and influencer identification to execution and reporting, data is the key to success in influencer marketing. When you’re informed on industry best practices and trends, you can make better decisions in all stages of the influencer marketing process and in doing so, help combat influencer fraud for once and for all.

What to share your thoughts on influencer fraud and pods, bots and glots. We’d love to chat – just email hello@scrunch.com

Your Go-To Guide For Working With Power Influencers
Everything you need to know about working with power influencers
Sophie Kelly
by Sophie Kelly
Share on Twitter
Share on Facebook

Power influencers, also known as top-tier influencers, are often more complicated to partner with because they are in high demand, they have large commercial deals that might be conflicting and working with them involves management teams and lots of stakeholders. Not to mention, they are significantly more expensive than micro influencers and macro influencers. In saying that, working with power influencers does drive results, particularly if reach and general awareness are the core of your influencer marketing strategy and goal.

A power influencer might be a social media star, a reality TV personality, a celebrity, a sportsman, an actor or actress, a model, an international photographer or an everyday citizen who has risen to digital fame. Essentially, a power influencer is anyone with 300,000 followers or more and is someone who consumers, particularly those within a targeted demographic, look up to and admire.

As a result of their celebrity status, you need to work with power influencers in the right way to ensure success, otherwise you may experience headache after headache and will watch your investment go down the drain. So, how do you work with power influencers? Here is your go-to guide…

Clear communication and organization
Power influencers are in high demand and have very busy schedules when it comes to work and their different priorities. So, you need to put in more effort, be more diligent, and ensure your communication is clear and concise from the get go. Know what you want to achieve from the collaboration and pitch ideas on how you might work together to make it really easy for the influencer to jump on board.

Talent managers will likely be your primary point of contact as they usually manage the commercial projects of power influencer, so it is unlikely to speak directly with the influencer in the initial stages. Approach talent managers just as you would an influencer – always in a professional tone and with all of the information they need to get back to you in a timely manner.

In addition to clear communication, you should also have all of your ducks in a row before reaching out to a power influencer. This will make it easier for everyone involved. Always have a draft brief and agreement in place and drafts ready to go to so the influencer and their management team can review in order to make a decision on moving forward. When you’re in the final stages of locking everything in, make sure the brief and agreement is finalized and signed by all parties (this is to protect everyone involved). In this stage you also need to understand exactly what you will get from the influencer, and how and where the content can be used outside of the campaign (for example, can you share on Instagram in 3 months time and can you use it commercially on your website?).

Having clear communication and being organized will ultimately make the process of working with a power influencer easier and more straightforward for everyone involved.

It is critical to set expectations for everyone involved to ensure your campaign stays on track. Map out what each member is responsible for, what you expect from the partnership and what they can expect in return. Make this part of your formal briefing process to ensure everything is raised and confirmed up front so there are no problems down the track.

Keep in mind that power influencers are typically leveraged for brand awareness and reach rather than driving sales – so make sure the expectations of what you want to achieve are realistic. Sure, power influencers can drive sales, however, because of the high investment and nature of power influencers, the ROI might not be as clear as working with micro influencers, for example. In saying that, if you want to become a household name and generate hype and awareness, this is the strategy for you.

Set expectations with the influencer and their management, and also your internal team to ensure that everyone knows what to expect from the collaboration for a execution point of view, and also reporting.

It’s also important to be open and flexible during the planning stage, and keep in mind that you are probably not the only brand, and the only project, that the influencer is working on. When you are setting expectations and due dates, be flexible and work in with the influencer’s schedule to give them enough time to create and publish content. If you’ve proposed one due date and they have a prior commitment, give them additional options and be flexible where you can – it will go a long way in building a positive working relationship between the influencer, their team and your brand.

Before reaching out to a power influencer,think about your budget and ensure it is definitely something you can afford. Power influencers are expensive because they reach a large audience and have a well-known personal brand, and they also typically work with teams to produce content – from photographers and videographers to hair and makeup artists and stylists. So, you can see why they can be quite expensive to work with.

Be upfront with yourself and the influencer about your budget. If it’s not the right time, wait until it is. If the quote is over the budget you had in mind, negotiate and change the deliverables, or reconsider. Don’t put all of your eggs in one basket, especially when testing a power influencer strategy for the first time.

Creative Freedom
All influencers are professional content creators, so brands need to trust them and give them creative freedom to create engaging content that their audience loves. Influencers know what their audience responds best to, so make sure influencers have the freedom to create content that is on brand for them, and aligns with their usual content aesthetic.

We still absolutely recommend that you brief influencers and ensure their content aligns with your brand, but if you restrict the influencer’s creativity too much, it can impact your campaign in a negative way. If the audience feels like the content is not authentic, and does not align with the influencers usual content style, then they are unlikely to engage with it.

Thing about the bigger picture
Power influencers are a little bit different in terms of micro and macro influencers because they tend to engage in long-term partnerships and ongoing campaigns rather than a one-off Instagram post. If you’re only after a single Instagram post, power influencers might not be the right fit. However, if you have the budget to build a long term relationship and work with the influencer for a period of time and as the face of your brand, then this is a great strategy and you’ll find power influencers are more interested in this kind of collaboration.

Think about whether you can work with the influencer in a creative way – can they co-design a product or a collection? Could they be a public ambassador for your campaign? Can they host an event on behalf of your brand? Power influencers receive opportunities every day, so the more creative your proposal is, the more likely they are to accept your offer and chat further.

Make sure it is the right influencer
If you have the budget to include a power influencer in your influencer marketing strategy, then make sure it is the right influencer. Look at all of the influencer’s datapoint and metrics as a whole, including their engagement rate, average engagements on content, their content aesthetic, follower growth and audience analysis to ensure that you are working with a credible, authentic influencer who actually reaches your target audience. As influencer fraud is a hot topic right now, it’s important to ensure that the influencers you work with have a legitimate following of real people who are within your target audience. You can use the Scrunch audience analysis to understand more about the followers of Instagram influencers including their location, gender, age range and interests.

So, if you want to start working with power influencers or want to hone your strategy to get the best results, put these tips into practice. If you want to take your campaign to the next level, you can start scrunching here.

How Brands Can Make The Most Out Of Instagram Stories
If you’re not sure where to start when it comes to Instagram Stories, this article will help
Kennedy Murray
by Kennedy Murray
Share on Twitter
Share on Facebook

With Instagram Stories being such a big part of many digital marketers social media strategies, we thought it was about time for us to share our tips and tricks for upping your brand’s insta-story game. Here are our top tips to make the most of your Instagram Stories…

Be active
Just like physical posts on Instagram, it is really important to stay active when uploading Instagram Stories because let’s face it, we’ve all caught ourselves spending waaaaayy too much time clicking through the Instagram Stories of the people you follow. Stories will expire after 24 hours so make sure you’re uploading at least one story every 24 hours so you can remain in everyone’s story reel.

Repurpose influencer content
Gone are the days where you had to screenshot, crop and then resize posts to share them on your Stories. Sharing a post is made easy by clicking the arrow next to the comment button on a post and then clicking ‘Add Post to your Story’. Repurposing influencer content is a great way to engage your audience and stay active with your stories. You pay your influencers to create gorgeous content for you so make the most of it! Remember to always give credit!

Influencer takeovers
We have seen a lot of brands hosting influencer takeovers on their Stories and it really is an effective way to engage with your audience and create brand trust. An example of how a brand could use Instagram Stories is – a beauty brand could engage an influencer to share their morning routine on the brand’s Instagram Stories and share how they use each product in the range to get ready for the day, from skincare to makeup.

Influencers have built great communities and are quite honest and transparent with their followers so having them appear on your stories saying they trust and use your brand will be great! If you’re going to use this strategy, tie it into your influencer marketing strategy and get the influencer to promote the takeover across a number of posts before, during and after the takeover.

Share Stories you are tagged in
Instagram users and consumers are more frequently turning to Instagram Stories to share their favorite products and/or brands. Pay attention to what you’re getting tagged in and share any relevant stories on to your own story reel – your followers will love you for it and it’s extra content that you don’t have to create.

Take advantage of the swipe up feature
In 2017, Instagram launched the swipe up feature for Instagram Stories, allowing users who are on a business account and have over 10,000 to include a link in their content that will take users to a webpage when they swipe up on the Story. This feature has been a huge game changer for marketers and many have taken advantage of the new feature to make their Instagram strategy drive better results and to be able to track and measure the success of content.

So, how should you be using this feature? You could include a link to your website, a product page or a blog post, or you can also include a link to an influencer blog post about your brand or an event you are running. You can link to anything and everything!

Behind the scenes
Showing behind the scenes content on Instagram Stories is a great way to create a personal relationship with your followers. You could show sneak peaks of new products, the design process of a product, show products getting dispatched, show behind the scenes of photoshoots and events.

You could also do staff takeovers, where your staff could take over your story for a day or go live, or just put a spotlight on a team member each week or month (we do this on our Instagram!). People want to be able to connect with you and your brand on a more personal level, so by giving them an insight into what goes on behind the scenes, you can start to make real connections.

Make the most of your highlights
A highlight where you save your Instagram Stories to keep them on your profile permanently, even after they expire. Highlights are different “folders” where the stories are kept, so you can categories them. Highlights appear on your Instagram page underneath the bio.

Having highlights gives people the ability to ‘suss’ out your brand and see some of your past content. Some categories for your highlights could be: behind the scenes, new products, product categories such as, apparel, accessories or shoes, tagged content or inspo.

Keep an eye out for shoppable stories
Just recently, Instagram announced that the platform is going to start making stories shoppable by adding links and icons that show the product name, price and a direct link to their content. At the moment, only really big accounts like Gap, Louis Vuitton and Aritzia have access to that feature, but it will no doubt roll out to all users eventually. The shoppable icons appear as clickable stickers that will then take you to the same page that would appear if you were to click on a shoppable link on a post.



Creating a poll on your Instagram Story is a great way to get feedback and learn more about your followers, who are your customers, or potential customers. You could use the polls feature to ask what kind of content that like to see on your Instagram Stories, what colour they like better for a future product release or whether they’re a coffee or tea person (everyone loves a fun poll!). Polls can help you create a great sense of community with your followers and let them know that you value their opinion.

Must-have apps
There are heaps of apps out there to help you up your Insta-Story game so we thought we’d share some of our current favorites…

InShot – InShot Video Editor app is a really handy app to use when creating content for your Instagram Stories. You can add music, text, effects and edit your videos. Most importantly, InShot lets you crop your videos or images to your desired size which is perfect for when you want to share a square image on stories.
Hype Type – Hype Type helps you add animated text to your photos or videos
Unfold – Unfold has a variety of templates that you can add images and videos to that are fit to the Instagram Story ratios. They’re quite minimal in design and let you export your content in high quality so your videos don’t appear blurry or compressed.

Now you are ready to take your Instagram game to the next level!

How To Start Working As A Micro Influencer
Have a few thousand followers and want to take it to the next level? Read on
Lia Walsh
by Lia Walsh
Share on Twitter
Share on Facebook

It’s both an exciting and scary thought that the actions and experiences you share on social media can have such a profound influence on those that follow you. Once you have a couple of thousand followers, the term micro influencer is thrown around and you start to think, am I a micro-influencer? The answer is yes!

A micro influencer is someone who has between 2,000 and 50,000 followers on a particular social media channel and is approached by brands to collaborate on influencer marketing campaigns. If this sounds like you and you are an aspiring micro influencer, we’ve put together some tips to help you get started when it comes to working as a micro influencer on a regular basis. That doesn’t mean you need to quit your job right away, but it’s an exciting opportunity to work on a side hustle, hone your skills, work with brands you genuinely love and grow your following organically.

So, you want to start working as a micro influencer? Here is how to start!

Be you
The transition from a personal profile to a micro influencer profile micro-personal profile can be a tricky stage to adjust to. Some influencers can make the mistake of surrendering the personal feel of their profile to make way for their new business agenda, but that’s not always a good thing. Your first thousand followers will be your most loyal and your most engaged, so don’t forget them as you transition from a personal profile to a more commercial one.

As Scrunch supports you on your journey as a micro influencer, the most important thing to hold close is yourself. Back yourself and value yourself. Rather than deleting the photos with your grandma, remember who you are, what you do, where you’ve been, what you believe and why your followers follow you. The essence of influencer marketing relies on influencers who are transparent, authentic and genuine – the people who are true to their self and their personal brand are the most successful in the long run.

At this early stage in your influencer journey, it is imperative to plant the foundational roots for your profile so as you transition, you remain true to yourself and why you started in the first place.

Be eager

With experience comes success. Like an intern eager to learn, micro-influencers should be eager to work with any brand consistent with their own. In the beginning, micro-influencers usually forgo pay to build their portfolio and make the most of opportunities that come their way. This doesn’t mean you need to constantly work for free (we don’t condone that no matter how many followers you have!) but it does mean that you should be flexible to work within a brand’s budget, and think about the longer term benefits of a collaboration as this is far more beneficial than any small payment that ‘would be nice’ now.

Like anything good, you get out, what you put in. When working with a brand, going above and beyond to represent them and their product or service works in everyone’s best interest. In this case, nobody loses out if you put 110% effort into your content and the collaboration. If you were to spend time creating your content, writing an informative blog post and adding small yet valuable personal touches, these efforts will go further than you think! By doing this, you strengthen yourself as an influencer, create amazing content for your audience to enjoy and land yourself a spot in the brand’s good book.

Additionally, we encourage all influencers to over-deliver, but it’s most important for aspiring micro influencers. If the brief asks for one post, do two and a story! Send the brand your images so they can share your content on their socials, just ask them to tag you! Do as much as you can to give the brand a good experience when they work with you because at the end of the day, if they didn’t love working with you, there are other influencers out there they can work with next time.

Be efficient
If you are in the process of working on your first few campaigns and growing your follower slowly and organically, now is the time to start making your processes more efficient so they can scale with you.

Create a media kit and use it as a promotion tool to showcase who you are and why brands should work with you. This takes away the need for a lot of back and forth with brands, and show that you really care about your work and the opportunities that come by.

On the same note, know your data so that when brands ask, you can give them the information they need. Transparency in influencer marketing is a hot topic, so stay ahead of the pack and be open with your data. Use Google Analytics, Instagram Insights (if you’re on a business account) and apps such as Iconosquare to keep tabs on your progress and be in control of how and where your brand is moving. This information is not only valuable to you but also to brands – having an influential profile is one thing, but proving it is another! Know your worth and show it, and a media kit is a great place to include this information.

Once you are in contact with a brand and the ball is rolling, remember to be professional, personal and present. Brands often ru